Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the Atlantic Ocean Off the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and April to August 2015, 52121-52163 [2014-20475]
Download as PDF
Vol. 79
Tuesday,
No. 169
September 2, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the Atlantic Ocean
Off the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and April to August
2015; Notices
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:37 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52122
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration
RIN 0648–XD214
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to
Specified Activities; Taking Marine
Mammals Incidental to a Marine
Geophysical Survey in the Atlantic
Ocean Off the Eastern Seaboard,
August to September 2014 and April to
August 2015
National Marine Fisheries
Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; issuance of an Incidental
Harassment Authorization (IHA).
AGENCY:
In accordance with the
Marine Mammal Protection Act
(MMPA), notification is hereby given
that NMFS has issued an IHA to the
United States (U.S.) Geological Survey
(USGS), Lamont-Doherty Earth
Observatory of Columbia University (L–
DEO), and National Science Foundation
(NSF) to take marine mammals, by Level
B harassment, incidental to conducting
a marine geophysical (seismic) survey in
the Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern
Seaboard, August to September 2014
and April to August 2015.
DATES: Effective August 21, 2014 to
August 20, 2015.
ADDRESSES: A copy of the IHA and the
application are available by writing to
Jolie Harrison, Supervisor, Incidental
Take Program, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West
Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 or by
telephoning the contacts listed below
(see FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT).
An electronic copy of the IHA
application containing a list of the
references used in this document may
be obtained by writing to the address
specified above, telephoning the contact
listed below (see FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT) or visiting the
Internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/
pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications.
Documents cited in this notice,
including the IHA application, may also
be viewed, by appointment, during
regular business hours at the
aforementioned address.
An ‘‘Environmental Assessment for
Seismic Reflection Scientific Research
Surveys during 2014 and 2015 in
Support of Mapping the U.S. Atlantic
Seaboard Extended Continental Margin
and Investigating Tsunami Hazards’’
(EA), was prepared by RPS Evan-
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:37 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 232001
Hamilton, Inc., an RPS Group Company,
in association with YOLO
Environmental, Inc., GeoSpatial Strategy
Group, and Ecology and Environment,
Inc., on behalf of USGS. The USGS’s EA
and Finding of No Significant Impact
are available online at: https://
woodshole.er.usgs.gov/project-pages/
environmental_compliance/reports/
FONSI%20SIGNED%20&
%20Attachment1.pdf. NMFS also
issued a Biological Opinion under
Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act
(ESA) to evaluate the effects of the
seismic survey and IHA on marine
species listed as threatened and
endangered. The NMFS Biological
Opinion is available online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/consultations/
opinions.htm.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Howard Goldstein or Jolie Harrison,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS,
301–427–8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Section 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the
MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.), directs
the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary)
to allow, upon request, the incidental,
but not intentional, taking of small
numbers of marine mammals, by United
States citizens who engage in a specified
activity (other than commercial fishing)
within a specified geographical region if
certain findings are made and either
regulations are issued or, if the taking is
limited to harassment, a notice of a
proposed authorization is provided to
the public for review.
An authorization for the incidental
takings shall be granted if NMFS finds
that the taking will have a negligible
impact on the species or stock(s), and
will not have an unmitigable adverse
impact on the availability of the species
or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible
methods of taking requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring
and reporting of such takings are set
forth. NMFS has defined ‘‘negligible
impact’’ in 50 CFR 216.103 as ‘‘. . . an
impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably
expected to, and is not reasonably likely
to, adversely affect the species or stock
through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.’’
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment]. Level B (behavioral)
harassment occurs at the level of the
individual(s) and does not assume any
resulting population-level
consequences.
Summary of Request
On March 27, 2014, NMFS received
an application from the USGS, L–DEO,
and NSF (hereafter referred to as USGS)
requesting that NMFS issue an IHA for
the take, by Level B harassment only, of
small numbers of marine mammals
incidental to conducting a marine
seismic survey within the Exclusive
Economic Zone (EEZ) and on the high
seas (i.e., International Waters) to map
the U.S. Atlantic Eastern Seaboard
Extended Continental Shelf (ECS) region
and investigate tsunami hazards during
August to September 2014 and April to
August 2015. USGS plan to use one
source vessel, the R/V Marcus G.
Langseth (Langseth) and a seismic
airgun array and a hydrophone streamer
to collect seismic data as part of the
seismic survey in the Atlantic Ocean off
the Eastern Seaboard. In addition to the
planned operation of the seismic airgun
array and hydrophone streamer, USGS
intends to operate a multi-beam
echosounder and a sub-bottom profiler
continuously during the seismic
operations in order to map the ocean
floor. The multi-beam echosounder and
sub-bottom profiler would not be
operated during transits at the beginning
and end of the seismic survey. NMFS
determined that the IHA application
was adequate and complete on May 14,
2014. NMFS published a notice making
preliminary determinations and
proposing to issue an IHA on June 23,
2014 (79 FR 35642). The notice initiated
a 30-day public comment period.
Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased
underwater sound) generated during the
operation of the seismic airgun array are
likely to result in the take of marine
mammals. Take, by Level B harassment
only, of individuals of 34 species of
marine mammals is anticipated to result
from the specified activity. Take is not
expected to result from the use of the
multi-beam echosounder or sub-bottom
profiler, for reasons discussed in this
notice; nor is take expected to result
from collision with the source vessel
because it is a single vessel moving at
a relatively slow speed (4.5 knots [kts];
8.5 kilometers per hour [km/hr]; 5.3
miles per hour [mph]) during seismic
acquisition within the survey, for a
relatively short period of time
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
(approximately two 17 to 18 day legs),
and it is likely that any marine mammal
will be able to avoid the vessel.
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
USGS plans to conduct a marine
seismic survey within the EEZ and on
the high seas to map the U.S. Atlantic
Eastern Seaboard ECS region and
investigate tsunami hazards during
August to September 2014 and April to
August 2015. USGS plans to use one
source vessel, the Langseth, and a 36airgun array and one 8 kilometer (km)
(4.3 nautical mile [nmi]) hydrophone
streamer to conduct the conventional
seismic survey. In addition to the
operations of airguns, the USGS intends
to operate a multi-beam echosounder
and a sub-bottom profiler on the
Langseth during the seismic survey to
map the ocean floor.
Dates and Duration
The Langseth will depart from
Newark, New Jersey on August 21, 2014.
The seismic survey is expected to take
approximately 21 days to complete. Atsea time is planned to be approximately
21 days, with 18 days planned for
airgun operations and 3 days planned
for transiting, deployment and recovery
of equipment. Approximately a one day
transit will be required at the beginning
and end of the program. When the 2014
survey is completed, the Langseth will
then transit to Norfolk, Virginia. The
survey schedule is inclusive of weather
and other contingency (e.g., equipment
failure) time. The planned activities for
2015 will be virtually identical to the
planned activities for 2014 as
geographic area, duration, and trackline
coverage are similar. The exact dates for
the planned activities in 2015 are
uncertain, but are scheduled to occur
within the April to August timeframe.
The exact dates of the planned activities
depend on logistics and weather
conditions.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Specified Geographic Region
The planned survey will be bounded
by the following geographic coordinates:
40.5694° North, ¥66.5324° West;
38.5808° North, ¥61.7105° West;
29.2456° North, ¥72.6766° West;
33.1752° North, ¥75.8697° West;
39.1583° North, ¥72.8697° West;
The planned activities for 2014 will
generally occur towards the periphery of
the planned study area (see Figures 1
and 2 of the IHA application). The
planned activities for 2015 would
survey more of the central portions of
the study area. The tracklines planned
for both 2014 and 2015 would be in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:37 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 232001
International Waters (approximately
80% in 2014 and 90% in 2015) and in
the U.S. EEZ. Water depths range from
approximately 1,450 to 5,400 meters (m)
(4,593.2 to 17,716.5 feet [ft]) (see Figure
1 and 2 of the IHA application); no
survey lines will extend to water depths
less than 1,000 m.
Detailed Description of the Specified
Activity
USGS, Coastal and Marine Geology
Program, (Primary Investigator [PI], Dr.
Deborah Hutchinson) plans to conduct a
regional high-energy, two-dimensional
(2D) seismic survey in the northwest
Atlantic Ocean within the U.S. EEZ and
extending into International Waters (i.e.,
high seas) as far as 648.2 km (350 nmi)
from the U.S. coast (see Figure 1 of the
IHA application). Water depths in the
survey area range from approximately
1,400 to greater than 5,400 meters (m)
(4,593.2 to 17,716.5 feet [ft]). The
seismic survey will be scheduled to
occur in two phases; the first phase
during August to September 2014 (for
approximately 17 to 18 days of airgun
operations), and the second phase
between April and August 2015 (for
approximately 17 to 18 days of airgun
operations, specific dates to be
determined). The planned activities for
both Phase 1 and Phase 2 are included
in this IHA application (see Figure 2 of
the IHA application). Some minor
deviation from these dates is possible,
depending on logistics and weather.
USGS plans to use conventional
seismic methodology to: (1) Identify the
outer limits of the U.S. continental
shelf, also referred to as the ECS as
defined by Article 76 of the Convention
of the Law of the Sea; and (2) study the
sudden mass transport of sediments
down the continental shelf as submarine
landslides that may pose significant
tsunamigenic (i.e., tsunami-related)
hazards to the Atlantic and Caribbean
coastal communities.
The seismic survey will involve one
source vessel, the Langseth. The
Langseth will deploy an array of 36
airguns as an energy source with a total
volume of approximately 6,600 in3. The
receiving system will consist of one
8,000 m (26,246.7 ft) hydrophone
streamer. As the airgun array is towed
along the survey lines, the hydrophone
streamer will receive the returning
acoustic signals from the towed airgun
array and transfer the data to the onboard processing system. The data will
be processed on-board the Langseth as
the seismic survey occurs.
Each planned leg of the survey (2014
and 2015) will be 17 to 18 days in
duration (exclusive of transit and
equipment deployment and recovery)
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52123
and will comprise of approximately
3,165 km (1,709 nmi) of tracklines of 2D
seismic reflection coverage. The airgun
array will operate continuously during
the seismic survey (except for
equipment testing, repairs, implemented
mitigation measures, etc.). Data will
continue to be acquired between line
changes, as the successive track
segments can be surveyed as almost one
continuous line. Line turns of 90 and no
greater than 120 degrees will be
required to move from one line segment
to the next. The 2014 seismic survey
design consists primarily of the
tracklines that run along the periphery
of the overall study area, including
several internal tracklines (see Figure 2
of the IHA application). The 2015
seismic survey design consists of
additional dip and tie lines (i.e., dip
lines are lines that are perpendicular to
the north-south trend of the continental
margin; strike lines are parallel to the
margin; and tie lines are any line that
connects other lines). The 2015 seismic
survey design may be modified based on
the 2014 results.
In addition to the operations of the
airgun array, a Kongsberg EM 122 multibeam echosounder and a Knudsen
Model 3260 Chirp sub-bottom profiler
will also be operated from the Langseth
continuously during airgun operations
throughout the survey to map the ocean
floor. The multi-beam and sub-bottom
profiler will not operate during transits
at the beginning and end of the survey.
All planned geophysical data
acquisition activities will be conducted
by USGS with on-board assistance by
the scientists who have planned the
study. The vessel will be self-contained,
and the crew will live aboard the vessel
for the entire cruise.
NMFS provided a detailed description
of the planned activities in a previous
notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014). The activities to
be conducted have not changed between
the proposed IHA notice and this final
notice announcing the issuance of the
IHA. For a more detailed description of
the authorized action, including vessel
and acoustic source specifications, the
reader should refer to the notice for the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23,
2014), the IHA application, EA, and
associated documents referenced above
this section.
Comments and Responses
A notice of preliminary
determinations and proposed IHA for
the USGS’s seismic survey was
published in the Federal Register on
June 23, 2014 (79 FR 35642). During the
30-day public comment period, NMFS
received comments from one private
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52124
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
citizen, Clean Ocean Action (COA);
combined comments from Natural
Resources Defense Council (NRDC),
Humane Society of the United States
(HSUS), Oceana, and Center for
Biological Diversity (CBD) (hereafter
referred to as NRDC et al.); and the
Marine Mammal Commission
(Commission). The comments are
posted online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm. Following are the
substantive comments and NMFS’s
responses:
Effects Analyses
Comment 1: The Commission is
concerned that L–DEO’s modeling to
estimate mitigation zones and take
estimates does not indicate or consider
site-specific environmental conditions,
including bathymetry and sound speed
profiles. The reflective/refractive
arrivals are the very measurements that
should be accounted for in site-specific
modeling and ultimately determine
underwater sound propagation. The
Commission states that ignoring those
factors is a serious flaw of L–DEO’s
model.
The Commission recommends that
NMFS (1) require USGS, L–DEO, and
NSF to re-estimate the proposed
exclusion and buffer zones and
associated takes of marine mammals
using site-specific operational
parameters (e.g., tow depth, source
level, number/spacing of active airguns)
and site-specific environmental
parameters (e.g., sound speed profiles,
refraction in the water column,
bathymetry/water depth, sediment
properties/bottom loss, and wind speed)
in the action area for the proposed IHA
and (2) impose the same requirement for
all future IHAs submitted by USGS, L–
DEO, NSF, SIO, ASC, or any other
related entity. The Commission
encourages L–DEO to make comparisons
at various sites, if it intends to continue
using a model that does not incorporate
site-specific parameters. The
Commission disagrees with the
conclusion that NMFS has indicated
that NSF, L–DEO, and other relevant
entities (USGS, SIO, etc.) are providing
sufficient justification for their take
estimates, given that the estimates are
based on L–DEO’s model or empirical
measurements in the Gulf of Mexico and
other recent activities have been
dispersed throughout the world. The
Commission states that in a recent
sound exposure modeling workshop
that was attended by numerous entities
(including NMFS, NSF, L–DEO, USGS,
and the Commission), experts confirmed
that sound speed profiles and
bathymetry/sediment characteristics
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:37 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 232001
were the most important factors
affecting underwater sound propagation
and should be included in related
modeling. L–DEO’s modeling
presentation at indicated that the model
was fast, inexpensive, and simple to
use, and indicated that the model is
more closely related to a source model
that compares airgun arrays and that it
is not representative of modeling in the
actual environment. Therefore, the
Commission remains concerned that the
L–DEO model, which may not be
applicable or accurate to the action area,
is not based on the best available
science and does not support its
continued use.
Response: At present, L–DEO cannot
adjust their modeling methodology to
add the environmental and site-specific
parameters as requested by the
Commission. NMFS is working with
USGS, NSF, and L–DEO to explore ways
to better consider site-specific
information to inform the take estimates
and development of mitigation
measures in coastal areas for future
seismic surveys with L–DEO and NSF,
and NSF has been exploring different
approaches in collaboration with L–
DEO and other academic institutions
with whom they collaborate. When
available, NMFS will review and
consider the final results from the L–
DEO’s expected publications (Crone et
al., in prep.), in which the results of a
calibration off the coast of Washington
will be reported, and how they reflect
on L–DEO’s model.
For this seismic survey, L–DEO
developed the exclusion and buffer
zones based on the conservative deepwater calibration results from Diebold et
al. (2010). L–DEO’s current modeling
approach represents the best available
information to reach NMFS’s
determinations for the IHA. The
comparisons of L–DEO’s model results
and the field data collected in the Gulf
of Mexico and Washington illustrate a
degree of conservativeness built into L–
DEO’s model for deep water.
NMFS acknowledges the
Commission’s concerns about L–DEO’s
current modeling approach for
estimating exclusion and buffer zones
and also acknowledge that L–DEO did
not incorporate site-specific sound
speed profiles, bathymetry, and
sediment characteristics of the research
area within the current approach to
estimate those zones for this IHA.
However, as described below, empirical
data collected at two different sites and
compared against model predictions
indicate that other facets of the model
(besides the site-specific factors cited
above) do result in a conservative
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
estimate of exposures in the cases
tested.
The USGS IHA application and EA
describe the approach to establishing
mitigation exclusion and buffer zones.
In summary, L–DEO acquired field
measurements for several array
configurations at shallow- and deepwater depths during acoustic
verification studies conducted in the
northern Gulf of Mexico in 2003
(Tolstoy et al., 2004) and in 2007 and
2008 (Tolstoy et al., 2009). Based on the
empirical data from those studies, L–
DEO developed a sound propagation
modeling approach that conservatively
predicts received sound levels as a
function of distance from a particular
airgun array configuration in deep
water. In 2010, L–DEO assessed their
accuracy of their modeling approach by
comparing the sound levels of the field
measurements in the Gulf of Mexico
study to their model predictions
(Diebold et al., 2010). They reported that
the observed sound levels from the field
measurements fell almost entirely below
the predicted mitigation radii curve for
deep water (Diebold et al., 2010). Based
on this information, L–DEO has shown
that their model can reliably estimate
the mitigation radii in deep water.
L–DEO’s model is most directly
applicable to deep water. Reflected and
refracted arrivals were considered in
verifying L–DEO’s model. Given the
planned seismic survey is entirely in
deep water, and the model has been
demonstrated to be conservative in deep
water, NMFS concludes that the L–DEO
model is an effective means to aid in
determining potential impacts to marine
mammals from the planned seismic
survey and estimating take numbers, as
well as establishing buffer and
exclusion zones for mitigation.
During a March 2013 meeting, L–DEO
discussed the L–DEO model with the
Commission, NMFS, and NSF. L–DEO
compared the Gulf of Mexico (GOM)
calibration measurements (Tolstoy et
al., 2004; Tolstoy et al., 2009; Diebold
et al., 2010) comparison with L–DEO
model results. L–DEO showed that at
the calibration sites the model
overestimated the size of the exclusion
zones and, therefore, is likely
precautionary in most cases. Based on
the best available information that the
current model overestimates mitigation
zones, we will not require L–DEO to reestimate the proposed buffer and
exclusion zones and associated number
of marine mammal takes using
operational and site-specific
environmental parameters for this IHA.
However, we continue to work with
the USGS, NSF and L–DEO on verifying
the accuracy of their model. L–DEO is
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52125
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
currently analyzing whether received
levels can be measured in real-time
using the ship’s hydrophone streamer to
estimate the sound field around the ship
and determine actual distances to the
buffer and exclusion zones. Crone et al.
(2013) are analyzing Langseth streamer
data collected in 2012 off the
Washington coast shelf and slope to
measure received levels in situ up to 8
km (4.3 nmi) away from the ship. While
results confirm the role that bathymetry
plays in propagation, it also confirmed
that empirical measurements from the
GOM survey used to inform buffer and
exclusion zones in shallow water and
model results adapted for intermediate
water depths also over-estimated the
size of the zones for the Washington
survey. Preliminary results were
presented in a poster session at the
American Geophysical Union fall
meeting in December 2013 (Crone et al.,
2013; available at: https://
berna.ldeo.columbia.edu/agu2013/
agu2013.pdf) and a peer-reviewed
journal publication is anticipated in
2014. When available, NMFS will
review and consider the final results
and how they reflect on the L–DEO
model.
L–DEO has conveyed to NMFS that
additional modeling efforts to refine the
process and conduct comparative
analysis may be possible with the
availability of research fund and other
resources. Obtaining research funds is
typically through a competitive process,
including those submitted to federal
agencies. The use of models for
calculating buffer and exclusion zone
radii and developing take estimates are
not a requirement of the MMPA ITA
process. Furthermore, NMFS does not
provide specific guidance on model
parameters nor prescribes a specific
model for applicants as part of the
MMPA ITA process. There is a level of
variability not only with parameters in
models, but the uncertainty associated
with data used in models and therefore
the quality of the model results
submitted by applicants. NMFS,
however, takes all of this variability into
consideration when evaluating
applications. Applicants use models as
a tool to evaluate potential impacts,
estimate the number of takes of marine
mammals, and for mitigation purposes.
NMFS takes into consideration the
model used and its results in
determining the potential impacts to
marine mammals; however, it is just a
component of NMFS’s analysis during
the MMPA consultation process as
NMFS also takes into consideration
other factors associated with the
proposed action, such as geographic
location, duration of activities, context,
intensity, etc. Takes generated by
modeling are used as estimates, not
absolutes, and are factored into NMFS’s
analysis accordingly. Of broader note,
NMFS is currently pursuing methods
that include site-specific components to
allow us to better cross-check isopleth
and propagation predictions submitted
by applicants. Using this information,
NMFS could potentially recommend
modifications to take estimates and/or
mitigation zones, as appropriate.
Comment 2: The Commission is
unaware of changes to L–DEO’s model
that would explain why the estimated
exclusion zones for the seismic survey
(36-airgun array towed at 9 m depth) are
smaller than previously authorized and
the buffer zones are larger than
previously authorized (75 FR 44770; 76
FR 49737; 76 FR 75525; 77 FR 25693;
77 FR 41755).
Response: NMFS recognizes the
Commission’s statement that the
estimated exclusion zones are smaller
and buffer zones are larger than under
previous IHAs. The table below
compares the estimated 160, 180, and
190 dB buffer and exclusion zones for
the current USGS IHA and previous
IHAs for seismic surveys conducted by
L–DEO or USGS on the Langseth.
TABLE 1—COMPARISON OF THE ESTIMATED 160, 180, AND 190 dB BUFFER AND EXCLUSION ZONES FOR THE CURRENT
USGS IHA AND PREVIOUS IHAS FOR SEISMIC SURVEYS CONDUCTED BY L–DEO OR USGS ON THE LANGSETH
Source and volume
(in3)
Tow
depth
(m)
Water depth
(m)
Single Bolt Airgun (40) ...
36 Airgun Array (6,600) ..
Single Bolt Airgun (40) ...
9 ..........
9 ..........
6 to 15
Deep (>1,000) .................
Deep (>1,000) .................
Deep (>1,000) .................
388
5,780
385
100
927
40
100
286
12
578
60
18
1,050
3,850
12,200
296
940
1,540
150
400
550
20,550
4,400
13,935
2,140
1,100
1,810
680
460
615
23,470
4,490
15,650
2,250
1,200
1,975
770
520
690
26,350
385
2,750
40
865
12
Seismic survey
USGS ECS Atlantic 2014
L–DEO Northeastern Pacific 2012.
Predicted RMS distances (m)
160 dB
180 dB
190 dB
L–DEO Line Islands 2012
L–DEO Line Islands 2011
USGS Bering 2011 ..........
VerDate Mar<15>2010
12 ........
36 Airgun Array (6,600) ..
L–DEO Northwest Pacific
2012.
9 ..........
36 Airgun Array (6,600) ..
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
36 Airgun Array (6,600) ..
15 ........
Single Bolt Airgun (40) ...
9 ..........
Intermediate (100 to
1,000).
Shallow (<100) ................
Deep (>1,000) .................
Intermediate (100 to
1,000).
Shallow (<100) ................
Deep (>1,000) .................
Intermediate (100 to
1,000).
Shallow (<100) ................
Deep (>1,000) .................
Intermediate (100 to
1,000).
Shallow (<100) ................
Deep (>1,000) .................
36 Airgun Array (6,600) ..
Two GI Airgun Array
(105).
Single Bolt Airgun (40) ...
36 Airgun Array (6,600) ..
Single Bolt Airgun (40) ...
36 Airgun Array (6,600) ..
9 ..........
3 ..........
Deep (>1,000) .................
Deep (>1,000) .................
3,850
670
940
70
400
20
9
9
9
9
Deep
Deep
Deep
Deep
385
3,850
385
3,850
40
940
40
940
12
400
12
400
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
PO 00000
..........
..........
..........
..........
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
(>1,000)
(>1,000)
(>1,000)
(>1,000)
Sfmt 4703
.................
.................
.................
.................
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52126
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
The previous IHA applications and
EAs provided by L–DEO or USGS for
this airgun array were based on the
empirical results of Tolstoy et al. (2009)
and adjusted for tow depth. During the
Langseth calibration, a hydrophone was
used at a depth of 350 to 500 m (1,148.3
to 1,640.4 ft) at a deep-water site.
However, since the hydrophone wasn’t
necessarily sampling the maximum in
the water column down to 2,000 m
(6,561.7 ft), the distances to the 160,
180, and 190 dB threshold contours
cannot be used directly as buffer and
exclusion zones. The previous
documents use 160 dB (rms) from
Tolstoy et al. (2009) and adjust for tow
depth, and in recent documents use the
150 dB SEL contour from Diebold et al.
(2010) model, which accounts for the
large difference in the 160 dB buffer
zone (3,850 vs 5,780 m). For the 190 dB
exclusion zone, the rms vs SEL metrics
are a significant factor. In Figures 7 and
8 of Tolstoy et al. (2009), there is not an
exact 10 dB difference between SEL and
90% rms in the empirical data at short
distances (200 to 500 m). In recent
documents, L–DEO or USGS has been
using the L–DEO modeling; modeling
results are given as SEL then converted
to rms values using a fixed 10 dB
difference. Using this approach, the
distance to 190 dB rms (approximately
180 dB SEL) is less than what was
obtained using rms values of the
empirical measurements. However, the
distance is not underestimated with
respect to the trend of SEL values of the
empirical measurements obtained at the
closest ranges in Figure 8 of Tolstoy et
al. (2009) and also demonstrated in
Figure 10 of Diebold et al. (2010). The
main reason for the significant
fluctuations in modeling (dB discount
with SEL value) is based on converting
the values calculated as 90% rms and
values obtained as SEL +10 dB. The
table below compares L–DEO’s previous
(Tolstoy et al., 2009) and current
(Tolstoy et al., 2009; Diebold et al.,
2010) approach to acoustic propagation.
TABLE 2—COMPARISON OF L–DEO’S PREVIOUS AND CURRENT APPROACH TO ACOUSTIC PROPAGATION
Categories
Previous approach to acoustic propagation (Tolstoy et
al., 2009)
Current approach to acoustic propagation (Tolstoy et
al., 2009 and Diebold et al., 2010)
Model Approach ...................
Ray trace of direct arrivals and source ghosts (reflection at the air-water interface at the array) from the
array to the receivers.
Constant velocity, infinite homogenous ocean layer,
seafloor unbounded. Cross-line model more conservative than in-line model.
36 airguns (6,600 in3), 6 m tow depth, 1,600 m (deep).
36 airguns (6,600 in3), 6 m tow depth, 600 to 1,100 m
(intermediate).
36 airguns (6,600 in3), 6 m tow depth, 50 m (shallow).
Calibration hydrophone buoy: .........................................
Shallow—spar buoy anchored on the seafloor, hydrophone at 18 m.
Intermediate—spar buoy not anchored, hydrophone
at 18 m and 500 m.
Deep—spar buoy not anchored, hydrophone at 18 m
and 350 to 500 m.
Curve based on best fit line, 95% of received levels fall
below curve.
36 airguns (shallow)—Yes, appropriate for mitigation
modeling.
36 airguns (intermediate)—No, does not sample maximum received levels > 500 m.
36 airguns (deep)—No does not sample maximum received levels > 500 m.
90% of cumulative energy rms levels and SEL ..............
Tolstoy et al. (2009) empirical data from Table 1 ..........
36 airguns in deep water—∼14 dB offset, rms > SEL ....
36 airguns in shallow water—8 dB offset, rms > SEL.
Because the deep-water calibration buoy only sampled
received levels at a constant depth of 500 m, it is not
appropriate to use the empirical deep-water data
from Tolstoy et al. (2009) to derive mitigation radii.
This is due to the buoy not capturing the intersect of
all the SPL isopleths at their wildest point from the
sea surface down to ∼2,000 m. However, the received levels (i.e., direct arrivals and reflected and
refracted arrivals) are in agreement with the current
propagation model.
Ray trace of direct arrivals and source ghosts (reflection at the air-water interface at the array) from the
array to the receivers.
Constant velocity, infinite homogenous ocean layer,
seafloor unbounded. Cross-line model more conservative than in-line model.
36 airguns (6,600 in3), 6 m tow depth, 50 m (shallow).
Model Assumptions ..............
Propagation Measurements
Analyzed.
Receiver Specs ....................
Data Validation .....................
Empirical Radii Appropriate
for Sampling Maximum
Received Level.
Received Level Metric Presented.
RMS vs. SEL Offsets ...........
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Differences between the
Previous and Current Approaches.
Comment 3: The Commission states
that in 2011, NSF and USGS modeled
sound propagation under various
environmental conditions in their PEIS.
L–DEO and NSF (in cooperation with
Pacific Gas and Electric Company
[PG&E]) also used a similar modeling
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
Calibration hydrophone buoy and multi-channel seismic
hydrophone array, both in shallow water.
NA.
36 airguns (shallow)—Yes, appropriate for mitigation
radii.
SEL contours (150, 170, and 180).
Diebold et al. (2010) modeled data from Figure 2.
NA.
The current propagation model uses the maximum SPL
values shown in Figure 2 in Diebold et al. (2010).
These values along the diagonal maximum SPL line
connect the points where the isopleths attain their
maximum width (providing the maximum distance associated with each sound level). These distances will
differ from values obtained along the Tolstoy et al.
(2009) data shown in Table 1 which derives radii
from the 500 m constant depth line.
approach in the recent IHA application
and associated EA for a seismic survey
of Diablo Canyon in California (77 FR
58256). These recent examples indicate
that L–DEO, NSF, and related entities
are able to implement the recommended
approach, if required to do so by NMFS.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
The Commission understands the
constraints imposed by the current
budgetary environment, but notes that
other agencies that contend with similar
funding constraints incorporate
modeling based on site-specific
parameters. USGS, L–DEO, NSF and
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
related entities should be held to that
same standard. NMFS recently
indicated that it does not, and does not
believe it is appropriate to, prescribe the
use of any particular modeling package
(79 FR 38499). The Commission agrees
that NMFS should not instruct
applicants to use specific contractors or
modeling packages, but it should hold
applicants to the same standard,
primarily one in which site- and
operation-specific environmental
parameters are incorporated into the
models.
Response: PG&E submitted an IHA
application to NMFS and the U.S. Fish
and Wildlife Service for the Central
Coastal California Seismic Imaging
Project in 2012. The IHA application
included a report of acoustic
propagation modeling conducted by
Greeneridge Sciences, Inc., sponsored
by Padre Associated, Inc., to estimate
received sound pressure level radii for
airgun pulses operating off central
California in the vicinity of the Diablo
Canyon Nuclear Power Plant. A wavetheory model and precise waveguide
parameters that describe sound
reflections and refractions at the ocean
surface, seafloor, and water column
were used to accurately model sound
transmission in the ocean. As the action
proponent, PG&E funded the seismic
survey and related environmental
compliance documents (e.g., IHA
application, Environmental Assessment,
etc.). NSF, as the owner of the Langseth,
served as the federal nexus for the ESA
section 7 consultation and need for the
preparation of the NEPA document.
L–DEO is the operator of the Langseth
and often applies for IHAs for NSFfunded seismic surveys conducted for
scientific research purposes.
There are many different modeling
products and services commercially
available that applicants could
potentially use in developing their take
estimates and analyses for MMPA ITAs.
These different models range widely in
cost, complexity, and the number of
specific factors that can be considered
in any particular modeling run. NMFS
does not, and does not believe that it is
appropriate to, prescribe the use of any
particular modeling package. Rather,
each applicant’s approach is evaluated
independently in the context of their
activity. In cases where simpler models
are used and there is concern that a
model might not capture the variability
across a parameter(s) that is not
represented in the model, conservative
choices are often made a certain
decision points in the model to help
ensure that modeled estimates are
buffered in a manner that would not
result in the agency underestimating the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
number of takes or extend of effects. In
this case, results have shown that the
L–DEO’s model reliably and
conservatively estimates mitigation radii
in deep water. The observed sound
levels from the field measurements fell
almost entirely below L–DEO’s
estimated mitigation radii for deep
water (Diebold et al., 2010). Based on
the these empirical data, which
illustrate the model’s conservative
exposure estimates across two sites,
NMFS finds that L–DEO’s model
effectively estimates sound exposures.
NMFS encourages applicants to
incorporate modeling based on sitespecific and operation-specific
parameters in their IHA applications,
whenever possible, but it is unrealistic
to hold applicants to this same standard
in IHA applications and/or NEPA
documents (EAs and EISs) as activities
may vary in their scope and level of
anticipated impacts, and applicants may
have varying funding and resource
constraints. However, it is still
incumbent upon NMFS to take the
uncertainty that comes along with
varying models into consideration in
both the analysis of effects and the
consideration of mitigation measures. In
this case, as described elsewhere in this
section, we have considered the
uncertainty associated with the
applicant’s model and have determined
that it does not change either our
findings regarding the anticipated level
and severity of impacts on marine
mammals or our conclusion that the
mitigation measures required provide
the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on the affected
species or stocks and their habitat.
Of broader note, NMFS is currently
pursuing methods (that include sitespecific components) to allow us to
better cross-check isopleth and
propagation predictions submitted by
applicants. Using this information, we
could potentially recommend
modifications to take estimates and/or
mitigation zones, as appropriate.
Comment 4: The Commission states
that NMFS indicated that based on
empirical data (which illustrate the
L–DEO’s model’s conservative exposure
estimates for the Gulf of Mexico and
preliminarily off Washington), it found
that L–DEO’s model effectively
estimates sound exposures or number of
takes and represents the best available
information for NMFS to reach its
determinations for the IHA. However,
for the survey off New Jersey, NMFS
increased the exclusion zone radii by a
factor of 50% (equivalent to
approximately a 3 dB difference in
received level at the zone edge) to be
additionally precautionary (79 FR
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52127
38499). The Commission questions, if
NMFS really believes the L–DEO model
is based on best available science, why
it then extended the exclusion zones to
be precautionary and if NMFS felt the
need to be precautionary and extend the
exclusion zones, why it did not then
also extend the buffer zones and thus
the estimated numbers of takes of
marine mammals.
Response: NMFS increased the
exclusion zones for the L–DEO seismic
survey off New Jersey due to sitespecific considerations. Crone et al.
(2013) confirmed that the shallow water
zones in L–DEO’s model were
conservative in previous shallow water
seismic surveys in the northeast Pacific
Ocean. However, the model had limited
ability to capture the variability
resulting from site-specific factors
present in the marine environment
offshore New Jersey. In light of those
limitations, and in consideration of the
practicability of implementation in that
particular case NMFS recommended a
more conservative approach to
mitigation specifically tailored to the
New Jersey seismic survey that required
L–DEO to enlarge the exclusion zones.
As noted previously, though there are
limitations with the L–DEO model,
NMFS believed that L–DEO was able to
adequately estimate take for the New
Jersey seismic survey and had no reason
to believe that potential variation in
site-specific parameters would result in
differences that would change our
analysis of the general level or severity
of effects or our necessary findings.
However, in consideration of the
practicability of doing so, we were able
to precautionarily add a buffer to the
mitigation zone.
The same site-specific considerations
do not exist in this case. The current
seismic survey will occur entirely in
deep water depths (greater than 1,000
m). The L–DEO model reasonably
predicts mitigation zones in deep water
(verified by Crone et al., 2013 and
Diebold et al., 2010). Diebold et al.
reported that the observed sound levels
from the field measurements during the
2007/2008 calibration studies in the
Gulf of Mexico fell almost entirely
below the predicted mitigation radii
curve for deep water. L–DEO has shown
that its model reasonably predicts
mitigation zones in deep water (verified
by Crone et al., 2013 and Diebold et al.,
2010). Therefore, NMFS did not
recommend expanding the exclusion
zones for this seismic survey because
the model conservatively predicts
received sound levels as a function of
distance from a particular airgun array
configuration in deep water.
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52128
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
Comment 5: COA and NRDC et al.
states that the potential impacts on
marine species from sound-producing
sources other than airguns were not
meaningfully evaluated. The
commenters state that a 12 kHz multibeam echosounder operated by an
ExxonMobil survey vessel off the coast
of Madagascar was implicated by an
independent scientific review panel in
the mass stranding of melon-headed
whales in 2008. Commenters state that
a beaked whale stranding observed in
the action area of a 2002 L–DEO seismic
survey in the Gulf of California may
have been linked to the use of this
technology as well. COA states that
based on the correlation between these
previous stranding events and the use of
multi-beam echosounder technology, it
is imperative that NMFS fully assess the
potential for this source to impact
marine mammals both on its own and
with the operation of the airgun array.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
commenter’s assessment that the
potential impacts on marine species
from sound-producing sources other
than airguns, was not meaningfully
evaluated. NMFS assessed the potential
for the operation of the multi-beam
echosounder and sub-bottom profiler to
impact marine mammals, both on their
own and simultaneously with the
operation of the airgun array. NMFS
assumes that, during simultaneous
operations of the airgun array and the
other sources, any marine mammals
close enough to be affected by the multibeam echosounder and sub-bottom
profiler will already be affected by the
airguns. However, whether or not the
airguns are operating simultaneously
with the other sources, marine
mammals are expected to exhibit no
more than short-term and
inconsequential responses to the multibeam echosounder and sub-bottom
profiler given their characteristics (e.g.,
narrow, downward-directed beam) and
other considerations described
previously in the notice of the proposed
IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). Such
reactions are not considered to
constitute ‘‘taking’’ (NMFS, 2001).
Therefore, USGS provided no additional
allowance for animals that could be
affected by sound sources other than
airguns and NMFS has not authorized
take from these other sound sources.
NMFS’s notice of the proposed IHA (79
FR 35642, June 23, 2014) states that the
multi-beam echosounder and subbottom profiler will not operate during
transits at the beginning and end of the
planned seismic survey; therefore,
NMFS does not expect any potential
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
impacts from these sound sources in
shallow water or coastal areas.
Regarding the 2008 stranding of
melon headed whales in Madagascar
referenced by commenters, the use of a
high-power (source level 236 to 242 dB)
12 kHz multi-beam echosounder was
deemed the most plausible and likely
behavioral trigger that caused a large
group of melon-headed whales to leave
their typical habitat and then ultimately
strand as a result of secondary factors
such as malnourishment and
dehydration. In addition to the source
level associated with that particular
multi-beam echosounder, its movement
pattern (i.e., directed manner down the
shelf break within a channel)
contributed to displacing this species,
via an avoidance response, from its
typical deep-water habitat to the
shallow-water lagoon system where the
stranding occurred. This USGS seismic
survey is not being operated in this
manner. This species was also identified
as a particularly behaviorally sensitive
species to anthropogenic sound (i.e., not
all species expected to respond in the
same manner as this species) and a
‘‘confluence of factors’’ may have
caused this group of whales to orient in
a manner relative to the multi-beam
echosounder that caused an avoidance
response leading to an out-of-habitat
area (i.e., not every exposure situation
where this type of source is used is
expected to result in a similar
behavioral response and/or outcome).
Furthermore, behavioral responses can
be quite complex and variable,
depending on a multitude of factors,
including context (Ellison et al., 2011).
Regarding the 2002 stranding in the
Gulf of California, the multi-beam
echosounder system was on a different
vessel, the R/V Maurice Ewing (Ewing),
which is a vessel no longer operated by
L–DEO. Although COA and NRDC et al.
suggests that the multi-beam
echosounder system or other acoustic
sources on the Ewing may have been
associated with the 2002 stranding of 2
beaked whales, as noted in Cox et al.
(2006), ‘‘whether or not this survey
caused the beaked whales to strand has
been a matter of debate because of the
small number of animals involved and
a lack of knowledge regarding the
temporal and spatial correlation
between the animals and the sound
source.’’ As noted by Yoder (2002),
there was no scientific linkage to the
event with the Ewing’s activities and the
acoustic sources being used.
As noted by Hildebrand (2006), ‘‘the
settings for these stranding (e.g., Canary
Islands, Greece, Bahamas, etc.) are
strikingly consistent: An island or
archipelago with deep water nearby,
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
appropriate for beaked whale foraging
habitat. The conditions for mass
stranding may be optimized when the
sound source transits a deep channel
between two islands, such as in the
Bahamas, and apparently in the Madeira
incident.’’ The activities planned for the
USGS seismic survey are in remote deep
water, far from any land mass and
islands, and do not relate at all to the
environmental scenarios noted by
Hildebrand (2006) as being consistent
settings for other mass strandings of
beaked whales.
MMPA Concerns
Comment 6: COA state that NMFS
must ensure that the IHA complies with
the MMPA and requests that NMFS
deny the IHA based on their opinion
that the potential impacts to marine
mammals are incompatible with the
prohibitions of the MMPA and that the
take would be more than negligible.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
commenters’ assessment. Section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA directs NMFS
to allow, upon request, the incidental
taking by harassment of small numbers
of marine mammals for periods of not
more than one year by U.S. citizens who
engage in a specified activity within a
specific geographic region if certain
findings are made and a notice of a
proposed IHA is provided to the public
for review. In order to grant an IHA
under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA, NMFS must find that the taking
by harassment of marine mammal
species or stocks will have a negligible
impact on such species or stocks and
will not have an unmitigable adverse
impact on the availability of such
species or stocks for taking for
subsistence uses. Where applicable, the
IHA must also prescribe the permissible
methods of taking by harassment
pursuant to the activity, and other
means of effecting the least practicable
impact on such species or stocks and
their habitat, paying particular attention
to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas
of similar significance. NMFS followed
all applicable legal standards and made
all relevant findings before issuing an
IHA to USGS under section 101(a)(5)(D)
of the MMPA.
As described in the notice for the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23,
2014) and this document, USGS
requested that NMFS issue an IHA to
take small numbers of marine mammals
by Level B harassment only incidental
to conducting a seismic survey within a
specific geographic area (see ‘‘Summary
of Request’’). Based on the best
scientific information available, NMFS
expect that USGS’s activities would
result in take by Level B harassment
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
only in the form of behavioral
modifications during the period of the
USGS’s active airgun operations. Due to
the nature, degree, and context of Level
B harassment anticipated and described
in the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014) and this
document, NMFS does not expect the
activity to impact rates of annual
recruitment or survival for any affected
species or stock, particularly given the
required mitigation and monitoring
measures that would minimize impacts
to marine mammals (see ‘‘Negligible
Impact’’ section). NMFS has determined
that the required mitigation and
monitoring measures (described in the
notice for the proposed IHA [79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014], and included
within the final IHA), provide the
means of effecting the least practicable
impact on marine mammal species or
stocks and their habitat, paying
particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar
significance (see ‘‘Mitigation’’ section).
There are not relevant subsistence uses
of marine mammals implicated by this
action.
Based on the analysis of the likely
effects of the specified activity on
marine mammals and their habitat
contained within the notice of the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23,
2014) this document, and the USGS’s
EA, and taking into consideration the
implementation of the required
mitigation and monitoring measures,
NMFS finds that the USGS seismic
survey will have a negligible impact on
such species or stocks and will not have
an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stocks for
taking for subsistence uses. NMFS has
therefore issued an IHA to USGS to take
small numbers of marine mammals by
Level B harassment only for a period
less than one year. NMFS has complied
with the MMPA and disagrees with the
commenter’s assessment that the
potential impacts to marine mammals
from USGS’s seismic survey are
incompatible with the prohibitions of
the MMPA and that the take would be
more than negligible.
Comment 7: COA states that NMFS’s
take estimates for marine mammals
which no population or stock data are
available are speculative and may be
significant underestimations. COA
states that it is not clear how these takes
were assigned and what, if any,
measures would be taken during the
seismic survey if it is determined that
take numbers for these animals were
significantly miscalculated.
Response: Although no known
current regional population or stock
abundance estimates for the northwest
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
Atlantic Ocean are available for the
Fraser’s, spinner, and Clymene
dolphins, or the Bryde’s, melon-headed,
pygmy killer, false killer, and killer
whales, limited OBIS–SEAMAP
sightings data exist for these species
within or adjacent to the action area.
Even where the limited number of
sightings suggests that density is very
low and encounters less likely, for any
species with OBIS–SEAMAP sightings
data within or adjacent to the action
area, including both species of marine
mammals that did not have density
model outputs within the SERDP/
NASA/NOAA and OBIS–SEAMAP
database (i.e., humpback whale
[summer], Bryde’s whale, sei whale,
blue whale, northern bottlenose whale,
Atlantic white-sided dolphin, Fraser’s
dolphin, spinner dolphin, Clymene
dolphin [summer], melon-headed
whale, pygmy killer whale, false killer
whale, and killer whale) and species
with density outputs that did not extend
into the planned study area at all (i.e.,
sei whale), NMFS believes it is wise to
include coverage for potential takes.
Generally, to quantify this coverage,
NMFS assumed that USGS could
potentially encounter one group for
each species during each of the seismic
survey legs (recognizing that
interannual variation and the potential
presence of ephemeral features could
drive differing encounter possibilities in
the two legs), and NMFS thinks it is
reasonable to use the average (mean)
groups size (weighted by effort and
rounded up) to estimate the take from
these potential encounters. The mean
group size were determined based on
data reported from the Cetacean and
Turtle Assessment Program (CeTAP)
surveys (CeTAP, 1982) and the Atlantic
Marine Assessment Program for
Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys in
2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013. Because we
believe it is unlikely, we do not think
it is necessary to assume that the largest
group size will be encountered. USGS
proposed this same approach in their
IHA application, and is aware that they
will not be covered in the unlikely event
that a larger group is ensonified above
160 dB.
PSOs based on the vessel will record
data to estimate the numbers of marine
mammals exposed to various received
sound levels and to document apparent
disturbance reactions or lack thereof.
Data would be used to estimate numbers
of animals potentially taken by
harassment. If the estimated numbers of
animals potentially taken by harassment
approach or exceed the number of
authorized takes, USGS will have to re-
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52129
initiate consultation with NMFS under
the MMPA and/or ESA.
Comment 8: The Commission states
that in estimating the numbers of
potential takes for the proposed IHA,
USGS used density data from the Ocean
Biogeographic Information System
Spatial Ecological Analysis of
Megavertebrate Populations (OBIS–
SEAMAP), specifically data originating
from Navy Operating Area Density
Estimates (NODE). USGS considered
those estimates to be the best available
data. However, those data apply only to
the U.S. EEZ, which comprises only 20
percent of the proposed action area in
2014 and 10 percent in 2015. It is
unclear if USGS assumed the densities
in areas outside the U.S. EEZ to be 0, if
it applied the densities estimated for
waters within the EEZ to those other
areas, or if it did some permutation of
those two methods. In any case, the
densities could have been
underestimated.
Although NMFS indicated in the
notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014) that the OBIS–
SEAMAP data were determined to be
the best available information for
density data, the Commission
understands that NMFS subsequently
determined that the data from the
Navy’s Atlantic Fleet Training and
Testing Navy Marine Species Density
Database (AFTT NMSDD) are superior
and are now considered the best
available. Therefore, the Commission
understands that NMFS intends to use
the AFTT NMSDD data to re-estimate
the numbers of marine mammals that
could be taken during the seismic
survey. The Commission agrees that the
AFTT NMSDD data are preferable and
should be used to re-estimate the
numbers of takes for all marine mammal
species and used for the analyses
required under both the MMPA and the
ESA. Furthermore, the Commission
recommends that the same methods to
be used to determine the densities for
the analyses conducted under the
MMPA and ESA.
Response: NMFS’s Office of Protected
Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division, has carefully considered both
the SERDP–SDSS and NMSDD data to
determine which is more appropriate for
calculating take estimates. NMFS
considers the NMSDD dataset useful in
predicting marine mammal density and
distribution in the open ocean where
better data are unavailable. However, for
this study and for the reasons described
below, NMFS’s Office of Protected
Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division has determined that applying
the SERDP–SDSS finer-scale density
estimates from the immediately adjacent
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52130
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
and more similar areas is the more
accurate approach. The survey study
area extends from Georges Bank
southward to Blake Ridge in the
northwest Atlantic Ocean. The entire
study area encompasses 543,601 km2
(158,488.7 nmi2) and covers portions of
the continental slope, continental rise,
and abyssal plain. Approximately 40%
of the study area is within the U.S. EEZ
(‘‘study area’’ means the polygon drawn
around the two legs of the survey). For
the 2014 leg, USGS planned a total of
3,165 km (1,709 nmi) of tracklines
within the action area. Of those 442.6
km (239 nmi) (14%) are within the U.S.
EEZ. For the 2015 leg, USGS planned a
total of 3,115 km (1,682 nmi) of
tracklines within the action area. Of
those 558.2 km (301.4 nmi) (18%) are
within the U.S. EEZ. There are no
tracklines located within the continental
shelf and approximately 99% of the
tracklines are located outside the
continental shelf. Less than 0.5% of the
tracklines are within the continental
slope. For both years 89% of the seismic
survey’s tracklines will occur within the
abyssal plain, 11% within the
continental rise, and less than 1% of the
tracklines will occur within the
continual shelf.
The USGS determined that they could
obtain and analyze the best available
information for density data from the
SERDP–SDSS Marine Animal Mapper
online system. The SERDP–SDSS model
outputs provide color-coded maps of
cetacean density as well as maps that
depict the precision of the models. The
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division,
considers the NODES models from the
SERDP–SDSS used here at Tier 1 data.
These models accurately predict density
within the continental shelf, slope, and
rise based on fine-scale spatially
relevant (e.g., collected within the
immediate vicinity) marine mammal
survey data and environmental factors.
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division,
considers it as a robust dataset to
estimate densities with the least amount
of uncertainty.
Generally, the NMSDD maps for the
study area in question have shown
much higher densities of marine
mammals adjacent to the U.S. EEZ line
compared to the SERDP–SDS
prediction. The NMSDD predicts
density information for species outside
the U.S. EEZ using two additional
sources of information based on habitat
suitability models, the Sea Mammal
Research Unit Limited (SMRU Ltd.),
University of St. Andrews, Scotland
Global Density Models (SMRU Ltd.,
2012) and the Kaschner model (2006).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
The Navy applied the SMRU Ltd. model
to areas or seasons where the NODE
density spatial model data contained in
SERDP–SDSS were not available. The
Kaschner model (2006) predicts the
average annual geographical ranges of
marine mammal species on a global
scale. The model uses a Relative
Environmental Suitability (RES) model
that synthesizes general, qualitative
observations about the spatial and
temporal relationships between four
environmental factors (depth, sea
surface temperature, distance to land,
and mean annual distance to ice edge)
and the worldwide distribution of a
particular species. The Kaschner model
is not as robust (and in some cases
unsuccessful) in predicting spatiallyrelevant patterns of cetacean
distribution at a finer scale because the
model is parameterized for a broader
region and scale. Thus, in many cases,
predicted distributions may not
correspond well with the known
distribution of particular species
(Calabrese et al., 2014; Redfern et al.,
2006; Williams et al., 2014), leading to
inaccurate extrapolations (i.e., including
areas that are not known to be habitat)
that do not comport with the expected
distribution of a particular species. The
Navy considered this model as tertiary
to the NODE density spatial model data
contained in SERDP–SDSS and
secondary to the SMRU Ltd. data. They
only applied the Kaschner model data to
areas where NODE or SMRU Ltd. data
were available.
The SERDP–SDSS model outputs for
density estimates do not extend beyond
the U.S. EEZ. Thus data for 60% of the
USGS’s study area are not available in
the online system. However, the USGS
used the system to extract the mean
density (animals per square kilometer)
for marine mammals within 40% of the
study area that is within the U.S. EEZ.
Because the SERDP–SDSS provides
fine-scale predictions with greater
certainty over the continental shelf,
slope, and rise, NMFS, Office of
Protected Resources, Permits and
Conservation Division, feels that is
reasonable to extrapolate the density
estimates from the coastal and shelf
areas to areas further offshore (i.e.,
continental rise and abyssal plain zone).
Generally, we would expect higher
densities of marine mammal over the
continental shelf, slope, and rise. Thus,
extrapolating these densities to the
offshore study area seems the most
reasonable approach given the datasets
available. In relying on basic ecological
principles, NMFS, Office of Protected
Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division, would expect lower densities
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
of marine mammals within the study
area that extends beyond the U.S. EEZ
over the continental rise and abyssal
plain in contrast to the results shown in
NMSDD.
Comment 9: NRDC et al. and the
Commission state that NMFS made
erroneous small numbers and negligible
impact determinations. They state that
the MMPA clearly prohibits agencies
from taking marine mammals on the
high seas, and since the take prohibition
applies outside the EEZ as well as in
U.S. waters, NMFS must make a
negligible impact and small numbers
determination to authorize take for the
populations in both the U.S. EEZ and on
the high seas outside the U.S. EEZ.
NRDC et al. and the Commission also
state that notice for the proposed IHA
suggests that NMFS is authorizing the
take of 43.44% of the pantropical
spotted dolphin stock, which is not a
small number.
Response: NMFS agrees that the
MMPA applies outside of the U.S. EEZ
on the high seas. NMFS considered
takes outside of the U.S. EEZ both in our
negligible impact and small numbers
determinations. NMFS makes it small
numbers determination based on the
number of marine mammals that would
be taken relative to the populations of
the affected species or stocks. NMFS’s
take estimates for the current survey are
based on a consideration of the number
of marine mammals that could be
harassed by seismic operations within
the entire seismic survey area, both
within and outside of the U.S. EEZ.
Given that the take estimates were
calculated for the entire survey area,
NMFS concluded that a portion of the
takes would take place within the U.S.
EEZ and the remainder would take
place outside of the U.S. EEZ. As
explained previously in this document,
approximately 80% of the survey
tracklines in 2014 and approximately
90% of the survey tracklines in 2015 are
outside of the U.S. EEZ. Therefore, as
the small numbers determination
section in the notice for the proposed
IHA explained, NMFS apportioned 10 to
20% of the total authorized takes to the
U.S. EEZ in order to make its small
numbers determination for the affected
U.S. EEZ stocks. Table 6 in this
document has been updated to reflect
this apportionment. All of the takes that
NMFS expects to occur within the U.S.
EEZ represent a small number relative
the affected U.S. EEZ stocks.
For species for which regional
abundance data exists (North Atlantic
right whale, humpback whale, minke
while, sei whale, fin whale, blue whale,
sperm whale, Atlantic white-sided
dolphin, short-finned pilot whale, long-
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
finned pilot whale, Northern bottlenose
whale, and harbor porpoise), Table 4 of
the notice for the proposed IHA clearly
reflected that the estimated take for the
entire survey area represented a small
number relative to the regional
populations. For species for which only
stock abundance data exists (pygmy
sperm whale, dwarf sperm whale,
Cuvier’s beaked whale, Mesoplodon,
bottlenose dolphin, Atlantic spotted
dolphin, pantropical spotted dolphin,
striped dolphin, short-beaked common
dolphin, rough-toothed dolphin, Risso’s
dolphin), NMFS concluded that if the
authorized take represents a small
number of the U.S. EEZ stock, it will
also represent a small number of the
greater regional population, based on
the larger and wider ranging
populations expected in the high seas.
This conclusion is supported by the fact
that, for the species with both regional
and stock-specific abundance
populations, the regional abundance is
on the order of five to twenty times
higher than the abundance of the stock.
We have clarified the small numbers
determination in this document
accordingly.
With respect to the pantropical
spotted dolphin, Table 4 in the notice
for the proposed IHA indicated that
43% of the stock would be taken.
However, this number represents the
total authorized take for the entire
survey area as compared to the
population of the U.S. EEZ stock. The
small numbers section explained that to
determine whether the authorized take
would be a small number of the affected
U.S. EEZ stock, NMFS apportioned 10
to 20% of the authorized take to the U.S.
EEZ, as described above, and
determined that approximately 6.5%
percent of the U.S. EEZ stock would be
taken. The remainder of the takes would
occur outside the U.S EEZ. Although no
regional abundance estimate exists for
the pantropical spotted dolphin, it is
one of the most abundant cetaceans on
the globe and occurs in all tropical to
warm temperate waters between 40°
North and South (Folkens, 2002).
Therefore, we are confident that the
authorized take represents a small
number compared to the greater regional
Atlantic pantropical spotted dolphin
population that occurs outside of the
U.S. EEZ.
Comment 10: The Commission states
that under section 101(a)(5)(D)(iii) of the
MMPA an IHA can be issued only after
notice in the Federal Register and
opportunity for public comment.
However, that public review
opportunity is meaningful only if the
proposed IHA contains accurate
information and the relevant analyses.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
If, subsequent to the publication,
substantive changes are made to the
underlying information or NMFS’s
analyses, re-publication with a new
opportunity to comment is appropriate.
In this instance, it appears that NMFS’s
published analyses were not based on
the best available information and that
it may have significantly
underestimated the likely numbers of
takes for at least some of the marine
mammal species and stocks that occur
in the proposed action area. The
Commission recommends that NMFS
publish a revised proposed IHA in the
Federal Register with updated
estimated numbers of takes and small
numbers and negligible impact analyses
to provide a more informed public
comment opportunity. Further, the
Commission recommends that, to the
extent possible, NMFS strive to identify
and incorporate any substantive changes
that might be made in a proposed IHA
prior to publication in the Federal
Register.
Response: NMFS’s analysis in this
document is based on the best available
information and NMFS does not believe
that the estimated number of takes for
the marine mammal species and stocks
in the action area have been
significantly underestimated. Please see
the response to comment 8 for NMFS’s
rationale regarding the careful
consideration of both the SERDP–SDSS
and NMSDD to determine which is
more appropriate for using density data
and calculating take estimates. In the
case of marine mammals species with
OBIS–SEAMAP sightings within or
adjacent to the action area and expected
to be encountered, where density data
was limited or unavailable, NMFS
updated the mean group sizes that were
determined based on data reported from
the Cetacean and Turtle Assessment
Program (CeTAP) surveys (CeTAP,
1982) as well as the reports from the
Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for
Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys in
2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013. However,
for most of the marine mammal species,
the estimated number of takes did not
change between the notice of the
proposed IHA (79 FR35642, June 23,
2014) and the final IHA. The small
numbers and negligible impact analyses
and determinations made by NMFS still
remain accurate. NMFS strives to
identify and incorporate any substantive
changes before publishing a notice of
proposed IHA in the Federal Register,
but may need to make substantive
changes based on information and
comments received during the 30-day
public comment period. NMFS
acknowledges the Commission’s
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52131
recommendation, but will not be
publishing a notice of a revised
proposed IHA in the Federal Register.
Mitigation
Comment 11: NRDC et al. states that
time and area restrictions designed to
protect high-value habitat are one of the
most effective means to reduce the
potential impacts of noise and
disturbance. They also state that the
proposed IHA does not consider any
areas for closure, trackline avoidance or
seasonal planning for any species of
marine mammals.
Response: NMFS disagrees with
NRDC et al.’s assessment. NMFS used
the Navy’s NODE model for determining
the density data of marine mammal
species (where it was available) and
calculating estimated take numbers.
USGS has indicated that they plan on
avoiding banks, canyons, seamounts,
and North Atlantic right whale critical
habitat. NMFS was not able to identify
any other important habitat areas of
specific importance to marine mammals
from this dataset that are appropriate for
avoidance or time-area restrictions.
Further, the seismic survey’s planned
tracklines, which are widespread over a
large geographic area, combined with
the transiting vessel and airgun array,
make time-area restrictions and
avoiding specific habitat areas
impractical and likely would not
provide significant reduction in
potential impacts from underwater
sound or sufficient conservation
benefits for this specific project. NMFS
notes that areas for closure, trackline
avoidance, or seasonal planning were
also considered in the USGS EA and not
included in the proposed IHA as they
were deemed unnecessary or not
practicable. For responses to the specific
time-area restrictions NRDC et al.
suggest, see the responses below in this
section.
Concerning the avoidance of marine
mammals through the modification of
tracklines, the IHA states that the
Langseth should alter speed or course
during seismic operation if a marine
mammal, based on its position and
relative motion, appears likely to enter
the relevant exclusion zone. If speed or
course alteration is not safe or
practicable, or if after alteration the
marine mammal still appears likely to
enter the exclusion zone, further
mitigation measures, such as a powerdown or shut-down, shall be taken. The
USGS EA, which NMFS adopted, also
considers that slight track adjustments
are possible to avoid fisheries conflicts:
‘‘minimizing potential adverse effects
on fisheries may be accomplished by
adjusting tracklines and communicating
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52132
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
with fishermen about respective
locations of vessels, equipment, and rate
of travel or drift.’’ Because of limited
ship maneuverability, trackline
adjustments must also be done to
‘‘maintain safety and avoid
entanglement.’’
Concerning seasonal planning,
seasonal (four seasons where available)
distributions of marine animals are
incorporated into the EA through the
descriptions presented in chapter 3. A
complete table of the seasonal
distributions of potentially affected
marine mammal species is given in the
IHA application (Table 3). The EA also
evaluated as an alternative conducting
the seismic survey at a different time of
year. Weather conditions in the Atlantic
Ocean and ship schedules constrain the
possible survey time window to May
through September. In addition,
scheduling the survey in mid-summer
when daylight hours are maximized and
sea states are generally minimal
facilitates observations of marine
wildlife.
Comment 12: NRDC et al. state that
because of the incredibly rich diversity
of species that congregate around
Georges Bank throughout the year and,
most heavily, during the summer
months, the seismic survey should be
prohibited from entering Georges Bank
or the slope waters off Georges Bank,
and the survey tracklines should be
designed to ensure a buffer zone
minimally sufficient to minimize
¨
potential behavioral impacts on naıve
deep-diving whales and disruption of
communication with baleen whales.
Response: Three lines of the
combined 2014 and 2015 tracklines are
near Georges Bank. The shallow ends of
these three tracklines are in 2,500 to
2,600 m (8,202.1 to 8,530.2 ft) water
depth, or deeper than the ‘‘slope
waters’’ that NRDC et al. reference.
These tracklines are on the upper rise of
the continental margin. The distance
from the landward (turning) ends of the
tracklines in 2015 to the shelf-slope
break on Georges Bank are
approximately 50 km (27 nmi, eastern)
and 70 km (37.8 nmi, western); thus, no
survey tracklines are actually within
Georges Bank. The trackline closest to
the eastern end of Georges Bank and the
New England seamounts will image the
Munson-Nygren-Retriever submarine
landslides and will provide a
comparison to understand why one
region fails and another does not. Both
of the tracklines that come closest to
Georges Bank will address the hazards
objectives of the planned seismic
survey. The portion of the seismic
survey near Georges Bank represents a
small part of the planned action area.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
Comment 13: NRDC et al. states that
to the extent that survey tracklines cut
across the three identified canyons,
Oceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia,
USGS should redraw them to avoid
overrunning these important foraging
waters and to ensure a sufficient buffer
between the trackline and the canyon.
Response: The seismic survey
tracklines south of Georges Bank are
intentionally planned by USGS to avoid
Oceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia
canyons. They have been located to
address the submarine landslide and
tsunami hazards objective of the project.
An important part of understanding
where and why landslides occur is to
also understanding where and why they
do not occur in the same area. The three
lines closest to Georges Bank are located
away from canyons and known
landslides in order to understand why
one part of the margin fails and another
does not.
Oceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia
canyons are in close proximity to each
other on the south side of Georges Bank.
The Gilbert channel merges with the
Lydonia channel in approximately 2,800
m (9,186.4 ft) water depth.
Oceanographer Canyon merges with the
Lydonia/Gilber system in approximately
3,400 m (11,154.9 ft).
The distances of the three tracklines
on the south side of Georges Bank from
the Lydonia/Gilbert system are 75, 150,
and 150 km (40.5, 81, and 81 nmi),
respectively. The distances from
Oceanographer are 100, 130, and 130
km (54, 70.2, and 70.2 nmi),
respectively. The 160 dB buffer zone is
5.78 km (3.1 nmi) on either side of each
trackline, leaving a generous distance of
approximately (69 km [37.3 nmi]) to the
nearest of Oceanographer, Gilbert, and
Lydonia canyons.
In more general terms, the
ensonification zone at the landward
ends of the three tracklines extends to
approximately 2,400 to 2,500 m (7,874
to 8,202.1 ft) water depth. The base of
the canyon system on the upper rise of
Georges Bank in this region is in
approximately 3,500 m (11,842.9 ft) of
water. The track distance from 2,500 to
3,500 m is approximately 45 km (24.3
nmi), or, for the three tracklines,
represents approximately 135 km (72.9
nmi) (16 hours of surveying), or only
two percent of the total planned
tracklines. Hence the portion of the
seismic survey near Georges Bank
represents a small part of the planned
action area. The tracklines have been
designed to connect to or cross existing
data to take advantage of existing data
sources. Therefore, NMFS disagrees
with the recommendation that USGS
should redraw the tracklines to avoid
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Oceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia
canyons because the tracklines are not
close to these canyons and a sufficient
buffer exists between these tracklines
and the canyons.
Comment 14: NRDC et al. states that
there are several major submarine
canyons, including Norfolk,
Washington, Baltimore, Hudson, and
Veatch. Because of its established
importance as a biologically rich
foraging ground for numerous species of
marine mammals and other marine life,
NRDC et al. states that the survey line
should be redrawn to avoid Hudson
Canyon. To the extent that other survey
tracklines cut across these additional
identified canyons, NRDC et al. states
that USGS should redraw them to avoid
overrunning these important foraging
waters and to ensure a sufficient buffer
between the trackline and the canyon.
Response: USGS designed the
tracklines to avoid Hudson Canyon. The
trackline referred to by NRDC et al. does
not cross the Hudson Canyon until well
along the downslope channel extension
in approximately 4,200 m (13,779.5 ft)
water depth on the continental rise. At
the landward end, the closest approach
between the trackline and Hudson
Canyon is 21 km (11.3 nmi). This is
between three and four times the radius
of the 160 dB ensonified area (5.78 km).
This trackline was originally laid out to
connect to an existing scientific
borehole (ODP 1073), but was shortened
to connect to existing seismic data that
allow for an acceptable tie to the well.
Hence the seismic survey was modified
in an effort to avoid collecting new data
over existing data. The scientific
borehole represents an important
location for correlating and dating units
for understanding landslide occurrence.
Of the five remaining tracklines in the
mid-Atlantic region, four are more than
300 km (162 nmi) from the shelf-slope
break and associated canyons. The fifth
and southernmost line is south of Cape
Hatteras, where canyons are not well
developed. USGS and NMFS estimate
the closest canyon, Pamlico Canyon, to
this fifth trackline is approximately 200
km (108 nmi) to the northeast.
Therefore, NMFS disagrees with the
recommendation that USGS should
redraw the tracklines to avoid
overrunning these foraging waters and
to ensure a sufficient buffer between the
trackline and the canyons.
Comment 15: NRDC et al. states that
the survey tracklines currently run
across or approach the Bear, Physalia,
Mytilus, and Retriever seamounts (a
seamount chain which may act as a
dispersal corridor to help species to
cross the Atlantic). NRDC et al. states
that the seismic survey tracklines
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
should be modified and redesigned to
avoid the four seamounts in order to
ensure the least practicable impact on
marine mammals and should include a
buffer zone to minimize marine
mammal take.
Response: Although the NRDC et al.
comment only mentions the four
seamounts within the U.S. 200 nmi
limit, there are additional seamounts
beyond 200 nmi, including Picket,
Buell, Balanus, and Asterias seamounts.
The planned tracklines do not run
across any of these seamounts. Except
for the small and deep seamount called
Asterias seamount, at the seaward end
of the tracklines, the closest approach of
the trackline to any of the eight
seamounts is 15 km (8.1 nmi), with
ranges up to 58 km (31.3 nmi). For the
four seamounts inside the U.S. 200 nmi
limit, the distances between the tracks
and the base of the seamount range from
16.3 to 47 km (8.8 to 25.4 nmi). Given
that the exclusion zone along the
tracklines is 5,780 m (18,963.3 ft), a
buffer zone already exists between the
tracklines and these seamounts.
NMFS notes that one of the seismic
survey’s tracklines is within 6.6 km (3.6
nmi) of Asterias seamount at the
seaward end of the trackline, but this
seamount only rises above the seafloor
by 1,200 m (3,937 ft) and has a water
depth at its top of 3,609 m (11,840.6 ft)
(ETOPO1). This is much deeper than the
four seamounts within the U.S. 200 nmi
limit, which, at their tops, have water
depths of 1,112, 2,366, 2,475, and 2,153
m (3,648.3, 7,762.5, 8,120.1, and 7,063.6
ft), respectively (read from digital map
released by Andrews et al., 2014).
Asterias seamount, due to its small size
and large depth, is not considered a
feature that would modify currents and
circulation to the extent that the larger,
shallower seamounts would.
Therefore, NMFS disagrees with the
recommendation that the seismic survey
tracklines should be modified and
redesigned to avoid Bear, Physalia,
Mytilus, and Retriever seamounts and
should include a buffer zone to
minimize marine mammal take because
the tracklines do not cross these
seamounts and a buffer zone already
exists between the tracklines and these
seamounts.
Comment 16: NRDC et al. states that
in order to protect the North Atlantic
right whale and comply with the ESA,
NMFS must exclude all of the North
Atlantic right whale’s year-round
feeding and mating habitat areas from
the seismic survey and vessel activities.
These areas include both designated
critical habitat as well as areas that have
not yet been designated as critical
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
habitat, but are known to be important
habitat.
Response: NMFS has not excluded the
seismic survey from North Atlantic right
whale designated critical habitat and
other habitat known to be important to
the North Atlantic right whale because
the planned activities are not in close
proximity to these areas. The trackline
that has the closest approach to the
northeast Atlantic Ocean designated
critical habitat is approximately 190 km
(102.6 nmi) from the area. The trackline
that has the closest approach to the
southeast Atlantic Ocean designated
critical habitat is approximately 519 km
(280.2 nmi) from the area. The North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat in
the northeast Atlantic Ocean can be
found online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/
criticalhabitat/n_rightwhale_ne.pdf. The
North Atlantic right whale critical
habitat in the southeast Atlantic Ocean
can be found online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/
criticalhabitat/n_rightwhale_se.pdf.
Furthermore, considering the
conservation status for the North
Atlantic right whale, the airguns will be
shut-down immediately in the unlikely
event that this species is observed,
regardless of the distance from the
Langseth. Ramp-up will only begin if
the North Atlantic right whale has not
been seen for 30 minutes.
Comment 17: NRDC et al. states that
marine mammals densities are often
correlated over medium to large scales
with persistent oceanographic features,
such as currents, productivity, and
surface, temperature, as well as with
concentrations in other marine species,
such as other apex predators and fish.
NMFS should use these other areas
identifiable through habitat mapping for
determining time-area restrictions.
Response: NMFS and USGS used
SERDP SDSS model outputs to
determine density data for marine
mammals in the action area. The density
data was used to estimate take numbers
and potential impacts to marine
mammals. The USGS EA considers
current and other metocean information
as part of the analysis. For example the
EA states that ‘‘the region is greatly
influenced by a prominent ocean
current system, the Gulf Stream. This is
a powerful, warm, and swiftly flowing
current that flows northward, generally
along the shelf edge, carrying warm
equatorial waters into the North Atlantic
(Pickard and Emergy, 1990; Verity et al.
1993). Upwelling along the Atlantic
coast is both wind-driven and a result
of dynamic uplift (Shen et al., 2000;
Lentz et al., 2003). In addition to the
Gulf Stream, currents originating from
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52133
the outflow of both the Chesapeake and
Delaware Bays influence the surface
circulation in the Mid-Atlantic bight.
The Chesapeake Bay plume flows
seaward from the mouth of the bay and
then turns south to form a coastal jet
that can extend as far as Cape Hatteras.
Similarly, the Delaware Coastal Current
begins in Delaware Bay and flows
southward along the Delmarva
Peninsula before entrained into the
Chesapeake Bay plume.’’ In addition,
the maps of the seasonal distributions of
the marine species shows the regions of
higher productivity through the higher
concentrations of animals. Correlating
marine mammal densities with
oceanographic features provides
excellent insight into environmental
analysis for the action area, but it did
not lead to identifiable areas of concern
that would lead NMFS to require and
implement time-area restrictions in the
IHA.
Comment 18: NRDC et al. state that
NMFS should use these other areas
identifiable through habitat mapping for
determining time-area restrictions.
Researchers have developed at least two
predictive models to characterize
densities of marine mammals in the area
of interest: The NODE model produced
by the Naval Facilities Engineering
Command Atlantic, and the Duke
Marine Lab model produced under
contract with the Strategic
Environmental Research and
Development Program. Until Duke has
produced its new cetacean density
model, pursuant to NOAA’s CetMap
program, NRDC et al. state that NMFS
should use these sources, which
represent best available science to
identify important marine mammal
habitat and ensure the least practicable
impact.
Response: NMFS used the Navy’s
NODE model for determining the
density data of marine mammal species
(where it was available) and calculating
estimated take numbers. USGS has
indicated that they plan on avoiding
banks, canyons, seamounts, and North
Atlantic right whale critical habitat.
NMFS was not able to identify any other
important habitat areas of specific
importance to marine mammals from
this dataset that are appropriate for
avoidance or time-area restrictions.
Further, the seismic survey’s planned
tracklines, which are widespread over a
large geographic area and designed for
the specific objectives of this survey,
combined with the transiting vessel and
airgun array, make time-area restrictions
and avoiding specific habitat areas
impractical and likely would not
provide significant reduction in
potential impacts from underwater
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52134
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
sound or sufficient conservation
benefits for this specific project.
Comment 19: NRDC et al. states that
the proposed IHA does not adequately
consider, or fails to consider at all, a
number of other reasonable measures
that could significantly reduce take from
the proposed activities.
Response: In order to issue an IHA
under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA, NMFS must set forth the
‘‘permissible methods of taking by
harassment pursuant to such activity,
and other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on such species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular
attention to rookeries, mating grounds,
and areas of similar significance.’’
NMFS’ duty under this ‘‘least
practicable impact’’ standard is to
prescribe mitigation reasonably
designed to minimize, to the extent
practicable, any adverse population
level impacts, as well as habitat
impacts. While population-level
impacts can be minimized only by
reducing impacts on individual marine
mammals, not all takes translate to
population-level impacts. NMFS’
objective under the ‘‘least practicable
impact’’ standard is to design mitigation
targeting those impacts on individual
marine mammals that are most likely to
lead to adverse population-level effects.
Based on NMFS’ evaluation of the
applicant’s proposed measures, as well
as other measures considered by NMFS
or recommended by the public, NMFS
has determined that the mitigation
measures required by the IHA provide
the means of effecting the least
practicable impact on marine mammal
species or stocks and their habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance. NMFS provides responses
to the mitigation measures suggested by
NRDC et al., including survey design
standards and review, use of an
alternative multi-beam echosounder,
sound source validation, alternate safety
zone distances, real-time monitoring,
and technology-based mitigation, in the
following responses.
Comment 20: NRDC et al. state that
NMFS should require that the airgun
survey vessel use the lowest practicable
source level, minimize horizontal
propagation of the sound signal, and
minimize the density of tracklines
consistent with the purposes of the
survey. NRDC et al. state that while
cursory consideration is given to the
source level, little explanation of the
conclusion that a 36-airgun array is
required is offered. NRDC et al. would
note that, in the past, the California
Coastal Commission has required USGS
to reduce the size of its array for seismic
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
hazards work, and to use alternative
seismic technologies to reduce acoustic
intensities during earthquake hazard
surveys to their lowest practicable level.
Response: NMFS encourages all
seismic surveys using airguns as a
sound source to use the lowest
practicable source level to achieve the
purposes of the action. In order to fulfill
the purpose of the seismic survey to
establish the outer limits of the U.S.
ECS, USGS must establish sediment
thickness along the continental margin,
which can be in excess of 8 to 10 km
(4.3 to 5.4 nmi) in the Atlantic. The
seismic survey therefore requires the
use of large sources and low
frequencies. For the planned seismic
survey, the multi-channel streamer,
augmented by widely spaced freefloating sonobuoys (acquiring data up to
30 km [16.2 nmi] from the ship)
provides the ability to acquire oblique
angles to better resolve sedimentary
velocities and determine accurate
sediment thicknesses. In considering
survey design, the guidelines regarding
Article 76 of the Law of the Sea
Convention state ‘‘the low frequencies
allow good penetration. The oblique
angles allow the detection and
measurement of velocity gradient zones
as well as the more abrupt changes,
which show up well on reflection
profiles.’’ The acquisition of refraction
information from widely spaced
sonobuoys provides an independent
check on sediment thickness and the
identification of basement which
reduces uncertainty in determining the
outer limit points of the ECS. The
guidelines also state ‘‘the survey must
be designed to prove the continuity of
the sediments from each selected fixed
point to the foot of the slope.’’ The
Langseth source size is appropriate for
imaging sediment thickness where the
sediments are thickest (near the foot of
the slope) and also have the resolution
to determine the base of the sediments
to between five and ten percent error.
Regarding the comment about
minimizing horizontal propagation of
the sound signal, the configuration of
the airgun array, as four adjacent linear
arrays, causes the signals to
constructively interfere in the vertical
direction and destructively interfere in
horizontal direction. This is evident in
the elliptical shape of the modeled
received signals presented in the EA.
Regarding the comment about
minimizing the density tracks consistent
with the purposes of the seismic survey,
the tracks are designed to fulfill the
requirements of Article 76 of the Law of
the Sea Convention. Trackline spacing
and coverage is specified in the treaty to
be no more than 111.1 km (60 nmi)
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
apart. However, the 111.1 km maximum
is impractical unless the points on the
tracks are exactly orthogonal between
tracks at 60 nmi spacing. Any deviation
of points from orthogonal between
adjacent tracks will result in a distance
greater than 60 nmi between points,
which will not satisfy the requirements
of Article 76. Hence the tracks are
generally planned to be 55.6 to 92.6 km
(30 to 50 nmi) apart. The planned
seismic survey is for two field seasons,
the first (2014) as a reconnaissance in
the area of interest and the second
(2015) to finalize outer limit points after
interpretation of the data from the first
field program is completed. The
guidelines also note that ‘‘. . . it is
evident that . . . minimum data
coverage could miss some important
details of the morphology of the outer
limit of the continental margin, and the
resulting 1% line could only be a rough
approximation of the true geological
limit. Coastal states that suspect that
such an approximation will be to their
disadvantage will benefit from
executing more comprehensive and
detailed surveys. In general, the data
coverage should reflect the complexity
of the outer margin.’’ The Atlantic
margin is inferred to have geological
complexity in the form of fracture
zones, where the sediments could be
thicker than in the intra-fracture zone
regions. These fracture zones are the
result of juxtaposing oceanic crust of
different ages across ridge offsets during
the spreading process. The 2014 part of
the seismic survey (with lines parallel to
the margin) is intended to identify the
possible existence of fracture zones that
are sub-perpendicular to the margin. If
these fracture zones can be identified,
the 2015 component of the seismic
survey is to then collect seismic data
along tracks that follow where the
sediment is thickest and therefore the
size of the U.S. ECS can be established.
Comment 21: NRDC et al. states that
NMFS should require use of an
alternative multi-beam echosounder to
the one presently proposed.
Response: NMFS disagrees with
NRDC et al.’s recommendation as we do
not have the authority to require the
IHA applicant or action proponent to
choose a different multi-beam
echosounder system for the planned
seismic survey. The multi-beam
echosounder system that is currently
installed on the Langseth is capable of
mapping the seafloor in deep water and
the characteristics of the system are well
suited for meeting the research goals at
the action area. It would not be
practicable for the L–DEO and NSF to
install a different multi-beam
echosounder for the planned seismic
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
survey. Also, the multi-beam planned to
be used on this seismic survey is not
operating in the same way as it was in
Madagascar, the seismic survey is in
deep water and will be far off the coast.
NRDC et al. did not recommend a
specific multi-beam echosounder to use
as an alternative to the one currently
installed on the vessel and planned to
be operated during the seismic survey.
The multi-beam echosounder that is
currently installed on the Langseth was
evaluated in the NSF/USGS PEIS and in
USGS’s EA, and has been used on over
25 research seismic surveys since 2008
without association to any marine
mammal strandings.
Regarding the 2002 stranding in the
Gulf of California, the multi-beam
echosounder system was on a different
vessel, the R/V Maurice Ewing (Ewing),
and is no longer operated by L–DEO.
Although NRDC et al. suggests that the
multi-beam echosounder system or
other acoustic sources on the Ewing
may have been associated with the 2002
stranding of 2 beaked whales, as noted
in Cox et al. (2006), ‘‘whether or not this
survey caused the beaked whales to
strand has been a matter of debate
because of the small number of animals
involved and a lack of knowledge
regarding the temporal and spatial
correlation between the animals and the
sound source.’’ As noted by Yoder
(2002), there was no scientific linkage to
the event with the Ewing’s activities and
the acoustic sources being used.
Furthermore, Hildebrand (2006) has
noted that ‘‘the settings for these
stranding are strikingly consistent: An
island or archipelago with deep water
nearby, appropriate for beaked whale
foraging habitat. The conditions for
mass stranding may be optimized when
the sound source transits a deep
channel between two islands, such as in
the Bahamas, and apparently in the
Madeira incident.’’ The activities
planned for the seismic survey are in
remote deep water, far from any land
mass and islands, and do not relate at
all to the environmental scenarios noted
by Hildebrand (2006).
Regarding the 2008 stranding event in
Madagascar and the Final Report of the
Independent Scientific Review Panel
(ISRP) cited to by NRDC et al., see the
response to comment 5. As described in
more detail in the response to comment
14, the tracklines for the current seismic
survey are planned to occur in deep
water and will not be conducted in a
manner that is likely to result in the
‘‘herding of sensitive species’’ into
canyons and other similar areas. Given
these conditions, NMFS does not
anticipate mass strandings from use of
the planned multi-beam echosounder.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
Comment 22: NRDC et al. states that
the proposed IHA does not adequately
consider, or fails to consider at all,
sound source validation. NRDC et al.
states that NMFS should require USGS
to validate the assumptions about
propagation distances used to establish
exclusion and buffer zones and
calculate take (i.e., at minimum, the 160
dB and 180 dB isopleths). Sound source
validation has been required of Arctic
operators for several years, as part of
their IHA compliance requirements, and
has proven useful for establishing more
accurate, in situ measurements of
exclusion zones and for acquiring
information on noise propagation.
Response: NMFS disagrees with
NRDC et al.’s assessment that a sound
source validation was not adequately
considered or required. Regarding
concerns about validating the
assumptions about propagation
distances used to establish buffer and
exclusion zones and calculated take,
measuring sound source isopleths
requires specialized sensors that are
either self-contained buoys (such as
those used by Tolstoy et al., 2009), at
the seafloor (such as those used by
Thode et al., 2010), or deployed from a
second ship, such as those used by
Mosher et al., 2009). Experiments with
these instruments are non-trivial
experiments in deep water and
generally take several days of ship time
(or two vessels) in order to establish
shooting patterns, appropriate gain
settings, and deployment/recovery of
the instruments. L–DEO has
demonstrated that in deep water, the
propagation paths are simple and that
the sound propagation models are
conservative, i.e., they overestimate the
distances to the Level A and B
harassment isopleths (as demonstrated
in Figures 11, 12 and 16 in the NSF/
USGS PEIS Appendix H). Consequently,
using the model parameters is a
precautionary approach that saves
considerable time and expense in
conducting the seismic survey.
Sound source validation has been
required in the Arctic for several years,
these validation experiments are
routinely done in the Arctic because the
seismic work is undertaken on the
continental shelf and inner shelf (i.e., in
shallow water where acoustic
propagation paths are affected by factors
such as bathymetry and seafloor
lithology that are not accounted for in
the modeling). The IHA requirements in
the Arctic are also different from those
of the Atlantic because of bowhead
whales’ (Balaena mysticetus) use for
subsistence in the Native Community.
The IHA requirements for the
instruments document the vocalizations
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52135
of the bowhead whale before, during,
and after the seismic surveys, to
understand their impact on subsistence
hunting, as well as to document the
migrations of this species (see https://
scripps.ucsd.edu/labs/athode/arcticresearch/). These same considerations
do not exist in the deep, offshore
Atlantic study area.
As described in the NSF/USGS PEIS
and USGS EA, the Langseth sound
source has been calibrated in deep water
and it was proven that the L–DEO
model is robust and conservative for
establishing buffer and exclusion zones
for mitigation purposes and calculating
take. Given that the planned seismic
survey occurs entirely in deep water,
further sound source validation is not
warranted.
Comment 23: NRDC et al. state that
NMFS should reconsider the size
(distance) of the safety zone. The
proposed IHA proposes establishing a
safety zone of 180 dB re 1 mPa (with a
500 m minimum around the airgun
array). Gedamke et al. (2011) has put
traditional means of estimating safety
zones in doubt. NRDC et al. state that
NMFS should consider establishing an
exclusion zone for shut-downs for
certain target species. Although time/
area closures are a more effective means
of reducing cumulative exposures of
wildlife to disruptive and harmful
sound, expanded exclusion zones have
value minimizing disruptions, and
potentially in reducing the risk of
hearing loss and injury, outside the
seasonal closure areas. Visual sighting
of any individual North Atlantic right
whale at any distance should trigger a
shut-down; for other species, shutdowns should occur if aggregations are
observed within the 160 dB isopleth
around the sound source.
Response: NMFS disagrees with
NRDC et al.’s recommendation that
NMFS should reconsider the size
(distance) of the exclusion zone. NMFS
notes that the statement that the
proposed IHA proposes establishing a
safety zone of 180 dB re 1 mPa (with a
500 m minimum around the airgun
array) is incorrect. NRDC et al. may be
referring to BOEM/BSEE Joint NTL No.
2012–G02 (available online at: https://
www.boem.gov/Regulations/Notices-ToLessees/2012/2012-JOINT-G02pdf.aspx), which requires an immediate
shut-down of the airgun operations
‘‘within an estimated 500 m of the
sound source array.’’ The 180 dB
exclusion zone for USGS’s planned
survey is 927 m for the 36-airgun array
and 100 m for the single airgun. See the
response to comment 31 for further
information about the exclusion zone.
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52136
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
NNMFS also notes that the required
mitigation measures already require
shut-downs and/or power-downs for
species of special concern. Considering
the rarity and conservation status for the
North Atlantic right whale, the airguns
will be shut-down immediately in the
unlikely event that this species is
observed, regardless of the distance
from the Langseth. The airgun array
shall not resume firing (with ramp-up)
until 30 minutes after the last
documented North Atlantic right whale
visual sighting. Additionally, the
mitigation measures state that
concentrations of humpback, sei, fin,
blue, and/or sperm whales will be
avoided if possible (i.e., exposing
concentrations of animals to 160 dB),
and the array will be powered-down if
necessary. For purposes of this planned
survey, a concentration or group of
whales will consist of six or more
individuals visually sighted that do not
appear to be traveling (e.g., feeding,
socializing, etc.).
Comment 24: NRDC et al. state that
real-time monitoring effort in the
proposed IHA is inadequate. NRDC et
al. states that supplemental methods
that have been used on certain other
projects include hydrophone buoys and
other platforms for acoustic monitoring,
aerial surveys, shore-based monitoring,
and the use of additional small vessels.
Response: NMFS has not included
hydrophone buoys for acoustic
monitoring, aerial surveys, shore-based
monitoring, or the use of additional
small/support vessels in the IHA as they
are not considered practicable for
USGS’s seismic survey. Given that the
seismic survey will be occurring in deep
water and transiting long distances, it is
not logistically practicable at this time
to use moored platforms or moored
hydrophones to assist in detecting the
presence of marine mammals and
potential impacts from the sound
sources during the seismic survey. The
planned seismic survey is generally
taking place more than 200 km (108
nmi) from the U.S. coastline. This large
distance renders shore-based monitoring
ineffective and precludes aerial surveys
by small airplanes or helicopters
because of range limitations and safety
issues. Also, the Langseth does not have
a landing pad that would allow for
helicopter monitoring from the vessel.
In certain situations, NMFS has
recommended the use of additional
support vessels to enhance PSO
monitoring effort during seismic
surveys. For this seismic survey,
however, NMFS has not deemed it
necessary to employ additional support
vessels to monitor the buffer and
exclusion zones due to the relatively
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
small distances of the exclusion zones.
An additional vessel would
unnecessarily increase noise and
emissions in the action area as well. The
use of an additional contract vessel to
supplement visual and acoustic
monitoring is not necessary and will not
be practicable as it would need to be
capable of operating for the entire
duration of the seismic survey without
returning to shore which would add 10
to 30% to the cost of the project.
Finally, the Langseth has limited
maneuverability during airgun
operations and cannot deploy or recover
small vessels for activities such as
hydrophone acoustic monitoring.
Comment 25: NRDC et al. states that
the requirements with respect to PSOs
are inconsistent with survey
conventions and with prior studies of
observer effectiveness. NRDC et al. state
four hour work cycles are not
appropriate and comment that NMFS
offers no details about the training
requirements of its vessel-based
observers.
Response: The general duties of PSOs
required for seismic surveys is to
visually observe the immediate
environment for protected species
whose detection (relative to a sound
source) triggers the implementation of
mitigation requirements, monitoring
compliance with mitigation
requirements, collecting data by defined
protocols, preparing daily reports, and
submitting reports to NMFS. During
seismic operations, at least five PSOs
(four Protected Species Visual Observers
[PSVOs] and one Protected Species
Acoustic Observer [PSAO]) will be
based aboard the Langseth. USGS will
appoint the PSOs with NMFS’s
concurrence. The PSOs aboard the
Langseth are professional and
experienced observers provided to
USGS under contract to RPS and have
been in place during seismic surveys
since 2008. RPS’s PSOs and PAM
operators complete in-house training.
PSO candidates must pass a protected
species identification test and a
mitigation and monitoring practices
exam with a minimum grade of 80%.
The RPS training program includes, but
is not limited to: background on
protected species laws in the U.S. and
worldwide, an introduction to seismic
surveys (purpose, types, and
equipment), potential impacts of
underwater sound on protected species,
protected species in the Gulf of Mexico
and other regions, visual monitoring
methods, acoustic monitoring methods,
protected species detection in the field,
implementation of mitigation measures
(exclusion and buffer zones, ramp-ups,
power-downs, shut-downs, delays, etc.),
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
and data collection and report
preparation. In November 2013, NMFS
prepared and published, with input
from BOEM and BSEE, a technical
memorandum (tech memo) titled
‘‘National Standards for a Protected
Species Observer and Data Management
Program: A Model Using Geological and
Geophysical Surveys’’ (Baker et al.,
2013) that makes recommendations on
establishing a training program, PSO
eligibility and qualifications, as well as
PSO evaluation during permit/
authorization approval. The tech memo
is available online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/publications/
techmemo/observers_nmfsopr49.pdf.
NMFS’s current practice is to deem PSO
candidates as NMFS-approved or
qualified on a case-by-case or projectby-project basis after review of their
resume and/or curriculum vitae. USGS’s
PSOs have the necessary education and/
or experience requirements and their
training generally follows the standard
components recommended in NMFS’s
tech memo.
Observations will take place during
ongoing daytime operations and
nighttime ramp-ups of the airguns.
During the majority of seismic
operations, two PSVOs will be on duty
from the observation tower (i.e., the best
available vantage point on the source
vessel) to monitor marine mammals
near the seismic vessel. Use of two
simultaneous PSVOs will increase the
effectiveness of detecting animals near
the source vessel. However, during meal
times and bathroom breaks, it is
sometimes difficult to have two PSVOs
on effort, but at least one PSVO will be
on duty. Regarding the comment about
four-hour work shifts, the IHA states
that PSVO shifts shall not exceed four
hours, allowing shifts to be shorter.
PSOs will rotate through visual watch
and the PAM station (see next response)
with breaks in between to avoid fatigue
and increase the detection of marine
mammals present in the area.
Comment 26: NRDC et al. states that
NMFS only requires PAM as practicable
with no further guidance on when
monitoring is or isn’t practicable. NRDC
et al. state that it is unrealistic for one
bioacoustician to monitor the PAM
system 24 hours a day.
Response: The NSF/USGS PEIS
identifies PAM as an important tool to
augment visual observations (section
2.4.2). As described in the USGS EA,
PAM would be monitored continuously
during seismic operations. During the
survey, at least four PSVOs and one
expert biacoustician (i.e., PSAO) will be
based aboard the Langseth. The IHA
requires that an expert biacoustician
design and set up the PAM system, be
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
present to oversee the PAM, and
available when technical issues occur
during the survey. The PAM system will
be monitored at all times, in shifts no
longer than six hours, with the PSOs
sharing the workload. Hence, PSOs will
rotate through visual watch and the
PAM station with breaks in between to
avoid fatigue and increase the detection
of marine mammals present in the area.
Comment 27: NRDC et al. state that
the proposed IHA makes no
consideration of limiting activities in
low-visibility conditions or at night.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
commenters’ assessment. The IHA does
consider and address airgun operations
during low-visibility and nighttime
conditions. No initiation of airgun array
operations is permitted from a shutdown position at night or during lowlight hours (such as in dense fog or
heavy rain) when the entire relevant
exclusion zone cannot be effectively
monitored by the PSVO(s) on duty.
However, survey operations may
continue into night and low-light hours
if the segment(s) of the survey is
initiated when the entire relevant
exclusion zones are visible and can be
effectively monitored. Limiting or
suspending the seismic survey in low
visibility conditions or at night would
significantly extend the duration of the
seismic survey.
Comment 28: NRDC et al. states that
NMFS should consider technologybased mitigation.
Response: While NMFS encourages
the development of new or alternative
technologies to reduce potential impacts
to marine mammals from underwater
sound, NMFS did not include a
requirement in the IHA to use or test the
use of new technologies during the
USGS seismic survey as none are
currently available or proposed to be
used by USGS. As discussed in the
NSF/USGS PEIS (Section 2.6),
alternative technologies to airguns were
considered but eliminated from further
analysis as those technologies were not
commercially viable. USGS, NSF, and
L–DEO continue to closely monitor the
development and progress of these types
of systems; however, at this point and
time, these systems are still not
commercially available. Geo-Kinetics,
mentioned by NRDC as a potentially
viable option for marine vibroseis does
not have a viable towable array and its
current testing is limited to transition
zone settings. Other possible vibroseis
developments lack even prototypes to
test. Similarly, engineering
enhancements to airguns to reduce high
frequencies are currently being
developed by industry, however, at
present, these airguns are still not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
commercially available. L–DEO has
maintained contact and is in
communication with a number of
developers and companies to express a
willingness to serve as a test-bed for any
such new technologies. As noted in the
NSF/USGS PEIS, should new
technologies to conduct marine seismic
surveys become available, USGS and
NSF would consider whether they
would be effective tools to meet
research goals (and assess any potential
environmental impacts).
Of the various technologies cited in
the 2009 Okeanos workshop report, few
if any have reached operational
viability. While the marine vibrator
technology has been long discussed and
evaluated, the technology is still
unrealized commercially. According to
Pramik (2013), the leading development
effort by the Joint Industry Programme
‘‘has the goal of developing three
competing designs within the next few
years.’’ Geo-Kinetics has recently
announced a commercial product called
AquaVib, but that product produces
relatively low-power, and is intended
for use in very shallow water depths in
sensitive environments and the vicinity
of pipelines or other infrastructure. The
instrument is entirely unsuited to deepwater, long-offset reflection profiling.
The BP North America staggered burst
technique would have to be developed
well beyond the patent stage to be
remotely practicable and would require
extensive modification and testing of
the Langseth sound source and
recording systems. None of the other
technologies considered (i.e., gravity,
electromagnetic, Deep Towed
Acoustics/Geophysics System
developed by the U.S. Navy [DTAGS],
etc.) can produce the resolution or subseafloor penetration required to resolve
sediment thickness and geologic
structure at the requisite scales.
Improving the streamer signal to noise
through improved telemetry (e.g., fiber
optic cable) while desirable, would
involve replacing the Langseth
streamers and acquisition units,
requiring a major capital expenditure.
The multi-channel seismic reflection
technique (augmented with refraction
information) is the de facto standard for
determining sediment thickness for the
purposes of the Law of the Sea
Convention. Sediment thickness cannot
be determined by any other known
methodology and cannot be deduced
from modeling alone. Sediment
thickness is one of two formulae that
can be used to establish the outer limits
of the ECS. The guidelines developed
related to Article 76 state ‘‘the
Commission (on the Limits of the
Continental Shelf) will regard the data
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52137
provided by seismic reflection and
seismic refraction surveys as the
primary source of evidence for mapping
and determining sediment thickness.’’
Further, ‘‘[t]he Commission will regard
multi-channel seismic data as the most
authoritative source of evidence for the
determination of sediment thickness.’’
Some nations have resurveyed their
ECS regions for sediment thickness with
additional seismic reflection data
because the initial data collection and
delineation of the outer limits of the
ECS were not considered adequate and
convincing. These coastal States include
Russia in the Arctic, Brazil off their
southern coast, the joint submission of
France, Ireland, Spain, and United
Kingdom in the Bay of Biscay, and
Indonesia in the area northwest of
Sumatra. Hence, sufficient seismic
reflection and refraction data to
substantiate the outer limits is a
requirement of the ECS Article 76
process. Acquiring sufficient data to
delineate the continental shelf of the
U.S. is part of the overall survey design
off the Atlantic margin.
Monitoring and Reporting
Comment 29: The Commission
believes that NMFS misinterpreted its
implementing regulations, which
require that applicants include ‘‘the
suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that
will result in increased knowledge of
the species, the level of taking or
impacts on populations of marine
mammals that are expected to be
present while conducting activities, and
suggested means of minimizing burdens
by coordinating such reporting
requirements with other schemes
already applicable to persons
conducting such activity.’’ The
Commission believes that monitoring
and reporting requirements need to be
sufficient to provide accurate
information on the numbers of marine
mammals being taken and the manner
in which they are taken, not merely
better information on the qualitative
nature of the impacts. The Commission
continues to believe that appropriate
g(0) and f(0) values are essential for
making accurate estimates of the
numbers of marine mammals taken
during surveys. The Commission
recommends that NMFS consult with
the funding agency (e.g., USGS or NSF)
and individual applicants (e.g., L–DEO,
SIO, ASC and other related entities) to
develop, validate, and implement a
monitoring program that provides a
scientifically sound, reasonably accurate
assessment of the types of marine
mammal takes and the actual numbers
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52138
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
of marine mammals taken, accounting
for applicable g(0) and f(0) values.
Response: NMFS does not believe that
we misinterpreted the MMPA
implementing regulations in our
previous response that the Commission
references. In the sentence quoted by
the Commission, if we assume that the
phrase ‘‘increased knowledge of’’ does
not modify ‘‘the level of taking,’’ that
the phrase it would read: ‘‘The
suggested means of accomplishing the
necessary monitoring and reporting that
will result in . . . the level of taking or
impacts on populations,’’ which does
not make sense. However, even putting
the unclear grammatical issue aside,
NMFS does not believe that an
appropriate interpretation of the
regulations suggests that the monitoring
of an authorized entity must be able to
quantify the exact number of takes that
occurred during the action, but rather
that the monitoring increase
understanding of the level and effects of
the action. In fact, the Commission’s
comment supports this interpretation.
As noted by the Commission, section
101(a)(5)(D)(iv) requires that NMFS
‘‘modify, suspend, or revoke an
authorization’’ if it finds, among other
things, that the authorized taking is
having more than a negligible impact or
that more than small numbers of marine
mammals are being taken. Both of these
findings, negligible impact and small
numbers, may be made using
qualitative, or relative (to the stock
abundance) information, and the sorts of
qualitative, or more relative,
information collected during the wide
variety of monitoring that is conducted
pursuant to MMPA authorizations can
either be used to provide broad support
for the findings underlying the issuance
of an IHA or can highlight red flags that
might necessitate either a
reconsideration of an issued IHA or a
change in analyses in future
authorizations. NMFS’s previous
response is included below for
reference.
NMFS’s implementing regulations
require that applicants include
monitoring that will result in ‘‘an
increased knowledge of the species, the
level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present while conducting
activities . . .’’ This increased
knowledge of the level of taking could
be qualitative or relative in nature, or it
could be more directly quantitative.
Scientists use g(0) and f(0) values in
systematic marine mammal surveys to
account for the undetected animals
indicated above, however, these values
are not simply established and the g(0)
value varies across every observer based
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
on their sighting acumen. While we
want to be clear that NMFS do not
generally believe that post-activity take
estimates using f(0) and g(0) are
required to meet the monitoring
requirement of the MMPA, in the
context of the NSF and L–DEO’s
monitoring plan, NMFS agree that
developing and incorporating a way to
better interpret the results of their
monitoring (perhaps a simplified or
generalized version of g(0) and f(0)) is a
good idea. NMFS is continuing to
examine this issue with USGS and NSF
to develop ways to improve their postsurvey take estimates. NMFS will
consult with the Commission and
NMFS scientists prior to finalizing these
recommendations.
NMFS note that current monitoring
measures for past and current IHAs for
research seismic surveys require the
collection of visual observation data by
PSOs prior to, during, and after airgun
operations. This data collection may
contribute to baseline data on marine
mammals (presence/absence) and
provide some generalized support for
estimated take numbers (as well as
providing data regarding behavioral
responses to seismic operation that are
observable at the surface). However, it is
unlikely that the information gathered
from these cruises along would result in
any statistically robust conclusions for
any particular species because of the
small number of animals typically
observed.
Acoustic Thresholds
Comment 30: NRDC et al. and COA
state that the current NMFS 160 dB
threshold for Level B harassment does
not reflect the best available science and
is not sufficiently conservative. NRDC et
al. state that NMFS’s use of a single,
non-conservative, bright-line threshold
for all species is contrary to recent
science and is untenable. NRDC et al.
state that in particular, the 160 dB
threshold is non-conservative, since the
scientific literature establishes that
behavioral disruption can occur at
substantially lower received levels for
some species. NRDC et al. state that
NMFS should employ a combination of
specific thresholds for which sufficient
species-specific data are available and
generalized thresholds for all other
species.
Response: NMFS’s practice has been
to apply the 160 dB received level
threshold for underwater impulse sound
levels to determine whether take by
Level B harassment occurs. Specifically,
NMFS derived the 160 dB threshold
data from mother-calf pairs of migrating
gray whales (Malme et al., 1983, 1984)
and bowhead whales (Richardson et al.,
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
1985, 1986) responding to airgun
operations. NMFS acknowledge there is
more recent information bearing on
behavioral reactions to seismic airguns,
but those data only illustrate how
complex and context-dependent the
relationship is between the two, and do
not, as a whole, invalidate the current
threshold. Accordingly, it is not a matter
of merely replacing the existing
threshold with a new one. NMFS
discussed the science on this issue
qualitatively in our analysis of potential
effects to marine mammals in the
Federal Register notice for the proposed
IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014).
NMFS is currently developing revised
acoustic guidelines for assessing the
effects of anthropogenic sound on
marine mammals. Until NMFS finalizes
these guidelines (a process that includes
internal agency review, public notice
and comment, and peer review), NMFS
will continue to rely on the existing
criteria for Level A and Level B
harassment shown in Table 3 of the
notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014).
As mentioned in the Federal Register
notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014), NMFS expect
that the onset for behavioral harassment
is largely context dependent (e.g.,
behavioral state of the animals, distance
from the sound source, etc.) when
evaluating behavioral responses of
marine mammals to acoustic sources.
Although using a uniform sound
pressure level of 160 dB for the onset of
behavioral harassment for impulse
noises may not capture all of the
nuances of different marine mammal
reactions to sound, it is an appropriate
way to manage and regulate
anthropogenic noise impacts on marine
mammals until NMFS finalizes its
acoustic guidelines.
Comment 31: COA and NRDC et al.
assert that our preliminary
determinations for Level A take and the
likelihood of temporary and or
permanent threshold shift do not
consider the best available science. COA
cites Lucke et al. (2009); Thompson et
al. (1998); Kastak et al. (2008); Kujawa
and Lieberman (2009); Wood et al.
(2012); and Cox et al. (2006). NRDC et
al. also cite Lucke et al. (2009).
Response: As explained in the notice
of the proposed IHA (79 FR35642, June
23, 2014), USGS will be required to
establish a 180 and 190 dB re 1 mPa
exclusion zone for marine mammals
before the two string airgun array or a
single airgun array is in operation.
NMFS expects that the required vesselbased visual monitoring of the exclusion
zones is appropriate to implement
mitigation measures to prevent Level A
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
harassment. First, if the PSOs observe
marine mammals approaching the
exclusion zone, USGS must shut-down
or power-down seismic operations to
ensure that the marine mammal does
not approach the applicable exclusion
radius. Second, if USGS detects a
marine mammal outside the exclusion
zone, and the animal, based on its
position and the relative motion, is
likely to enter the exclusion zone, USGS
may alter the vessel’s speed and/or
course, when practical and safe, in
combination with powering-down or
shutting-down the airguns, to minimize
the effects of the seismic survey. The
avoidance behaviors discussed in the
notice of the proposed IHA (79
FR35642, June 23, 2014) supports our
expectations that individuals will avoid
exposure at higher levels. Also, it is
unlikely that animals would encounter
repeated exposures at very close
distances to the sound source because
USGS would implement the required
shut-down and power-down mitigation
measures to ensure that marine
mammals do not approach the
applicable exclusion zones for Level A
harassment.
NMFS’ current Level A thresholds,
which identify levels above which PTS
could be incurred, were designed to be
precautionary in that they were based
on levels were animals had incurred
TTS. NMFS is currently working on
finalizing Acoustic Guidance that will
identify revised TTS and PTS
thresholds that references the studies
identified by COA and NRDC et al. In
order to ensure the best possible
product, the process for developing the
revised thresholds includes both peer
and public review (both of which have
already occurred) and NMFS will begin
applying the new thresholds once the
peer and public input have been
addressed and the Acoustic Guidance is
finalized.
Regarding the Lucke et al. (2009)
study, the authors found a threshold
shift (TS) of a harbor porpoise after
exposing it to airgun noise (single pulse)
with a received sound pressure level
(SPL) at 200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re 1
mPa, which corresponds to a sound
exposure level of 164.5 dB re 1 mPa2s
after integrating exposure. NMFS
currently uses the root-mean-square
(rms) of received SPL at 180 dB and 190
dB re 1 mPa as the threshold above
which permanent threshold shift (PTS)
could occur for cetaceans and
pinnipeds, respectively. Because the
airgun noise is a broadband impulse,
one cannot directly extrapolate the
equivalent of rms SPL from the reported
peak-to-peak SPLs reported in Lucke et
al. (2009). However, applying a
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
conservative conversion factor of 16 dB
for broadband signals from seismic
surveys (Harris et al., 2001; McCauley et
al., 2000) to correct for the difference
between peak-to-peak levels reported in
Lucke et al. (2009) and rms SPLs; the
rms SPL for TTS would be
approximately 184 dB re 1 mPa, and the
received levels associated with PTS
(Level A harassment) would be higher.
This is still above the current 180 dB
rms re 1 mPa threshold for injury. Yet,
NMFS recognizes that the temporary
threshold shift (TTS) of harbor porpoise
is lower than other cetacean species
empirically tested (Finneran et al., 2002;
Finneran and Schlundt, 2010; Kastelein
et al., 2012). NMFS considered this
information in the notice of the
proposed IHA (79 FR35642, June 23,
2014).
The Thompson et al. (1998) telemetry
study on harbor (Phoca vitulina) and
grey seals (Halichoerus grypus)
suggested that avoidance and other
behavioral reactions by individual seals
to small airgun sources may at times be
strong, but short-lived. The researchers
conducted 1-hour controlled exposure
experiments exposing individual seals
fitted with telemetry devices to small
airguns with a reported source level of
215–224 dB re 1 mPa (peak-to-peak)
(Thompson et al., 1998; Gordon et al.,
2003). The researchers measured dive
behavior, swim speed heart rate and
stomach temperature (indicator for
feeding), but they did not measure
hearing threshold shift in the animals.
The researchers observed startle
responses, decreases in heart rate, and
temporary cessation of feeding. In six
out of eight trials, harbor seals exhibited
strong avoidance behaviors, and swam
rapidly away from the source
(Thompson et al., 1998; Gordon et al.,
2003). One seal showed no detectable
response to the airguns, approaching
within 300 m (984 ft) of the source
(Gordon et al., 2003). However, they
note that the behavioral responses were
short-lived and the seals’ behavior
returned to normal after the trials
(Thompson et al., 1998; Gordon et al.,
2003). The study does not discuss
temporary threshold shift or permanent
threshold shift in harbor seals and the
estimated rms SPL for this survey is
approximately 200 dB re 1 mPa, well
above NMFS’s current 180 dB rms re: 1
mPa threshold for injury for cetaceans
and NMFS’ current 190 dB rms re 1 mPa
threshold for injury for pinnipeds
(accounting for the fact that the rms
sound pressure level (in dB) is typically
16 dB less than the peak-to-peak level).
In a study on the effect of nonimpulsive sound sources on marine
mammal hearing, Kastak et al. (2008)
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52139
exposed one harbor seal to an
underwater 4.1 kHz pure tone fatiguing
stimulus with a maximum received
sound pressure of 184 dB re 1 mPa for
60 seconds (Kastak et al., 2008;
Finneran and Branstetter, 2013). A
second 60-second exposure resulted in
an estimated threshold shift of greater
than 50 dB at a test frequency of 5.8 kHz
(Kastak et al., 2008). The seal recovered
at a rate of ¥10 dB per log (min).
However, 2 months post-exposure, the
researchers observed incomplete
recovery from the initial threshold shift
resulting in an apparent permanent
threshold shift of 7 to 10 dB in the seal
(Kastak et al., 2008). NMFS notes that
seismic sound is an impulsive source,
and the context of the study is related
to the effect of non-impulsive sounds on
marine mammals.
NMFS also considered two other
Kastak et al. (1999, 2005) studies.
Kastak et al. (1999) reported TTS of
approximately 4–5 dB in three species
of pinnipeds (harbor seal, California sea
lion, and northern elephant seal) after
underwater exposure for approximately
20 minutes to sound with frequencies
ranging from 100 to 2,000 Hz at received
levels 60 to 75 dB above hearing
threshold. This approach allowed
similar effective exposure conditions to
each of the subjects, but resulted in
variable absolute exposure values
depending on subject and test
frequency. Recovery to near baseline
levels was reported within 24 hours of
sound exposure. Kastak et al. (2005)
followed up on their previous work,
exposing the same test subjects to higher
levels of sound for longer durations. The
animals were exposed to octave-band
sound for up to 50 minutes of net
exposure. The study reported that the
harbor seal experienced TTS of 6 dB
after a 25-minute exposure to 2.5 kHz of
octave-band sound at 152 dB (183 dB
SEL). The California sea lion
demonstrated onset of TTS after
exposure to 174 dB (206 dB SEL).
NMFS acknowledges that PTS could
occur if an animal experiences repeated
exposures to TTS levels. However, an
animal would need to stay very close to
the sound source for an extended
amount of time to incur a serious degree
of PTS, which in this case, it would be
highly unlikely due to the required
mitigation measures in place to avoid
Level A harassment and the expectation
that a mobile marine mammal would
generally avoid an area where received
sound pulse levels exceed 160 dB re 1
mPa (rms) (review in Richardson et al.,
1995; Southall et al., 2007).
NMFS also considered recent studies
by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin
et al. (2011). These studies found that
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52140
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
despite completely reversible threshold
shifts that leave cochlear sensory cells
intact, large threshold shifts (40 to 50
dB) could cause synaptic level changes
and delayed cochlear nerve
degeneration in mice and guinea pigs,
respectively. NMFS notes that the high
level of TTS that led to the synaptic
changes shown in these studies is in the
range of the high degree of TTS that
Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate
PTS levels. It is not known whether
smaller levels of TTS would lead to
similar changes. NMFS, however,
acknowledges the complexity of noise
exposure on the nervous system, and
will re-examine this issue as more data
become available.
In contrast, a recent study on
bottlenose dolphins (Schlundt, et al.,
2013) measured hearing thresholds at
multiple frequencies to determine the
amount of TTS induced before and after
exposure to a sequence of impulses
produced by a seismic airgun. The
airgun volume and operating pressure
varied from 40 to 150 in3 and 1,000 to
2,000 psi, respectively. After three years
and 180 sessions, the authors observed
no significant TTS at any test frequency,
for any combinations of airgun volume,
pressure, or proximity to the dolphin
during behavioral tests (Schlundt, et al.,
2013). Schlundt et al. (2013) suggest
that the potential for airguns to cause
hearing loss in dolphins is lower than
previously predicted, perhaps as a result
of the low-frequency content of airgun
impulses compared to the highfrequency hearing ability of dolphins.
Comment 32: COA requested that
NMFS use a behavioral threshold below
160 dB for estimating take based on
results reported in Clark and Gagnon
(2006), MacLeod et al. (2006), Risch et
al. (2012), McCauley et al. (1998),
McDonald et al. (1995), Bain and
Williams (2006), DeRuiter et al. (2013).
They also cite comments submitted by
Clark et al. (2012) on the Arctic Ocean
Draft Environmental Impact Statement
regarding NMFS’s current acoustic
thresholds.
Response: NMFS is constantly
evaluating new science and how to best
incorporate it into our decisions. This
process involves careful consideration
of new data and how it is best
interpreted within the context of a given
management framework. Each of these
articles emphasizes the importance of
context (e.g., behavioral state of the
animals, distance from the sound
source, etc.) in evaluating behavioral
responses of marine mammals to
acoustic sources.
These papers and the studies
discussed in the notice of the proposed
IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014) note
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
that there is variability in the behavioral
responses of marine mammals to noise
exposure. However, it is important to
consider the context in predicting and
observing the level and type of
behavioral response to anthropogenic
signals (Ellison et al., 2012). There are
many studies showing that marine
mammals do not show behavioral
responses when exposed to multiple
pulses at received levels at or above 160
dB re 1 mPa (e.g., Malme et al., 1983;
Malme et al., 1984; Richardson et al.,
1986; Akamatsu et al., 1993; Madsen
and Mohl, 2000; Harris et al., 2001;
Miller et al., 2005; and Weir, 2008). And
other studies show that whales continue
important behaviors in the presence of
seismic pulses (e.g., Richardson et al.,
1986; McDonald et al., 1995; Greene et
al., 1999a, 1999b; Nieukirk et al., 2004;
Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et al., 2005,
2006; Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).
In a passive acoustic research program
that mapped the soundscape in the
North Atlantic Clark and Gagnon (2006)
reported that some fin whales
(Balaenoptera physalus) stopped
singing for an extended period starting
soon after the onset of a seismic survey
in the area. The study did not provide
information on received levels or
distance from the sound source. The
authors could not determine whether or
not the whales left the area ensonified
by the survey, but the evidence suggests
that most if not all singers remained in
the area (Clark and Gagnon, 2006).
Support for this statement comes from
the fact that when the survey stopped
temporarily, the whales resumed
singing within a few hours and the
number of singers increased with time
(Clark and Gagnon, 2006). Also, they
observed that one whale continued to
sing while the seismic survey was
actively operating (Figure 4; Clark and
Gagnon, 2006).
The authors conclude that there is not
enough scientific knowledge to
adequately evaluate whether or not
these effects on singing or mating
behaviors are significant or would alter
survivorship or reproductive success
(Clark and Gagnon, 2006). Thus, to
address COA’s concerns related to the
results of this study, it is important to
note that USGS’s study area is well
away from any known breeding/calving
grounds for low frequency cetaceans,
thereby reducing further the likelihood
of causing an effect on marine
mammals.
MacLeod et al. (2006) discussed the
possible displacement of fin and sei
whales related to distribution patterns
of the species during a large-scale
seismic survey offshore the west coast of
Scotland in 1998. The authors
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
hypothesized about the relationship
between the whale’s absence and the
concurrent seismic activity, but could
not rule out other contributing factors
(Macleod et al., 2006; Parsons et al.,
2009). NMFS would expect that marine
mammals may briefly respond to
underwater sound produced by the
seismic survey by slightly changing
their behavior or relocating a short
distance. Based on the best available
information, NMFS expects short-term
disturbance reactions that are confined
to relatively small distances and
durations (Thompson et al., 1998;
Thompson et al., 2013), with no longterm effects on recruitment or survival.
Regarding the suggestion that blue
whales ‘‘noticeably’’ changed course
during the conduct of a seismic survey
offshore Oregon, NMFS disagrees.
NMFS considered the McDonald et al.
(1995) paper in the notice for the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23,
2014). In brief, the study tracked three
blue whales relative to a seismic survey
with a 1,600 in3 airgun array (smaller
than the 6,600 in3 airgun array USGS
will be using). The whale started its call
sequence within 15 km (8.1 nmi) from
the source, then followed a pursuit track
that decreased its distance to the vessel
where it stopped calling at a range of 10
km (5.4 nmi) (estimated received level
at 143 dB re 1 mPa (peak-to-peak)
(McDonald et al., 1995). After that point,
the ship increased its distance from the
whale which continued a new call
sequence after approximately one hour
(McDonald et al., 1995) and 10 km from
the ship. The authors suggested that the
whale had taken a track paralleling the
ship during the cessation phase but
observed the whale moving diagonally
away from the ship after approximately
30 minutes continuing to vocalize
(McDonald et al., 1995). The authors
also suggest that the whale may have
approached the ship intentionally or
perhaps was unaffected by the airguns.
They concluded that there was
insufficient data to infer conclusions
from their study related to blue whale
responses (McDonald et al., 1995).
Risch et al. (2012) documented
reductions in humpback whale
(Megaptera novaeangliae) vocalizations
in the Stellwagen Bank National Marine
Sanctuary concurrent with
transmissions of the Ocean Acoustic
Waveguide Remote Sensing (OAWRS)
low-frequency fish sensor system at
distances of 200 km (108 nmi) from the
source. The recorded OAWRS produced
series of frequency modulated pulses
and the signal received levels ranged
from 88 to 110 dB re 1 mPa (Risch et al.,
2012). The authors hypothesize that
individuals did not leave the area but
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
instead ceased singing and noted that
the duration and frequency range of the
OAWRS signals (a novel sound to the
whales) were similar to those of natural
humpback whale song components used
during mating (Risch et al., 2012). Thus,
the novelty of the sound to humpback
whales in the study area provided a
compelling contextual probability for
the observed effects (Risch et al., 2012).
However, the authors did not state or
imply that these changes had long-term
effects on individual animals or
populations (Risch et al., 2012), nor did
they necessarily rise to the level of an
MMPA take. Thus, to address COA’s
concerns related to the results of this
study, NMFS again notes that the
USGS’s study area is well away from
any known breeding/calving grounds for
low frequency cetaceans, thereby
reducing further the likelihood of
causing an effect on marine mammals.
NMFS considered the McCauley et al.
(1998) paper (along with McCauley et
al., 2000) in the notice of the proposed
IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014).
Briefly, McCauley et al. (1998, 2000)
studied the responses of migrating
humpback whales off western Australia
to a full-scale seismic survey with a 16airgun array (2,678 in3) and to playbacks
using a single, 20-in3 airgun. Both
studies point to a contextual variability
in the behavioral responses of marine
mammals to sound exposure. The mean
received level for initial avoidance of an
approaching airgun was 140 dB re 1 mPa
for resting humpback whale pods
containing females. In contrast, some
individual humpback whales, mainly
males, approached within distances of
100 to 400 m (328 to 1,312 ft), where
sound levels were 179 dB re 1 mPa
(McCauley et al., 2000). The authors
hypothesized that the males gravitated
towards the single operating airgun
possibly due to its similarity to the
sound produced by humpback whales
breaching (McCauley et al., 2000).
Despite the evidence that some
humpback whales exhibited localized
avoidance reactions at received levels
below 160 dB re 1 mPa, the authors
found no evidence of any gross changes
in migration routes, such as inshore/
offshore displacement during seismic
operations (McCauley et al., 1998,
2000).
With repeated exposure to sound,
many marine mammals may habituate
to the sound at least partially
(Richardson & Wursig, 1997). Bain and
Williams (2006) examined the effects of
a large airgun array (maximum total
discharge volume of 1,100 in3) on six
species in shallow waters off British
Columbia and Washington: Harbor seal,
California sea lion (Zalophus
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
californianus), Steller sea lion
(Eumetopias jubatus), gray whale
(Eschrichtius robustus), Dall’s porpoise
(Phocoenoides dalli), and the harbor
porpoise. Harbor porpoises showed
‘‘apparent avoidance response’’ at
received levels less than 145 dB re 1 mPa
at a distance of greater than 70 km (37.8
nmi) from the seismic source (Bain and
Williams, 2006). However, the tendency
for greater responsiveness by harbor
porpoise is consistent with their relative
responsiveness to boat traffic and some
other acoustic sources (Richardson et al.
1995; Southall et al., 2007). In contrast,
the authors reported that gray whales
seemed to tolerate exposures to sound
up to approximately 170 dB re 1 mPa
(Bain and Williams, 2006) and Dall’s
porpoises occupied and tolerated areas
receiving exposures of 170 to 180 dB re
1 mPa (Bain and Williams, 2006; Parsons
et al., 2009). The authors observed
several gray whales that moved away
from the airguns toward deeper water
where sound levels were higher due to
propagation effects resulting in higher
noise exposures (Bain and Williams,
2006). However, it is unclear whether
their movements reflected a response to
the sounds (Bain and Williams, 2006).
Thus, the authors surmised that the gray
whale data (i.e., voluntarily moving to
areas where they are exposed to higher
sound levels) are ambiguous at best
because one expects the species to be
the most sensitive to the low-frequency
sound emanating from the airguns (Bain
and Williams, 2006).
DeRuiter et al. (2013) recently
observed that beaked whales
(considered a particularly sensitive
species to sound) exposed to playbacks
(i.e., simulated) of U.S. tactical midfrequency sonar from 89 to 127 dB re 1
mPa at close distances responded
notably by altering their dive patterns.
In contrast, individuals showed no
behavioral responses when exposed to
similar received levels from actual U.S.
tactical mid-frequency sonar operated at
much further distances (DeRuiter et al.,
2013). As noted earlier, one must
consider the importance of context (for
example, the distance of a sound source
from the animal) in predicting
behavioral responses. Regarding the
public comments submitted by Clark et
al. (2012) in reference to NMFS’s use of
the current acoustic exposure criteria;
please refer to our earlier response to
COA.
None of these studies on the effects of
airgun noise on marine mammals point
to any associated mortalities, strandings,
or permanent abandonment of habitat
by marine mammals. Bain and Williams
(2006) specifically conclude that ‘‘. . .
although behavioral changes were
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52141
observed, the precautions utilized in the
SHIPS survey did not result in any
detectable marine mammal mortalities
during the survey, nor were any
reported subsequently by the regional
marine mammal stranding network
. . .’’ McCauley et al. (2000) concluded
that any risk factors associated with
their seismic survey for migrating
individuals ‘‘. . . lasted for a
comparatively short period and resulted
in only small range displacement . . .’’
Further, the total discharge volume of
the airgun arrays cited in McCauley et
al., 1998, 2000; Bain and Williams, 2006
were generally smaller or slightly larger
than the 6,600 in3 array configurations
planned for use during this survey (e.g.,
2,768 in3, McCauley et al., 1998; 6,730
in3, Bain and Williams, 2006). Thus, the
USGS’s 160-dB threshold radius may
not reach the threshold distances
reported in these studies.
Currently NMFS is in the process of
revising its behavioral noise exposure
criteria based on the best and most
recent scientific information. NMFS will
use these criteria to develop
methodologies to predict behavioral
responses of marine mammals exposed
to sound associated with seismic
surveys (primary source is airguns).
Although using a uniform sound
pressure level of 160-dB re 1 mPa for the
onset of behavioral harassment for
impulse noises may not capture all of
the nuances of different marine mammal
reactions to sound, it is an appropriate
way to manage and regulate
anthropogenic noise impacts on marine
mammals until NMFS finalizes its
acoustic guidelines.
Comment 33: NRDC et al. states that
the use of a multi-pulse standard for
behavior harassment is nonconservative, since it does not take into
account the spreading of seismic pulses
over time beyond a certain distance
from the airgun array. NMFS’s Open
Water Panel for the Arctic, has twice
characterized the airgun array as a
mixed impulsive/continuous noise
source and has stated that NMFS should
evaluate its impacts on that basis. NMFS
should not ignore the science and
analysis in a number of papers showing
that seismic exploration in the Arctic,
the east Atlantic, off Greenland, and off
Australia has raised ambient noise
levels at significant distances from the
airgun array.
Response: Propagation is complex and
the physical property of sounds change
as they travel through the environment
making if often difficult to predict
exactly when an impulsive source
becomes more continuous (i.e., loses
physical properties associated with
impulsive sounds, such as fast rise and
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52142
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
high peak pressure). This is reason for
classifying the behavioral thresholds
based on characteristics at the source.
However, it should be remembered that
the 160 dB (rms) threshold for
impulsive sounds was derived from data
for mother-calf pairs of migrating gray
whales (Malme et al. 1983, 1984) and
bowhead whales (Richardson et al.,
1985; Richardson et al., 1986)
responding when specifically exposed
to seismic airguns at distances farther
from the source. Thus, the use of this
threshold for behavioral response of
marine mammals to seismic sources is
appropriate (i.e., opposed to the 120 dB
threshold which was based on
responses to drilling and dredging
activities). Furthermore, investigation of
updated data since the derivation of the
160 dB threshold, indicates for the
majority of behavioral responses
associated with received levels below
160 dB are at distances fairly close to
the source (less than 5 km) and have
involved controlled playbacks to
sources, which emphasizes that in
addition to received level, other factors,
like distance from the source or context
of exposure are important
considerations.
Comment 34: NRDC et al. states that
NMFS must consider that even
behavioral disturbance can amount to
Level A take if it interferes with
essential life functions through
secondary effects (e.g., displacement
from migration paths, risks of ship strike
or predation). NRDC et al. state that
NMFS must take into account the best
available science and set lower
thresholds for take by Level A
harassment, which would lead to larger
exclusion zones around the seismic
survey.
Response: NMFS notes that Level B
take has been defined previously in this
document and specifically relates to
behavioral disturbance, not the
secondary effects the commenter notes.
However, these secondary effects are
very important and are considered in
both the negligible impact analysis as
well as qualitatively in the development
of mitigation measures, via
consideration of biologically important
areas in the analysis and for time-area
closures, or other important factors.
Please see the response to comment 31
for a discussion of studies addressing
PTS (Level A harassment).
Comment 35: NRDC et al. state that
behavioral take thresholds for the
impulsive component airgun noise
should be based on peak pressure rather
than on rms, or dual criteria based on
both peak pressure and rms should be
used. NRDC et al. state that
alternatively, NMFS should use the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
most biologically conservative method
for calculating rms, following Madsen
(2005).
Response: NMFS disagrees that peak
pressure is the appropriate metric
associated with behavioral take. Peak
pressure is more appropriate for injury
associated with exposure at close
distances to the source, not at distances
where behavioral take is expected to
occur (Southall et al., 2007). Finally,
NMFS does rely on Madsen (2005) for
calculating rms sound pressure (i.e.,
duration window associated with 90%
energy).
Comment 36: NRDC et al. states that
NMFS has failed to analyze masking
effects or set thresholds for masking.
Response: Exposure to seismic
sources has been shown to have impacts
on marine mammal vocalizations with
sometimes animals vocalizing more
(e.g., Di Iorio and Clark, 2009) in the
presence of these sources and
sometimes less (e.g., Blackwell et al.,
2013). Additionally, many species have
short-term and long-term means of
dealing with masking. However, the
energetic consequences of these
adaptations are unknown. Recent
published models have allowed the
ability to better quantify the effects of
masking on baleen whales for certain
underwater sound sources, like
shipping (e.g., change in
communication space; Clark et al., 2009;
Hatch et al., 2012). However, models for
other sources have not been published.
NMFS’s notice of the proposed IHA (79
FR 35642, June 23, 2014) described the
potential effects of the seismic survey
on marine mammals, including
masking. In general, NMFS expects the
masking effects of airgun pulses to be
minor, given the normally intermittent
nature of the pulses and the fact that the
acoustic footprint of the survey is only
expected to overlay a low number of
low-frequency hearing specialists and is
not in any specifically identified
biologically important areas.
NEPA Concerns
Comment 37: NRDC et al. submitted
comments on the first stated purpose of
the study, which is to identify the outer
limits of the U.S. continental shelf, also
referred to as the ECS as defined by
Article 76 of the Convention of the Law
of the Sea. NRDC et al. comment that
the first stated purpose is concerning
because of its implications for expanded
oil and gas exploration in the region.
NRDC et al. state that any consideration
of this study, and in particular the
cumulative impact of the assessment,
must include consideration of the fact
that this study’s underlying purpose
may be to increase the area of the Mid-
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
Atlantic that is open to oil and gas
exploration and drilling and, therefore,
must include an analysis of longer-term
related effects on marine species and
habitat of the various sources of
increased disruption and harm caused
by an influx of oil and gas exploration
and drilling in the region.
Response: NMFS has fully considered
the purposes of the seismic survey, the
first of which is to identify the outer
limits of the U.S. ECS. NMFS disagrees
with the commenter’s assessment of the
underlying purpose of the study may be
to increase the area of the Mid-Atlantic
that is open to oil and gas exploration
and drilling. The planned seismic
survey is independent of oil and gas
exploration, which is regulated by the
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management.
The EA prepared by USGS, which
NMFS has adopted, provided detailed
information about the first purpose of
the study.
As explained in the previous notice
for the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June
23, 2014), one purpose of the planned
study is to define the seafloor and subseafloor that is part of the U.S. ECS.
Only after the ECS is delineated can it
be designated for conservation,
management, resource exploitation, or
other purposes. The planned project is
part of an Interagency Task Force that
has been in existence since 2007 to
identify all the parts of the U.S. margins
beyond 200 nmi where the U.S. can
potentially exert its sovereign rights,
whether that be for conservation,
management, exploitation, or other
purposes. Unless the ECS is delineated
as part of the U.S., it could potentially
be developed and utilized outside of the
U.S. regulatory framework. The ultimate
determination as to whether the outer
limits of the ECS will be delineated as
part of the continental shelf of the U.S.
is partially dependent upon the data
that would be collected on this seismic
survey. The ECS program has
investigated potential ECS in the Arctic,
Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, Bering Sea,
Pacific West Coast, Gulf of Alaska,
Central Pacific Line Islands, and
Western Pacific (Marianas). Only the
Arctic, Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and
Bering Sea are likely to use the sediment
thickness formula for defining the outer
limits of the ECS.
The Atlantic margin is a priority for
the U.S. ECS project. The Atlantic is
probably the second largest region of
ECS for the U.S. (second to the Arctic).
The USGS participated in four field
seasons of joint seismic-bathymetric
work in the Arctic collaborative with
the Geological Survey of Canada as the
first priority between 2008 and 2011. An
opportunity to collect data for the ECS
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
in the Pacific Ocean was possible in
2011, and at that time, data were
collected in the Gulf of Alaska and the
Bering Sea, two areas of potential U.S.
ECS. Since 2011, the Atlantic has been
the highest priority for gathering ECSrelevant seismic data, both for the ECS
Interagency Task Force and the Coastal
and Marine Geology Program of USGS.
The ECS project has teams that have
been working in each region of the ECS
for the U.S. since 2010. A preliminary
assessment of existing data for the
Atlantic margin was completed in 2012.
Since that time, the final track line
program has been proposed and
modified per presentations to the ECS
working group and the ECS seismic
methodology team. This fiscal year
(2014) is the first opportunity that both
a ship and sufficient funding resources
have been available for a field program
in the Atlantic. Finishing data collection
in 2015, would allow the Department of
State sufficient time to complete the
documentation of the outer limits of the
ECS by the 2018 to 2019 deadline
established in its 5-year program.
The planned activity is not related to
oil and gas exploration and will not
expand the area of the Mid-Atlantic that
is open to oil and gas exploration and
drilling. The BOEM Planning Areas
examined in their final PEIS already
extend to 350 nmi beyond the baselines
of the U.S. (https://www.boem.gov/
Special-Information-Notice-February2014/). The tracklines for the USGS
study do not extend beyond 350 nmi,
which is the furthest outer limit
distance that could be used to delineate
the ECS. Hence the BOEM PEIS already
includes any area would be potential
ECS in the analysis, including in the
cumulative effects analysis. It is
therefore incorrect to assert that this
seismic survey will expand the area of
the Mid-Atlantic that is open to oil and
gas exploration, and such, would be
inappropriate to include any analysis to
this effect in the cumulative effects
assessment of the planned action.
Comment 38: NRDC et al. submitted
comments on the second stated purpose
of the study, which is to study the mass
transport of sediments down the
continental shelf as submarine
landslides that may pose tsunamigenic
(i.e., tsunami-related) hazards. NRDC et
al. comment that there is little to
substantiate the immediate need of the
second stated purpose of the study.
NRDC et al. comment that the draft EA
offers no analysis of the ability to obtain
information about sediment thickness
and geologic structure by modeling or
alternate means, no discussion of
related survey data that may be
available for extrapolation, nor any
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
prediction of the actual risk to the
Eastern Seaboard of a tsunami-related
submarine landslide.
Response: NMFS first clarifies that the
investigation of sediment thickness is
related to the first purpose of the study,
which is to establish the outer limits of
the U.S. ECS. One of the criteria for
defining the outer limits of the ECS
under Article 76 involves measuring the
thickness of the sediments beneath the
seafloor but above the oceanic crust.
The sediment thickness must be
measured continuously from the foot of
the continental slope seaward to a point
where the outer limit point is identified.
The established method for measuring
sediment thickness is seismic reflection
profiling (Kasuga et al., 2000). Other
scientific methods (such as
measurements of marine gravity and
magnetic anomalies) may be used to
augment the geologic interpretation, but
the internationally accepted method for
measuring sediment thickness is seismic
reflection profiling. An extensive review
of the existing database (Hutchinson
and other, 2004) demonstrated that
existing seismic-reflection data are
entirely insufficient to meet the linespacing or velocity control requirements
specified in Article 76. As part of the
study, USGS plans to identify the
locations of fracture zones, where the
sediments could be thicker than in the
intra-fracture zone regions. These
fracture zones are the result of
juxtaposing oceanic crust of different
ages across ridge offsets during the
spreading process. The 2014 part of the
program (with lines parallel to the
margin) is intended to identify the
possible existence of fracture zones that
are sub-perpendicular to the margin. If
these fracture zones can be identified,
the 2015 component of the seismic
program is to then collect seismic data
along tracks that follow where the
sediment is thickest and therefore the
size of the U.S. ECS can be established.
NMFS has fully considered the
second purpose of the study, which is
to study the sudden mass transport of
sediments down the continental shelf as
submarine landslides that may pose
tsunamigenic (i.e., tsunami-related)
hazards. The EA prepared by USGS,
which NMFS adopted, provides detailed
information about the second purpose of
the study, including information about
its immediate need, the availability and
limitations of other data, and the risk to
the Eastern Seaboard of a tsunamirelated submarine landslide.
Since the 2004 Banda Aceh tsunami
and the more recent 2010 Tohoku
tsunami, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory
Agency has contracted with the USGS to
evaluate tsunami hazards along the U.S.
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52143
margins, because of the potential threat
to, for example, nuclear power plants,
coastal cities, industrial centers, and
port facilities, including along the
Atlantic. Other agencies such as FEMA
offices in several coastal states and the
City of Boston, Office of Emergency
Management requested input and
assessment from the USGS for their
tsunami preparedness. Tsunamis on
passive margins such as the Atlantic
pose a challenge to regulators because
these events are rare (i.e., low
probability) but potentially devastating
(i.e., high risk). The 1929 Grand Banks
tsunami (Fine et al., 2005), measured
and modeled overpressures on the New
Jersey margin that can cause slope
failure (Dugan et al., 2000), and
evidence of enormous submarine
landslides (such as the Cape Fear slide
[Hornbach et al., 2007]) demonstrate
that the Atlantic margin is not immune
to the potential tsunamigenic hazard. As
part of its research into submarine
landslides, the USGS has utilized a
multi-pronged approach, for example,
analytic and numerical models (Geist
and Parsons, 2006; Geist et al., 2009),
geomorphologic analysis (Chaytor et al.,
2007; Twichell et al., 2009; Locat et al.,
2010), regional assessments using
existing data (ten Brink et al., 2009; ten
Brink et al., 2014), geotechnical analysis
(on-going), and laboratory studies (ongoing). No single landslide, however,
has been mapped from its origin
(headwall on the continental slope) to
its runout on the lower rise/abyssal
plain, with supporting evidence to show
the aggradational and structural
relationships in the subsurface among
the different parts of the composite
landslide system. This lack of
information prevents further modeling
of the processes of these landslides and
evaluating the potential tsunamigenic
risks they have posed or could pose
along the Atlantic margin. The proposed
cruise offers the opportunity to study
the vertical (depth) aspects of two major
landslides on the U.S. margin, and
therefore leverage federal resources
across two scientific programs and
projects (ECS and Natural Hazards).
USGS is attempting to eliminate
redundant seismic surveys by combing
field work for two projects (ECS and
Natural Hazards).
Comment 39: COA states that NMFS
should prepare an Environmental
Impact Statement (EIS), not an EA, to
adequately consider the potentially
significant impacts of the proposed
action and full range of alternatives to
the proposed action. COA also states
that given that USGS’s EA tiers to the
NSF/USGS PEIS that was finalized in
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52144
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
2011, an updated EIS would provide
information necessary to making an
informed decision about the issuance of
the IHA.
Response: In accordance with the
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), USGS
completed an EA titled, ‘‘Environmental
Assessment for Seismic Reflection
Scientific Research Surveys during 2014
and 2015 in Support of Mapping the
U.S. Atlantic Seaboard Extended
Continental Margin and Investigating
Tsunami Hazards.’’ The EA was
prepared by RPS Evan-Hamilton, Inc., in
association with YOLO Environmental,
Inc., GeoSpatial Strategy Group, and
Ecology and Environment, Inc. on
behalf of USGS. The EA analyzes the
impacts on the human environment of
conducting a seismic survey in the
northwest Atlantic Ocean off the U.S.
Eastern Seaboard (i.e., the action for
which USGS applied to NMFS for an
IHA). It includes an evaluation of three
alternatives:
(1) The proposed seismic survey and
issuance of an associated IHA,
(2) a no action alternative (i.e., do not
issue an IHA and do not conduct the
seismic survey), and
(3) a corresponding seismic survey at
an alternative time, along with issuance
of an associated IHA.
The EA tiers to the NSF and USGS’s
2011 ‘‘Programmatic Environmental
Impact Statement/Overseas
Environmental Impact Statement for
Marine Seismic Research Funded by the
National Science Foundation or
Conducted by the U.S. Geological
Survey’’ (NSF/USGS PEIS). The EA also
incorporates by reference the following
documents per 40 CFR 1502.21 and
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6 § 5.09(d): The NSF’s
‘‘Environmental Analysis of a Marine
Geophysical Survey by the R/V Marcus
G. Langseth in the Northeast Atlantic
Ocean, June–July 2013; the NSF’s ‘‘Draft
Environmental Assessment of a Marine
Geophysical Survey by the R/V Marcus
G. Langseth in the Atlantic Ocean off
Cape Hatteras, September–October
2014’’; and the Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management’s 2014 ‘‘Programmatic
Environmental Impact Statement
Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf (OCS)
Proposed Geological and Geophysical
Activities Mid-Atlantic and South
Atlantic Planning Areas.’’
NMFS independently reviewed
USGS’s EA, and concluded that the
impacts evaluated by USGS are
substantially the same as the impacts of
the alternatives considered in issuing an
IHA under the MMPA for USGS’s
marine seismic survey in the northwest
Atlantic Ocean off the U.S. Eastern
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
Seaboard during August to September
2014 and April to August 2015. In
addition, NMFS evaluated USGS’s EA
and found that it includes all required
components for adoption by NOAA,
including sufficient evidence and
analysis for determining whether to
prepare an EIS or a Finding of No
Significant Impact (FONSI), a brief
discussion of need for the proposed
action, a listing of the alternatives to the
proposed action, a description of the
affected environment, and a brief
discussion of the environmental impacts
of the proposed action and alternatives.
Regarding the comment that the USGS
EA tiers to the NSF/USGS PEIS that was
finalized in 2011, NMFS notes that the
USGS EA and the two NSF EAs
incorporated by reference in the USGS
EA incorporate site-specific and
updated scientific information. As a
result of this review, NMFS determined
that it was not necessary to prepare a
separate EA, Supplemental EA, or EIS to
issue an IHA for USGS’s proposed
marine seismic survey, and adopted
USGS’s EA.
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO)
216–6 contains criteria for determining
the significance of the impacts of a
proposed action. In addition, the
Council on Environmental Quality
(CEQ) regulations at 40 CFR § 1508.27
state that the significance of an action
should be analyzed both in terms of
‘‘context’’ and ‘‘intensity.’’ NMFS
evaluated the significance of this action
based on the NAO 216–6 criteria and
CEQ’s context and intensity criteria.
Based on this evaluation, NMFS
determined that issuance of this IHA to
USGS would not significantly impact
the quality of the human environment
and issued a FONSI. Accordingly,
preparation of an EIS is not necessary.
NMFS’s determination and evaluation
of the NAO 216–6 criteria and CEQ’s
context and intensity criteria are
contained within the FONSI issued for
this action.
Comment 40: COA states that the
NEPA document must be made
available for public review and
comment. COA states that the public
was not offered an opportunity to
comment on the proposed project until
the issuance of the proposed IHA on
June 23, 2014.
Response: NMFS notes that USGS’s
draft EA was posted on the USGS Web
site for a 30-day public comment period
from May 20 to June 20, 2014. The draft
EA was also posted on the NSF Web
site. USGS received no public comment
or inquiries on the draft EA during that
period. NMFS also made the draft EA
available to the public on the NMFS
permit Web site (https://
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
www.nfms.noaa.gov/per/permits/
incidental.htm#applications)
concurrently with the release of the
Federal Register notice for the proposed
IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014).
NMFS shared comments on the draft EA
received during the 30-day IHA
comment period with USGS and NSF.
USGS considered the public comments
received during the 30-day IHA
comment period in preparing the final
IHA. NMFS also considered all public
comments received in evaluating the
sufficiency of the USGS EA and in
preparing the final IHA.
Comment 41: COA states that the EA
does not devote sufficient discussion to
alternatives including alternative times
of year and additional monitoring
activities.
Response: The NEPA and the
implementing CEQ regulations (40 CFR
parts 1500–1508) require consideration
of alternatives to proposed major federal
actions and NAO 216–6 provides agency
policy and guidance on the
consideration of alternatives to our
proposed action. An EA must consider
all reasonable alternatives, including the
No Action alternative. This provides a
baseline analysis against which we can
compare the other alternatives.
The USGS EA addresses the potential
environmental impacts of three choices
available to us under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, namely:
• The proposed seismic survey and
the issuance of an associated IHA;
• A corresponding seismic survey at
an alternative time, along with issuance
of an associated IHA; or
• A no action alternative, with no
issuance of an IHA and no seismic
survey.
To warrant detailed evaluation as a
reasonable alternative, an alternative
must meet our purpose and need. In this
case, an alternative meets the purpose
and need if it satisfied the requirements
under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA. Each alternative must also be
feasible and reasonable in accordance
with the President’s Council on
Environmental Quality regulations (40
CFR §§ 1500–1508). NMFS evaluated
potential alternatives against these
criteria.
NMFS disagrees with the
commenter’s assessment that the USGS
EA did not sufficiently evaluate
alternatives, including alternative times
of year. The USGS EA considered, but
rejected, conducting the seismic survey
at a different time of the year, along
with issuance of an associated IHA.
Regarding seasonal distributions of
marine mammals, the EA considers
seasonal distributions through
descriptions presented in Chapter 3.
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
The EA concludes that ‘‘[m]ost marine
mammal species are year-round
residents in the North Atlantic, based on
the number of OBIS sightings in the
Study Area and adjacent waters, so
altering the timing of the proposed
project likely would result in no net
benefits for those species’’ (see USGS
EA section 4.4).
With respect to scheduling the survey
during winter, the EA states that
weather conditions in the Atlantic
Ocean and ship schedules also constrain
the possible time window of the seismic
survey to May through September.
Because of generally higher sea states in
winter, winter is an unsafe time for
conducting experiments when ship
maneuverability is limited, as it is
towing an 8 km long streamer.
Scheduling the seismic survey in midsummer when daylight hours are
maximized and sea states are generally
minimal facilitates observations and
identifications of marine wildlife.
The EA concludes that the proposed
dates for the cruise under the Preferred
Alternative (August to September 2014
and April to August 2015) are the most
suitable, from a logistical perspective,
for the Langseth, essential equipment
and the participating scientists and
personnel. The 2014 seismic survey is
also scheduled so that the subsequent
proposed seismic survey (GeoPRISMS/
ENAM) on the Langseth scheduled from
mid-September to early October does
not interfere with North Atlantic right
whale migrations. If the IHA is issued
for another period, it could result in
significant delay and disruption not
only of the proposed seismic survey, but
of subsequent studies that are planned
on the Langseth for 2014, 2015, and
beyond.
Regarding the mitigation and
monitoring measures suggested by COA,
NMFS determined that the measures
were not feasible or already required.
Pre-survey observations and post-survey
monitoring are not feasible due to the
length of the tracklines, the distance of
the action area from shore, and the
Langseth’s schedule. With respect to
aerial surveys, see the response to
comment 23. With respect to exclusion
zones and sound thresholds, see the
responses to comments 31 to 36. With
respect to activity during low light and
nighttime conditions, see the response
to comment 27. With respect to night
vision technology, the IHA requires that
PSVOs have access to night vision
devices. For additional required
mitigation measures, see the
‘‘Mitigation’’ section below. NMFS
determined, based on the best available
data, that the mitigation and monitoring
measures required by the IHA are the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
most feasible and effective measures
capable of implementation by USGS
during the planned seismic survey.
Comment 42: COA states that in its
discussion of the No Action alternative,
the EA does not adequately qualify the
benefits of the No Action alternative, in
which the proposed action would not
proceed and marine mammals would
not be subject to harassment, in relation
to the costs.
Response: Concerning the benefits of
the No Action alternative, the EA
addresses this concern in section 4.5,
where it states that ‘‘the No Action
alternative would result in no
disturbance to marine mammals or sea
turtles attributable to the planned
seismic survey.’’ Concerning the costs of
the No Action alternative, the EA states
that the No Action alternative would not
meet the purpose and need for the
proposed activities. As stated in the EA,
‘‘[t]he U.S. would not be able to define
the ECS and therefore not be able to
exercise its sovereign rights over the
seafloor and sub-seafloor because it
would lack the data to determine the
extent of its sovereign rights. Nor would
USGS have an important data set to
contribute to its accurate assessment of
submarine landslide and tsunami
hazards along the east coast’’ (USGS EA,
section 4.5).
Comment 43: NRDC et al. state that
USGS fails to adequately assess
cumulative impacts of the activity.
NRDC et al. state that NMFS and USGS
must analyze both auditory and
behavioral impacts of repeated exposure
to noise pollution on a population that
may alter behavior. NRDC et al. also
state that the cumulative impact
analysis must include a full evaluation
of the cumulative impacts of oil and gas
seismic surveys planned for and
anticipated in the Atlantic; the L–DEO
seismic survey off New Jersey and other
NSF or USGS planned seismic surveys;
and military and testing sonar activities.
Response: NMFS disagrees with
commenters’ assessment. The USGS EA
and the documents it incorporates
analyze the effects of the seismic survey
in light of other human activities in the
study area, including the activities the
commenters reference. The NSF/USGS
PEIS, which the USGS EA tiers to, also
analyzes the cumulative impacts of
NSF-funded and USGS-conducted
seismic surveys. The USGS EA, which
NMFS adopted, concludes that the
impacts of USGS’s proposed seismic
survey in the Atlantic Ocean are
expected to be more than minor and
short-term with no potential to
contribute to cumulatively significant
impacts. NMFS independently reviewed
USGS’s EA and concluded that the
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52145
impacts evaluated by USGS are
substantially the same as the impacts of
the alternatives considered in issuing an
IHA, under the MMPA, for USGS’s
seismic survey. As explained in NMFS’
FONSI, NMFS expect the following
combination of activities to result in no
more than minor and short-term impacts
to marine mammals in the survey area
in terms of overall disturbance effects:
(1) NMFS’s issuance of an IHA with
prescribed mitigation and monitoring
measures for the seismic survey; (2)
past, present, and reasonably
foreseeable future research in the
northwest Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern
Seaboard; (3) vessel traffic, noise, and
collisions; (4) commercial and
recreational fishing; (5) military
activities; (6) oil and gas activities; and
(7) submarine cable installation
activities.
NMFS notes that section 4.1.2.3 of the
NSF/USGS PEIS specifically addresses
the cumulative impacts of repeated
exposure to noise, including potential
exposure to multiple NSF or USGS
seismic surveys and potential exposure
to NSF or USGS seismic surveys and
other activities that produce underwater
noise. It states that ‘‘no impacts are
anticipated at the regional population
level. The few, relatively short,
localized NSF or USGS seismic surveys
in the context of the ocean-region basis
would not have more than a negligible
cumulative effect on marine mammals
at the individual or population level.
Possible exceptions are local nonmigratory populations or populations
highly concentrated in one area at one
of year (e.g., for breeding). However, the
latter scenario would be mitigated by
timing and locating proposed seismic
surveys to avoid sensitive seasons and/
or locations important to marine
mammals, especially those that are ESAlisted.’’ It further states that ‘‘there is no
evidence that [short-term behavioral
changes], whether considered alone or
in succession, result in long-term
adverse impacts to individuals or
populations assuming important
habitats or activities are not disturbed.
Furthermore, long-migrating marine
mammals in particular have
undoubtedly been exposed to many
anthropogenic underwater sound
activities for decades in all ocean
basins. Many of these populations
continue to grow despite a
preponderance of anthropogenic marine
activities that may have been
documented to disturb some individuals
behaviorally (e.g., Hildebrand, 2004).’’
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52146
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
General Concerns
Comment 44: COA states that NMFS
must take best available science and the
precautionary principle into account.
Response: NMFS’s determinations, in
order to meet the requirements of
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, use
peer-reviewed data that are based on the
best available science regarding the
biology of animals affected and the
propagation of underwater sounds from
sources during the seismic survey. This
information is supported by USGS’s
IHA application and EA.
Comment 45: NRDC et al. state that
USGS and NMFS fail to adequately
assess impacts on the North Atlantic
right whale. NRDC et al. also state that
the seismic survey does not include any
time-area closures to reduce impacts on
North Atlantic right whales, nor does it
provide any quantitative or even
detailed qualitative analysis of masking
effects or other cumulative, sub-lethal
impacts on North Atlantic right whales.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
NRDC et al.’s comments and has
adequately assessed impacts to the
North Atlantic right whale. The seismic
survey’s tracklines avoid the northeast
Atlantic Ocean designated critical
habitat by approximately 190 km (102.6
nmi) and avoid the southeast Atlantic
Ocean designated critical habitat by
approximately 519 km (280.2 nmi). The
probability of vessel and marine
mammal interactions (e.g., ship strike) is
highly unlikely due to the low density
of right whales and other mysticetes in
the survey area, as well as the
Langseth’s slow operational speed,
which is typically 4.5 kts (8.5 km/hr, 5.3
mph). Outside of airgun operations, the
Langseth’s cruising speed will be
approximately 10 kts (18.5 km/hr, 11.5
mph), which is generally below the
speed at which studies have noted
reported increases of marine mammal
injury or death (Laist et al., 2001).
Responses 5, 21, and 36 provide
responses to concerns about masking
effects and the use of the multi-beam
echosounder.
Considering the rarity and
conservation status for the North
Atlantic right whale, the airguns will be
shut-down immediately in the unlikely
event that this species is observed,
regardless of the distance from the
Langseth. The airgun array shall not
resume firing (with ramp-up) until 30
minutes after the last documented North
Atlantic right whale visual sighting.
This mitigation measure is a
requirement in the IHA issued to USGS.
Comment 46: NRDC et al. states that
NMFS fails to analyze impacts on fish
and other species of concern. NRDC et
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
al. state that the proposed IHA assumes
without support that effects on both fish
and fisheries would be localized and
minor. NRDC et al. urges NMFS to
improve its analysis.
Response: NMFS disagrees with
NRDC et al.’s assessment. NMFS
adopted the USGS EA, which describes
marine fish in section 3.7, EFH in
section 3.8.2, and considers the impacts
of the survey on fish, EFH and fisheries
in sections 4.2.5 and 4.2.7. The USGS
EA tiers to the NSF/USGS PEIS, which
also analyzes the impacts of seismic
surveys on fish. All of the studies cited
by NRDC et al. regarding fish are cited
in the NSF/USGS PEIS (Appendix D)
together with numerous additional
studies that document the limited and
sometimes conflicting knowledge about
the acoustic capabilities of fish and the
effects of airgun sound on fish. The EA’s
conclusion that ‘‘the direct effects of the
seismic survey and its noise may have
minor effects on marine fisheries that
are generally reversible, of limited
duration, magnitude, and geographic
extent when considering individual
fish, and not measurable at the
population level’’ is well supported.
NMFS also evaluated the impacts of the
seismic survey on fish and invertebrates
in the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014). NMFS included
a detailed discussion of the potential
effects of this action on marine mammal
habitat, including physiological and
behavioral effects on marine fish and
invertebrates.
Comment 47: NRDC et al. states that
USGS did not provide any meaningful
analysis of the proposed action’s
impacts on essential fish habitat (EFH).
NRDC et al. states that NMFS has a
statutory obligation to consult on the
impact of federal activities on EFH
under the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery
Conservation and Management Act
(MSA). NRDC et al. states that the EFH
consultation for the action is
inadequate.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the
commenters’ assessment. As discussed
in the response to comment 46, the
NSF/USGS PEIS, the USGS EA, and
other environmental assessment that the
USGS EA incorporates identify EFH
within the project area and evaluate the
impacts of the seismic survey on EFH.
USGS EA (see section 3.8.2) and the
NSF/USGS PEIS (see section 3.3.2.1)
discuss the seismic survey’s impacts on
EFH. In the site-specific EA, USGS
determined that the seismic survey is
restricted to the surface waters and thus
there would be no physical contact or
disturbance with EFH. NMFS adopted
the USGS EA after evaluating it for
sufficiency.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
USGS requested a determination from
the NMFS, Habitat Conservation
Divisions of the Southeast Regional and
Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries
Offices, whether the seismic survey
required a formal consultation. In a
letter dated June 20, 2014, NMFS stated
that in accordance with the MSA, EFH
has been identified and described in the
EEZ portions of the study area by the
New England, Mid-Atlantic and South
Atlantic Fishery Management Councils
and NMFS. The letter acknowledged
that USGS and NSF, as the federal
action agency for this action,
determined the proposed seismic survey
may result in minor adverse impacts to
water column habitats identified and
described as EFH. NMFS stated that the
Habitat Conservation Divisions in the
Southeast Regional and Greater Atlantic
Regional Fisheries Offices reviewed that
analysis and the proposed mitigation
measures contained in the NSF/USGS
PEIS and the EA prepared for this
action. Upon considering the design and
nature of the seismic survey, NMFS had
no EFH conservation recommendations
to provide pursuant to section 305(b)(2)
of the MSA. NMFS stated additional
research and monitoring is needed to
gain a better understanding of the
potential effects these activities may
have on EFH, federally managed
species, their prey and other NOAA
trust resources, and recommended that
this type of research should be a
component of future NSF-funded
seismic surveys. USGS agree that this is
an area of needed research.
The issuance of an IHA and the
mitigation and monitoring measures
required by the IHA would not affect
ocean and coastal habitat or EFH.
Therefore, NMFS, Office of Protected
Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division has determined that an EFH
consultation is not required.
Comment 48: NRDC et al. states that
NMFS must fully comply with the ESA
and develop a robust Biological Opinion
based on the best available science.
They state that NMFS should evaluate
the impact of the seismic survey on new
sea turtle and potential right whale
critical habitat. They further urge NMFS
to establish more stringent mitigation
measures to protect ESA-listed species
than are currently proposed by the IHA.
Response: Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA
requires that each federal agency insure
that any action authorized, funded, or
carried out by such agency is not likely
to jeopardize the continued existence of
any endangered or threatened species or
result in the destruction or adverse
modification of critical habitat of such
species. Of the species of marine
mammals that may occur in the action
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
area, several are listed as endangered
under the ESA, including the North
Atlantic right, humpback, sei, fin, blue,
and sperm whales. Designated critical
habitat for the Northwest Atlantic Ocean
Distinct Population Segment of
loggerhead sea turtles (Caretta caretta)
also occur in the action area.
Under section 7 of the ESA, USGS
initiated formal consultation with the
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources,
Endangered Species Act Interagency
Cooperation Division, on this seismic
survey. NMFS’s Office of Protected
Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division, also initiated and engaged in
formal consultation under section 7 of
the ESA with NMFS’s Office of
Protected Resources, Endangered
Species Act Interagency Cooperation
Division, on the issuance of an IHA
under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
for this activity. These two
consultations were consolidated and
addressed in a single Biological Opinion
addressing the effects of the proposed
actions on threatened and endangered
species as well as designated critical
habitat. The Biological Opinion
concluded that both actions (i.e., the
USGS seismic survey and NMFS’s
issuance of an IHA) are not likely to
jeopardize the existence of cetaceans
and sea turtles and would have no effect
on critical habitat. NMFS’s Office of
Protected Resources, Endangered
Species Act Interagency Cooperation
Division relied on the best scientific and
commercial data available in conducting
its analysis.
Although critical habitat is designated
for the North Atlantic right whale, no
critical habitat for North Atlantic right
whales occurs in the action area. The
North Atlantic right whale critical
habitat in the northeast Atlantic Ocean
can be found online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/
criticalhabitat/n_rightwhale_ne.pdf. The
North Atlantic right whale critical
habitat in the southeast Atlantic Ocean
can be found online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/
criticalhabitat/n_rightwhale_se.pdf. The
survey trackline that has the closest
approach to the northeast Atlantic
Ocean designated critical habitat is
approximately 190 km (102.6 nmi) from
the area. The trackline that has the
closest approach to the southeast
Atlantic Ocean designated critical
habitat is approximately 519 km (280.2
nmi) from the area. The Biological
Opinion considers the distribution,
migration and movement, general
habitat, and designated critical habitat
of the North Atlantic right whale in its
analysis.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
NMFS’s Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division also
considered the conservation status and
habitat of ESA-listed marine mammals.
Included in the IHA are special
procedures for situations or species of
concern (see ‘‘Mitigation’’ section
below). If a North Atlantic right whale
is visually sighted during the survey,
the airgun array must be shut-down
regardless of the distance of the
animal(s) to the sound source. The array
will not resume firing until 30 minutes
after the last documented whale visual
sighting. Concentrations of humpback,
sei, fin, blue, and/or sperm whales will
be avoided if possible (i.e., exposing
concentrations of animals to 160 dB),
and the array will be powered-down if
necessary. For purposes of the survey, a
concentration or group of whales will
consist of six or more individuals
visually sighted that do not appear to be
traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.).
NMFS’s Office of Protected Resources,
Endangered Species Act Interagency
Cooperation Division issued an
Incidental Take Statement (ITS)
incorporating the requirements of the
IHA as Terms and Conditions of the ITS.
Compliance with the ITS is likewise a
mandatory requirement of the IHA.
NMFS’s Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division has
determined that the mitigation measures
required by the IHA provide the means
of effecting the least practicable impact
on species or stocks and their habitat,
including ESA-listed species.
Comment 49: NRDC et al. states that
the Coastal Zone Management Act
(CZMA) requires that applicants for
federal permits to conduct an activity
affecting a natural resource of the
coastal zone of a state ‘‘shall provide in
the application to the licensing or
permitting agency a certification that the
proposed activity complies with the
enforceable policies of the state’s
approved program and that such activity
will be conducted in a manner
consistent with the program.’’ NRDC et
al. states that the marine mammals and
fish that will be affected by the seismic
survey are all ‘‘natural resources’’
protected by the coastal states’ coastal
management program, and that states
should be given the opportunity to
review the IHA for consistency with
their coastal management programs.
Response: As the lead federal agency
for the planned seismic survey, USGS
considered whether the action would
have effects on the coastal resources of
any state along the U.S. Eastern
Seaboard. As concluded in the USGS
EA, any potential impacts from the
seismic survey would mainly be to
marine species in close proximity to the
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52147
vessel and would be of a short duration
and temporary in nature. Because the
planned seismic survey will occur in
deep water and long distances from the
U.S. East Coast, USGS concluded the
seismic survey would have no effect on
coastal zone resources. The seismic
survey would occur in approximately
2,000 to 5,000 m water depth, and most
of the tracklines would occur beyond
463 to 648.2 km (250 to greater than 350
nmi) offshore. The closest approach to
land will be approximately 170 km (92
nmi). USGS reviewed the Federal
Consistency Listings for the states along
the East Coast and determined that the
action is not listed. USGS did not
receive a request from any state for a
consistency review of the unlisted
activity. Therefore, it was concluded
that USGS met all of the responsibilities
under the CZMA. USGS and NSF also
discussed the proposed seismic survey
with the NOAA Office of Ocean and
Coastal Resource Management (OCRM)
to confirm the agencies responsibilities
under CZMA for the planned unlisted
activity.
Comment 50: One private citizen
opposed the issuance of an IHA by
NMFS and the conduct of the seismic
survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean
off the Eastern Seaboard, August to
September 2014 and April to August
2015, by USGS. The commenter states
that NMFS should protect marine life
from harm.
Response: As described in detail in
the notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014), as well as in this
document, NMFS does not believe that
USGS’s seismic survey would cause
injury, serious injury, or mortality to
marine mammals, and no take by injury,
serious injury, or mortality is
authorized. The required monitoring
and mitigation measures that USGS will
implement during the seismic survey
will further reduce the potential impacts
on marine mammals to the lowest levels
practicable. NMFS anticipates only
behavioral disturbance to occur during
the conduct of the seismic survey.
Description of the Marine Mammals in
the Specified Geographic Area of the
Specified Activity
Forty-five species of marine mammal
(37 cetaceans [whales, dolphins, and
porpoises] including 30 odontocetes and
7 mysticetes, 7 pinnipeds [seals and sea
lions], and 1 sirenian [manatees]) are
known to occur in the western North
Atlantic Ocean study area (Read et al.,
2009; Waring et al., 2013). Of those 45
species of marine mammals, 34
cetaceans could be found or are likely
to occur in the study area during the
spring/summer/fall months. Several of
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52148
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
these species are listed as endangered
under the U.S. Endangered Species Act
of 1973 (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.),
including the North Atlantic right
(Eubalaena glacialis), humpback
(Megaptera novaeangliae), sei
(Balaenoptera borealis), fin
(Balaenoptera physalus), blue
(Balaenoptera musculus), and sperm
(Physeter macrocephalus) whales. The
white-beaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
albirostris) generally occurs north of the
of the planned study area and no take
has been authorized. The harbor
porpoise (Phocoena phocoena) usually
occur in shallow nearshore waters, but
occasionally travel over deep offshore
waters. The four pinniped species
(harbor [Phoca vitulina], harp [Phoca
groenlandica], gray [Halichoerus
grypus], and hooded [Cystophora
cristata] seals) are also considered
coastal species (any sightings would be
considered extralimital) and are not
known to occur in the deep waters of
the survey area. No pinnipeds are
expected to be present in the planned
study area, and not take has been
authorized for pinnipeds. The West
Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus
latirostris) is listed as endangered under
the ESA and is managed by the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service and is not
considered further in this IHA notice.
General information on the taxonomy,
ecology, distribution, seasonality and
movements, and acoustic capabilities of
marine mammals are given in sections
3.6.1, 3.7.1, and 3.8.1 of the NSF/USGS
PEIS. The general distribution of
mysticetes, odontocetes, and pinnipeds
in the North Atlantic Ocean is discussed
in sections 3.6.3.4, 3.7.3.4, and 3.8.3.4 of
the NSF/USGS PEIS, respectively. In
addition, Section 3.1 of the ‘‘Atlantic
OCS Proposed Geological and
Geophysical Activities Mid-Atlantic and
South Atlantic Planning Areas Draft
Programmatic Environmental Impact
Statement’’ (Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management, 2012) reviews similar
information for all marine mammals
that may occur within the study area.
Various systematic surveys have been
conducted throughout the western
North Atlantic Ocean, including within
sections of the study area. Records from
the Ocean Biogeographic Information
System (OBIS) database hosted by
Rutgers University and Duke University
(Read et al., 2009) were used as the
main source of information. The
database includes survey data collected
during the Cetaceans and Turtle
Assessment Program (CeTAP)
conducted between 1978 and 1982 that
consists of both aerial and vessel-based
surveys between Cape Hatteras, North
Carolina, and the Gulf of Maine. The
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
database also includes survey data
collected during the NMFS Northeast
Fisheries Science Center and Southeast
Fisheries Science Center stock
assessment surveys conducted in 2004
(surveys between Nova Scotia, Canada,
and Florida).
No known current regional or stock
abundance estimates are available in the
study area of the northwest Atlantic
Ocean for the Bryde’s whale
(Balaenoptera edeni), Fraser’s
(Lagenodelphis hosei), spinner (Stenella
longirostris), and Clymene dolphin
(Stenella clymene), and melon-headed
(Peponocephala electra), pygmy killer
(Feresa attenuata), false killer
(Pseudorca crassidens), and killer
whales (Orcinus orca). Although NMFS
does not have current regional
population or stock abundance
estimates for these species in the
northwest Atlantic Ocean, NMFS
provides below general information
about their global distribution and
occurrence in the survey area.
Bryde’s whales are distributed
worldwide in tropical and sub-tropical
waters. In the western North Atlantic
Ocean, Bryde’s whales are reported from
off the southeastern U.S. and the
southern West Indies to Cabo Frio,
Brazil (Leatherwood and Reeves, 1983).
No stock of Bryde’s whales has been
identified in U.S. waters of the Atlantic
coast.
Fraser’s dolphins are distributed
worldwide in tropical waters and are
assumed to be part of the cetacean fauna
of the tropical western North Atlantic
(Perrin et al., 1994). There are no
abundance estimates for either the
western North Atlantic or the northern
Gulf of Mexico stocks. The western
North Atlantic population is
provisionally being considered a
separate stock for management
purposes, although there is currently no
information to differentiate this stock
from the northern Gulf of Mexico stock.
The numbers of Fraser’s dolphins off the
U.S. or Canadian Atlantic coast are
unknown, and seasonal abundance
estimates are not available for this stock,
since it was rarely seen in any surveys.
The population size for Fraser’s
dolphins is unknown; however, about
289,000 animals occur in the eastern
tropical Pacific Ocean (Jefferson et al.,
2008).
Spinner dolphins are distributed in
oceanic and coastal tropical waters
(Leatherwood et al., 1976). This is
presumably an offshore, deep-water
species, and its distribution in the
Atlantic is poorly known (Schmidly,
1981; Perrin and Gilpatrick, 1994). The
western North Atlantic population of
spinner dolphins is provisionally being
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
considered a separate stock for
management purposes, although there is
currently no information to differentiate
this stock from the northern Gulf of
Mexico stock. The numbers of spinner
dolphins off the U.S. or Canadian
Atlantic coast are unknown, and
seasonal abundance estimates are not
available for this stock since it was
rarely seen in any of the surveys.
The Clymene dolphin is endemic to
tropical and sub-tropical waters of the
Atlantic (Jefferson and Curry, 2003). The
western North Atlantic population of
Clymene dolphins is provisionally
considered a separate stock for
management purposes, although there is
currently no information to differentiate
this stock from the northern Gulf of
Mexico stock. The numbers of Clymene
dolphins off the U.S. or Canadian
Atlantic coast are unknown, and
seasonal abundance estimates are not
available for this species since it was
rarely seen in any surveys. The best
abundance estimate for the Clymene
dolphin in the western North Atlantic
was 6,086 in 2003 and represents the
first and only estimate to date for this
species in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ;
however this estimate is older than eight
years and is deemed unreliable (Wade
and Angliss, 1997; Mullin and Fulling,
2003).
The melon-headed whale is
distributed worldwide in tropical to
sub-tropical waters (Jefferson et al.,
1994). The western North Atlantic
population is provisionally being
considered a separate stock from the
northern Gulf of Mexico stock. The
numbers of melon-headed whales off
the U.S. or Canadian Atlantic coast are
unknown, and seasonal abundance
estimates are not available for this stock,
since it was rarely seen in any surveys.
The pygmy killer whale is distributed
worldwide in tropical to sub-tropical
waters and is assumed to be part of the
cetacean fauna of the tropical western
North Atlantic (Jefferson et al., 1994).
The western North Atlantic population
of pygmy killer whales is provisionally
being considered one stock for
management purposes. The numbers of
pygmy killer whales off the U.S. or
Canadian Atlantic coast are unknown,
and seasonal abundance estimates are
not available for this stock, since it was
rarely seen in any surveys.
The false killer whale is distributed
worldwide throughout warm temperate
and tropical oceans (Leatherwood and
Reeves, 1983). No stock has been
identified for false killer whales in U.S.
waters off the Atlantic coast.
Killer whales are characterized as
uncommon or rare in waters of the U.S.
Atlantic EEZ (Katona et al., 1988). Their
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52149
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
distribution, however, extends from the
Arctic ice-edge to the West Indies, often
in offshore and mid-ocean areas. The
size of the western North Atlantic stock
population off the eastern U.S. coast is
unknown. No information on stock
differentiation for the Atlantic Ocean
population exists, although an analysis
of vocalizations of killer whales from
Iceland and Norway indicated that
whales from these areas may represent
different stocks (Moore et al., 1988).
There are estimated to be at least
approximately 92,500 killer whales
worldwide (i.e., 80,000 south of
Antarctic Convergence, 445 in Norway,
8,500 in eastern tropical Pacific Ocean,
1,500 in North America coastal waters,
and 2,000 in Japanese waters) (Jefferson
et al., 2008).
Table 3 (below) presents information
on the abundance, distribution,
population status, and conservation
status of the species of marine mammals
that may occur in the planned study
area during August to September 2014
and April to August 2015.
TABLE 3—THE HABITAT, OCCURRENCE, RANGE, ABUNDANCE, AND CONSERVATION STATUS OF MARINE MAMMALS THAT
MAY OCCUR IN OR NEAR THE SEISMIC SURVEY AREA IN THE NORTHWEST ATLANTIC OCEAN
[Off the Eastern Seaboard]
[See text and Table 3 in USGS’s IHA application for further details]
Species
Mysticetes:
North Atlantic right whale
(Eubalaena glacialis).
Humpback whale
(Megaptera
novaeangliae).
Minke whale
(Balaenoptera
acutorostrata).
Bryde’s whale
(Balaenoptera edeni).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Sei whale (Balaenoptera
borealis).
Fin whale (Balaenoptera
physalus).
Blue whale (Balaenoptera
musculus).
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale (Physeter
macrocephalus).
Pygmy sperm whale
(Kogia breviceps).
Dwarf sperm whale
(Kogia sima).
Cuvier’s beaked whale
(Ziphius cavirostris).
Northern bottlenose
whale (Hyperoodon
ampullatus).
True’s beaked whale
(Mesoplodon mirus).
Gervais’ beaked whale
(Mesoplodon
europaeus).
Sowerby’s beaked whale
(Mesoplodon bidens).
Blainville’s beaked whale
(Mesoplodon
densirostris).
Bottlenose dolphin
(Tursiops truncatus).
Atlantic white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
acutus).
White-beaked dolphin
(Lagenorhynchus
albirostris).
Fraser’s dolphin
(Lagenodelphis hosei).
Atlantic spotted dolphin
(Stenella frontalis).
Pantropical spotted dolphin (Stenella
attenuata).
Striped dolphin (Stenella
coeruleoalba).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
Habitat
Occurrence
Range in Atlantic Ocean
Pelagic, shelf and coastal .....
Regular .......
Canada to Florida ..................
Mainly nearshore, banks .......
Regular .......
Canada to Caribbean ............
Pelagic and coastal ...............
Regular .......
Arctic to Caribbean ................
Coastal, offshore ...................
Rare ...........
40° North to 40° South ..........
Primarily offshore, pelagic .....
Rare ...........
Canada to New Jersey ..........
Continental slope, pelagic .....
Regular .......
Canada to North Carolina .....
Pelagic, shelf, coastal ............
Rare ...........
Arctic to Florida .....................
Pelagic, slope, canyons, deep
sea.
Deep waters off shelf ............
Regular .......
Canada to Caribbean ............
Rare ...........
Massachusetts to Florida ......
Deep waters off shelf ............
Rare ...........
Massachusetts to Florida ......
Pelagic, slope, canyons .........
Rare ...........
Canada to Caribbean ............
Pelagic ...................................
Rare ...........
Arctic to New Jersey .............
Pelagic, slope, canyons .........
Pelagic, slope, canyons .........
Pelagic, slope, canyons .........
Rare ...........
Rare ...........
Rare ...........
Canada to Bahamas ..............
Canada to Florida ..................
Canada to Florida ..................
Pelagic, slope, canyons .........
Rare ...........
Canada to Florida ..................
Coastal, oceanic, shelf break
Regular .......
Canada to Florida ..................
Shelf and slope ......................
Regular .......
Greenland to North Carolina
Shelf, offshore .......................
Rare ...........
Cape Cod to Canada and Europe.
Shelf and slope ......................
Rare ...........
North Carolina to Florida .......
Shelf, offshore .......................
Regular .......
Massachusetts to Caribbean
Coastal, shelf, slope ..............
Regular .......
Massachusetts to Florida ......
Off continental shelf, convergence zones, upwelling.
Regular .......
Canada to Caribbean ............
Population estimate in the
North Atlantic region/
stock/other 3
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
455/455 (Western Atlantic
stock).
11,600 4/823 (Gulf of Maine
stock).
ESA 1
MMPA 2
EN
D.
EN
D.
138,000 5/20,741 (Canadian
East Coast stock).
NL
NC.
NA/NA/33 (Northern Gulf of
Mexico stock)/20,000 to
30,000 16 (North Pacific
Ocean).
10,300 6/357 (Nova Scotia
stock).
26,500 7/3,522 (Western
North Atlantic stock).
855 8/NA (Western North Atlantic stock, 440 minimum).
NL
NC.
EN
D.
EN
D.
EN
D.
EN
D.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NA/6,532 (Western North Atlantic stock).
40,000 10/NA (Western North
Atlantic stock).
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NA/7,092 (Western North Atlantic stock).
NL
NL
NL
NC.
NC.
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
13,190 9/2,288 (North Atlantic
stock).
NA/3,785 (Western North Atlantic stock).
NA/77,532 (Western North Atlantic Offshore stock).
10,000 to 100,000s 11/48,819
(Western North Atlantic
stock).
7,800 16 (North Sea)/2,003
(Western North Atlantic
stock).
NA/NA (Western North Atlantic stock)/289,000 16 (eastern tropical Pacific Ocean).
NA/44,715 (Western North Atlantic stock).
NA/3,333 (Western North Atlantic stock).
NA/54,807 (Western North Atlantic stock).
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52150
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
TABLE 3—THE HABITAT, OCCURRENCE, RANGE, ABUNDANCE, AND CONSERVATION STATUS OF MARINE MAMMALS THAT
MAY OCCUR IN OR NEAR THE SEISMIC SURVEY AREA IN THE NORTHWEST ATLANTIC OCEAN—Continued
[Off the Eastern Seaboard]
[See text and Table 3 in USGS’s IHA application for further details]
Habitat
Occurrence
Range in Atlantic Ocean
Spinner dolphin (Stenella
longirostris).
Mainly nearshore ...................
Rare ...........
Maine to Caribbean ...............
Clymene dolphin
(Stenella clymene).
Coastal, shelf, slope ..............
Rare ...........
North Carolina to Florida .......
Short-beaked common
dolphin (Delphinus delphis).
Rough-toothed dolphin
(Steno bredanensis).
Risso’s dolphin (Grampus
griseus).
Melon-headed whale
(Peponocephala
electra).
Shelf, pelagic, seamounts .....
Regular .......
Canada to Georgia ................
Pelagic ...................................
Rare ...........
New Jersey to Florida ...........
Shelf, slope, seamounts ........
Regular .......
Canada to Florida ..................
Deep waters off shelf ............
Rare ...........
North Carolina to Florida .......
Pygmy killer whale
(Feresa attenuata).
Pelagic ...................................
Rare ...........
NA ..........................................
False killer whale
Pelagic ...................................
(Pseudorca crassidens).
Rare ...........
NA ..........................................
Killer whale (Orcinus
orca).
Pelagic, shelf, coastal ............
Rare ...........
Arctic to Caribbean ................
Short-finned pilot whale
(Globicephala
macrorhynchus).
Long-finned pilot whale
(Globicephala melas).
Harbor porpoise
(Phocoena phocoena).
Pinnipeds:
Harbor seal (Phoca
vitulina concolor).
Gray seal (Halichoerus
grypus).
Mostly pelagic, high relief ......
Regular .......
Massachusetts to Florida ......
Mostly pelagic.
Regular.
Canada to South Carolina.
Shelf, coastal, pelagic ...........
Rare ...........
Canada to North Carolina .....
Coastal ...................................
Rare ...........
Canada to North Carolina .....
Coastal, pelagic .....................
Rare ...........
Canada to North Carolina .....
Harp seal (Phoca
groenlandica).
Ice whelpers, pelagic .............
Rare ...........
Canada to New Jersey ..........
Hooded seal (Cystophora
cristata).
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Species
Ice whelpers, pelagic .............
Rare ...........
Canada to Caribbean ............
Population estimate in the
North Atlantic region/
stock/other 3
NA/NA (Western North Atlantic stock)/11,441 (Northern
Gulf of Mexico stock)/
1,250,000 16 (eastern tropical Pacific Ocean).
NA/NA (Western North Atlantic stock—6,086 in 2003)/
129 (Northern Gulf of Mexico stock).
NA/173,486 (Western North
Atlantic stock).
NA/271 (Western North Atlantic stock).
NA/18,250 (Western North Atlantic stock).
NA/NA (Western North Atlantic stock)/2,235 (Northern
Gulf of Mexico stock)/
45,000 16 (eastern tropical
Pacific Ocean).
NA/NA (Western North Atlantic stock)/152 (Northern
Gulf of Mexico stock)/
39,000 16 (eastern tropical
Pacific Ocean).
NA/NA/777 in 2003–2004
(Northern Gulf of Mexico
stock).
NA/NA (Western North Atlantic stock)/28 (Northern Gulf
of Mexico stock)/At least
∼92,500 16 Worldwide.
780,000 12/21,515 shortfinned pilot whale 26,535
long-finned pilot whale
(Western North Atlantic
stock).
∼500,000 13/79,883 (Gulf of
Maine/Bay of Fundy stock).
NA/70,142 (Western North Atlantic stock).
NA/NA (Western North Atlantic stock, 348,999 minimum
in 2012).
8.6 to 9.6 million 14/NA (Western North Atlantic stock, 8.3
million in 2012).
600,000/NA (Western North
Atlantic stock, 592,100 in
2007).
ESA 1
MMPA 2
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NL
NC.
NA = Not available or not assessed.
1 U.S. Endangered Species Act: EN = Endangered, T = Threatened, DL = Delisted, NL = Not listed.
2 U.S. Marine Mammal Protection Act: D = Depleted, NC = Not Classified.
3 NMFS Marine Mammal Stock Assessment Reports.
4 Best estimate for western North Atlantic 1992 to 1993 (IWC, 2014).
5 Best estimate for North Atlantic 2002 to 2007 (IWC, 2014).
6 Estimate for the Northeast Atlantic in 1989 (Cattanach et al., 1993).
7 Best estimate for North Atlantic 2007 (IWC, 2014).
8 Central and Northeast Atlantic 2001 (Pike et al., 2009).
9 North Atlantic (Whitehead, 2002).
10 Eastern North Atlantic (NAMMCO, 1995).
11 North Atlantic (Reeves et al., 1999).
12 Globicephala spp. combined, Central and Eastern North Atlantic (IWC, 2014).
13 North Atlantic (Jefferson et al., 2008).
14 Northwest Atlantic (DFO, 2012).
15 Northwest Atlantic (Andersen et al., 2009).
16 Jefferson et al. (2008).
Further detailed information
regarding the biology, distribution,
seasonality, life history, and occurrence
of these marine mammal species in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
study area can be found in sections 3
and 4 of USGS’s IHA application. NMFS
has reviewed these data and determined
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
them to be the best available scientific
information for the purposes of the IHA.
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and
discussion of the ways that the types of
stressors associated with the specified
activity (e.g., seismic airgun operation,
vessel movement, gear deployment)
have been observed to impact marine
mammals. This discussion may also
include reactions that we consider to
rise to the level of a take and those that
we do not consider to rise to the level
of take (for example, with acoustics), we
may include a discussion of studies that
showed animals not reacting at all to
sound or exhibiting barely measureable
avoidance). This section is intended as
a background of potential effects and
does not consider either the specific
manner in which this activity would be
carried out or the mitigation that would
be implemented, and how either of
those would shape the anticipated
impacts from this specific activity. The
‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section later in this
document will include a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals
that are expected to be taken by this
activity. The ‘‘Negligible Impact
Analysis’’ section will include the
analysis of how this specific activity
would impact marine mammals and
will consider the content of this section,
the ‘‘Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment’’ section, the ‘‘Mitigation’’
section, and the ‘‘Anticipated Effects on
Marine Mammal Habitat’’ section to
draw conclusions regarding the likely
impacts of this activity on the
reproductive success or survivorship of
individuals and from that on the
affected marine mammal populations or
stocks.
When considering the influence of
various kinds of sound on the marine
environment, it is necessary to
understand that different kinds of
marine life are sensitive to different
frequencies of sound. Based on available
behavioral data, audiograms have been
derived using auditory evoked
potentials, anatomical modeling, and
other data, Southall et al. (2007)
designate ‘‘functional hearing groups’’
for marine mammals and estimate the
lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing groups’’ for marine
mammals and estimate the lower and
upper frequencies of functional hearing
of the groups. The functional groups
and the associated frequencies are
indicated below (though animals are
less sensitive to sounds at the outer edge
of their functional range and most
sensitive to sounds of frequencies
within a smaller range somewhere in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
the middle of their functional hearing
range):
• Low-frequency cetaceans (13
species of mysticetes): Functional
hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 7 Hz and 30 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (32
species of dolphins, six species of larger
toothed whales, and 19 species of
beaked and bottlenose whales):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 150 Hz and 160
kHz;
• High-frequency cetaceans (eight
species of true porpoises, six species of
river dolphins, Kogia spp., the
franciscana [Pontoporia blainvillei], and
four species of cephalorhynchids):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 200 Hz and 180
kHz; and
• Phocid pinnipeds in water:
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 75 Hz and 100
kHz;
• Otariid pinnipeds in water:
Functional hearing is estimated to occur
between approximately 100 Hz and 40
kHz.
As mentioned previously in this
document, 34 marine mammal species
(34 cetacean) are likely to occur in the
seismic survey area. Of the 34 cetacean
species likely to occur in USGS’s action
area, 7 are classified as low-frequency
cetaceans (i.e., North Atlantic right,
humpback, minke, Bryde’s, sei, fin, and
blue whale), 24 are classified as midfrequency cetaceans (i.e., sperm,
Cuvier’s, True’s, Gervais’, Sowerby’s,
Blainville’s, Northern bottlenose,
melon-headed, pygmy killer, false killer,
killer, short-finned, and long-finned
whale, bottlenose, Atlantic white-sided,
Fraser’s, Atlantic spotted, pantropical
spotted, striped, spinner, Clymene,
short-beaked common, rough-toothed,
and Risso’s dolphin), and 3 are
classified as high-frequency cetaceans
(i.e., pygmy sperm and dwarf sperm
whale and harbor porpoise) (Southall et
al., 2007). A species’ functional hearing
group is a consideration when we
analyze the effects of exposure to sound
on marine mammals.
Acoustic stimuli generated by the
operation of the airguns, which
introduce sound into the marine
environment, may have the potential to
cause Level B harassment of marine
mammals in the survey area. The effects
of sounds from airgun operations might
include one or more of the following:
Tolerance, masking (of natural sounds
including inter- and intra-specific calls),
behavioral disturbance, temporary or
permanent hearing impairment, or nonauditory physical or physiological
effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52151
et al., 2004; Nowacek et al., 2007;
Southall et al., 2007; Wright et al., 2007;
Tyack, 2009). Permanent hearing
impairment, in the unlikely event that it
occurred, would constitute injury, but
temporary threshold shift (TTS) is not
an injury (Southall et al., 2007).
Although the possibility cannot be
entirely excluded, it is unlikely that the
planned project would result in any
cases of temporary or permanent
hearing impairment, or any significant
non-auditory physical or physiological
effects. Based on the available data and
studies described here, some behavioral
disturbance is expected, but NMFS
expects the disturbance to be localized
and short-term. NMFS described the
range of potential effects from the
specified activity in the notice of the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23,
2014). A more comprehensive review of
these issues can be found in the NSF/
USGS PEIS (2011), USGS’s
‘‘Environmental Assessment for Seismic
Reflection Scientific Research Surveys
during 2014 and 2014 in Support of
Mapping the U.S. Atlantic Seaboard
Extended Continental Margin and
Investigating Tsunami Hazards’’ and
L–DEO’s ‘‘Draft Environmental
Assessment of a Marine Geophysical
Survey by the R/V Marcus G. Langseth
in the Atlantic Ocean off Cape Hatteras,
September to October 2014.’’
The notice of the proposed IHA (79
FR 35642, June 23, 2014) included a
discussion of the effects of sounds from
airguns on mysticetes and odontocetes
including tolerance, masking,
behavioral disturbance, hearing
impairment, and other non-auditory
physical effects. NMFS refers the reader
to USGS’s IHA application and EA for
additional information on the
behavioral reactions (or lack thereof) by
all types of marine mammals to seismic
vessels.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal
Habitat
NMFS included a detailed discussion
of the potential effects of this action on
marine mammal habitat, including
physiological and behavioral effects on
marine fish and invertebrates in the
notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014). The seismic
survey will not result in any permanent
impacts on habitats used by the marine
mammals in the study area, including
the food sources they use (i.e., fish and
invertebrates), and there will be no
physical damage to any habitat. While
NMFS anticipates that the specified
activity may result in marine mammals
avoiding certain areas due to temporary
ensonification, this impact to habitat is
temporary and reversible, which was
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52152
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
considered in further detail in the notice
of the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June
23, 2014). The main impact associated
with the activity will be temporarily
elevated noise levels and the associated
direct effects on marine mammals.
Mitigation
In order to issue an Incidental Take
Authorization (ITA) under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must
set forth the permissible methods of
taking pursuant to such activity, and
other means of effecting the least
practicable impact on such marine
mammal species or stock and its habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar
significance, and the availability of such
species or stock for taking for certain
subsistence uses (where relevant).
NMFS’s duty under this ‘‘least
practicable impact’’ standard is to
prescribe mitigation reasonably
designed to minimize, to the extent
practicable, any adverse population
level impacts, as well as habitat
impacts. While population-level
impacts can be minimized only by
reducing impacts on individual marine
mammals, not all takes translate to
population-level impacts. NMFS’s
objective under the ‘‘least practicable
impact’’ standard is to design mitigation
targeting those impacts on individual
marine mammals that are most likely to
lead to adverse population-level effects.
USGS has reviewed the following
source documents and has incorporated
a suite of appropriate mitigation
measures into their project description.
(1) Protocols used during previous
NSF and USGS-funded seismic research
cruises as approved by NMFS and
detailed in the NSF/USGS PEIS;
(2) Previous IHA applications and
IHAs approved and authorized by
NMFS; and
(3) Recommended best practices in
Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson et al.
(1998), and Weir and Dolman (2007).
To reduce the potential for
disturbance from acoustic stimuli
associated with the planned activities,
USGS and/or its designees shall
implement the following mitigation
measures for marine mammals:
(1) Planning Phase;
(2) Exclusion zones around the
airgun(s);
(3) Power-down procedures;
(4) Shut-down procedures;
(5) Ramp-up procedures; and
(6) Special procedures for situations
or species of concern.
Planning Phase—Mitigation of
potential impacts from the planned
activities began during the planning
phases of the planned activities. USGS
considered whether the research
objectives could be met with a smaller
source than the full, 36-airgun array
(6,600 in3) used on the Langseth, and
determined that the standard 36-airgun
array with a total volume of
approximately 6,600 in3 was
appropriate. USGS also worked with
L-DEO and NSF to identify potential
time periods to carry out the survey
taking into consideration key factors
such as environmental conditions (i.e.,
the seasonal presence of marine
mammals and other protected species),
weather conditions, equipment, and
optimal timing for other seismic surveys
using the Langseth. Most marine
mammal species are expected to occur
in the study area year-round, so altering
the timing of the planned project from
spring and summer months likely
would result in no net benefits for those
species.
Exclusion Zones—USGS use radii to
designate exclusion and buffer zones
and to estimate take for marine
mammals. Table 4 (see below) shows
the distances at which one would
expect marine mammal exposures to
received sound levels (160 and 180/190
dB) from the 36 airgun array and a
single airgun. (The 180 dB and 190 dB
level shut-down criteria are applicable
to cetaceans and pinnipeds,
respectively, as specified by NMFS
[2000].) USGS used these levels to
establish the exclusion and buffer zones.
TABLE 4—MEASURED (ARRAY) OR PREDICTED (SINGLE AIRGUN) DISTANCES TO WHICH SOUND LEVELS ≥190, 180, AND
160 dB RE 1 μPa (rms) COULD BE RECEIVED IN DEEP WATER DURING THE SEISMIC SURVEY IN THE NORTHWEST
ATLANTIC OCEAN OFF THE EASTERN SEABOARD, AUGUST TO SEPTEMBER 2014 AND APRIL TO AUGUST 2015
Sound source and volume
Tow depth
(m)
Predicted RMS radii distances
(m)
Water depth
(m)
190 dB
9
>1,000 m
36 airguns (6,600 in3) ......
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Single Bolt airgun (40 in3)
9
>1,000 m
PSVO’s will be based aboard the
seismic source vessel and would watch
for marine mammals near the vessel
during daytime airgun operations and
during any ramp-ups of the airguns at
night (see the ‘‘Vessel-Based Visual
Monitoring’’ section for a more detailed
description of the PSVOs). If the PSVO
detects marine mammal(s) within or
about to enter the appropriate exclusion
zone, the Langseth crew would
immediately power-down the airgun
array, or perform a shut-down if
necessary (see ‘‘Shut-down
Procedures’’). Table 4 (see above)
summarizes the calculated distances at
which sound levels (160, 180 and 190
dB [rms]) are expected to be received
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
180 dB
13 m (42.7 ft) *100 m will
be used for pinnipeds
as well as cetaceans*.
286 m (938.3 ft) ..............
100 m (328.1 ft) ..............
388 m (1,273 ft)
927 m (3,041.3 ft) ...........
5,780 m (18,963.3 ft)
from the 36 airgun array and the single
airgun operating in deep water depths.
Received sound levels have been
calculated by USGS, in relation to
distance and direction from the airguns,
for the 36 airgun array and for the single
1900LL 40 in3 airgun, which would be
used during power-downs.
Power-down Procedures—A powerdown involves decreasing the number of
airguns in use to one airgun, such that
the radius of the 180 dB or 190 dB zone
is decreased to the extent that the
observed marine mammal(s) are no
longer in or about to enter the exclusion
zone for the full airgun array. During a
power-down for mitigation, USGS
would operate one small airgun. The
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
160 dB
continued operation of one airgun is
intended to (a) alert marine mammals to
the presence of the seismic vessel in the
area; and (b) retain the option of
initiating a ramp-up to full operations
under poor visibility conditions. In
contrast, a shut-down occurs when all
airgun activity is suspended.
If the PSVO detects a marine mammal
outside the exclusion zone that is likely
to enter the exclusion zone, USGS will
power-down the airguns to reduce the
size of the 180 dB or 190 dB exclusion
zone before the animal is within the
exclusion zone. Likewise, if a mammal
is already within the exclusion zone,
when first detected USGS would powerdown the airguns immediately. During a
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
power-down of the airgun array, USGS
would operate the single 40 in3 airgun,
which has a smaller exclusion zone. If
the PSVO detects a marine mammal
within or near the smaller exclusion
zone around that single airgun (see
Table 4), USGS will shut-down the
airgun (see ‘‘Shut-Down Procedures’’).
Resuming Airgun Operations After a
Power-down—Following a power-down,
the Langseth will not resume full airgun
activity until the marine mammal has
cleared the 180 or 190 dB exclusion
zone (see Table 4). The PSVO will
consider the animal to have cleared the
exclusion zone if:
• The PSVO has visually observed the
animal leave the exclusion zone, or
• A PSVO has not sighted the animal
within the exclusion zone for 15
minutes for species with shorter dive
durations (i.e., small odontocetes or
pinnipeds), or 30 minutes for species
with longer dive durations (i.e.,
mysticetes and large odontocetes,
including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf
sperm, and beaked whales); or
• The vessel has transited outside the
original 180 dB or 190 dB exclusion
zone after a 10 minute wait period.
The Langseth crew will resume
operating the airguns at full power after
15 minutes of sighting any species with
short dive durations (i.e., small
odontocetes or pinnipeds). Likewise, the
crew will resume airgun operations at
full power after 30 minutes of sighting
any species with longer dive durations
(i.e., mysticetes and large odontocetes,
including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf
sperm, and beaked whales).
Because the vessel would have
transited away from the vicinity of the
original sighting during the 10 minute
period, implementing ramp-up
procedures for the full array after an
extended power-down (i.e., transiting
for an additional 35 minutes from the
location of initial sighting) will not
meaningfully increase the effectiveness
of observing marine mammals
approaching or entering the exclusion
zone for the full source level and will
not further minimize the potential for
take. The Langseth’s PSVOs will
continually monitor the exclusion zone
for the full source level while the
mitigation airgun is firing. On average,
PSVOs can observe to the horizon (10
km or 5.4 nmi) from the height of the
Langseth’s observation deck and should
be able to state with a reasonable degree
of confidence whether a marine
mammal will be encountered within
this distance before resuming airgun
operations at full-power.
Shut-down Procedures—USGS will
shut-down the operating airgun(s) if a
marine mammal is seen within or
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
approaching the exclusion zone for the
single airgun. USGS will implement a
shut-down:
(1) If an animal enters the exclusion
zone of the single airgun after USGS has
initiated a power-down; or
(2) If an animal is initially seen within
the exclusion zone of the single airgun
when more than one airgun (typically
the full airgun array) is operating (and
it is not practical or adequate to reduce
exposure to less than 180 dB [rms] or
190 dB [rms]).
Considering the conservation status
for the North Atlantic right whale, the
airguns will be shut-down immediately
in the unlikely event that this species is
observed, regardless of the distance
from the Langseth. Ramp-up will only
begin if the North Atlantic right whale
has not been seen for 30 minutes.
Resuming Airgun Operations After a
Shut-down—Following a shut-down in
excess of 10 minutes, the Langseth crew
would initiate a ramp-up with the
smallest airgun in the array (40 in3). The
crew will turn on additional airguns in
a sequence such that the source level of
the array would increase in steps not
exceeding 6 dB per five-minute period
over a total duration of approximately
30 minutes. During ramp-up, the PSVOs
will monitor the exclusion zone, and if
they sight a marine mammal, the
Langseth crew will implement a powerdown or shut-down as though the full
airgun array were operational.
During periods of active seismic
operations, there are occasions when the
Langseth crew will need to temporarily
shut-down the airguns due to
equipment failure or for maintenance. In
this case, if the airguns are inactive
longer than eight minutes, the crew will
follow ramp-up procedures for a shutdown described earlier and the PSVOs
will monitor the full exclusion zone and
will implement a power-down or shutdown if necessary.
If the full exclusion zone is not visible
to the PSVO for at least 30 minutes prior
to the start of operations in either
daylight or nighttime, the Langseth crew
will not commence ramp-up unless at
least one airgun (40 in3 or similar) has
been operating during the interruption
of seismic survey operations. Given
these provisions, it is likely that the
vessel’s crew will not ramp-up the
airgun array from a complete shut-down
at night or during poor visibility
conditions (i.e., in thick fog), because
the outer part of the zone for that array
will not be visible during those
conditions.
If one airgun has operated during a
power-down period, ramp-up to full
power will be permissible at night or in
poor visibility, on the assumption that
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52153
marine mammals will be alerted to the
approaching seismic vessel by the
sounds from the single airgun and could
move away. The vessel’s crew will not
initiate ramp-up of the airguns if a
marine mammal is sighted within or
near the applicable exclusion zones.
Ramp-up Procedures—Ramp-up of an
airgun array provides a gradual increase
in sound levels, and involves a stepwise increase in the number and total
volume of airguns firing until the full
volume of the airgun array is achieved.
The purpose of a ramp-up is to ‘‘warn’’
marine mammals in the vicinity of the
airguns, and to provide the time for
them to leave the area and thus avoid
any potential injury or impairment of
their hearing abilities. USGS will follow
a ramp-up procedure when the airgun
array begins operating after a 10 minute
period without airgun operations or
when a power-down or shut-down has
exceeded that period. USGS and L–DEO
have used similar periods
(approximately 8 to 10 minutes) during
previous USGS and L–DEO seismic
surveys.
Ramp-up will begin with the smallest
airgun in the array (40 in3). Airguns will
be added in a sequence such that the
source level of the array would increase
in steps not exceeding six dB per five
minute period over a total duration of
approximately 30 to 35 minutes (i.e., the
time it takes to achieve full operation of
the airgun array). During ramp-up, the
PSVOs will monitor the exclusion zone,
and if marine mammals are sighted,
USGS will implement a power-down or
shut-down as though the full airgun
array were operational.
If the complete exclusion zone has not
been visible for at least 30 minutes prior
to the start of operations in either
daylight or nighttime, USGS will not
commence the ramp-up unless at least
one airgun (40 in3 or similar) has been
operating during the interruption of
seismic survey operations. Given these
provisions, it is likely that the airgun
array will not be ramped-up from a
complete shut-down at night or during
poor visibility conditions (i.e., in thick
fog), because the outer part of the
exclusion zone for that array will not be
visible during those conditions. If one
airgun has operated during a powerdown period, ramp-up to full power
will be permissible at night or in poor
visibility, on the assumption that
marine mammals will be alerted to the
approaching seismic vessel by the
sounds from the single airgun and could
move away. USGS will not initiate a
ramp-up of the airguns if a marine
mammal is sighted within or near the
applicable exclusion zones.
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52154
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
Mitigation Conclusions
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Use of a Small-Volume Airgun During
Turns and Maintenance
For short-duration equipment
maintenance activities, USGS will
employ the use of a small-volume
airgun (i.e., 40 in3 ‘‘mitigation airgun’’)
to deter marine mammals from being
within the immediate area of the
seismic operations. The mitigation
airgun will be operated at
approximately one shot per minute and
will not be operated for longer than
three hours in duration. The seismic
survey’s tracklines are continuous
around turns and no mitigation airgun
would be necessary. For longer-duration
equipment maintenance or repair
activities (greater than three hours),
USGS will shut-down the seismic
equipment and not involve using the
mitigation airgun.
During brief transits (e.g., less than
three hours), one mitigation airgun will
continue operating. The ramp-up
procedure will still be followed when
increasing the source levels from one
airgun to the full airgun array. However,
keeping one airgun firing will avoid the
prohibition of a ‘‘cold start’’ during
darkness or other periods of poor
visibility. Through use of this approach,
seismic operations may resume without
the 30 minute observation period of the
full exclusion zone required for a ‘‘cold
start,’’ and without ramp-up if operating
with the mitigation airgun for under 10
minutes, or with ramp-up if operating
with the mitigation airgun over 10
minutes. PSOs will be on duty
whenever the airguns are firing during
daylight, during the 30 minute periods
prior to ramp-ups.
Special Procedures for Situations or
Species of Concern—It is unlikely that
a North Atlantic right whale will be
encountered during the seismic survey,
but if so, the airguns will be shut-down
immediately if one is visually sighted at
any distance from the vessel because of
its rarity and conservation status. The
airgun array shall not resume firing
(with ramp-up) until 30 minutes after
the last documented North Atlantic
right whale visual sighting.
Concentrations of humpback, sei, fin,
blue, and/or sperm whales will be
avoided if possible (i.e., exposing
concentrations of animals to 160 dB),
and the array will be powered-down if
necessary. For purposes of this planned
survey, a concentration or group of
whales will consist of six or more
individuals visually sighted that do not
appear to be traveling (e.g., feeding,
socializing, etc.).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
NMFS has carefully evaluated the
applicant’s mitigation measures and has
considered a range of other measures in
the context of ensuring that NMFS
prescribes the means of effecting the
least practicable impact on the affected
marine mammal species or stocks and
their habitat. NMFS’s evaluation of
potential measures included
consideration of the following factors in
relation to one another:
(1) The manner in which, and the
degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure is
expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals;
(2) The proven or likely efficacy of the
specific measure to minimize adverse
impacts as planned; and
(3) The practicability of the measure
for applicant implementation including
consideration of personnel safety,
practicality of implementation, and
impact on the effectiveness of the
activity.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed
by NMFS should be able to accomplish,
have a reasonable likelihood of
accomplishing (based on current
science), or contribute to the
accomplishment of one or more of the
general goals listed below:
(1) Avoidance or minimization of
injury or death of marine mammal
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may
contribute to this goal).
(2) A reduction in the numbers of
marine mammals (total number of
number at biologically important time
or location) exposed to received levels
of airgun operations, or other activities
expected to result in the take of marine
mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes
only).
(3) A reduction in the number of
times (total number or number at
biologically important time or location)
individuals would be exposed to
received levels of airgun operations, or
other activities expected to result in the
take of marine mammals (this goal may
contribute to 1, above, or to reducing
harassment takes only).
(4) A reduction in the intensity of
exposures (either total number or
number at biologically important time
or location) to received levels of airgun
operations, or other activities expected
to result in the take of marine mammals
(this goal may contribute to a, above, or
to reducing the severity of harassment
takes only).
(5) Avoidance of minimization of
adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the
food base, activities that block or limit
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
passage to or from biologically
important areas, permanent destruction
of habitat, or temporary destruction/
disturbance of habitat during a
biologically important time.
(6) For monitoring directly related to
mitigation—an increase in the
probability of detecting marine
mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the
mitigation.
Based on NMFS’s evaluation of the
applicant’s measures, as well as other
measures considered by NMFS or
recommended by the public, NMFS has
determined that the required mitigation
measures provide the means of effecting
the least practicable impact on marine
mammal species or stocks and their
habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance.
Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an
activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the
MMPA states that NMFS must set forth
‘‘requirements pertaining to the
monitoring and reporting of such
taking.’’ The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13)
indicate that requests for ITAs must
include the suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring
and reporting that would result in
increased knowledge of the species and
of the level of taking or impacts on
populations of marine mammals that are
expected to be present in the action
area. USGS submitted a marine mammal
monitoring plan as part of the IHA
application. It can be found in Section
13 of the IHA application. The plan may
be modified or supplemented based on
comments or new information received
from the public during the public
comment period.
Monitoring measures prescribed by
NMFS should accomplish one or more
of the following general goals:
(1) An increase in the probability of
detecting marine mammals, both within
the mitigation zone (thus allowing for
more effective implementation of the
mitigation) and in general to generate
more data to contribute to the analyses
mentioned below;
(2) An increase in our understanding
of how many marine mammals are
likely to be exposed to levels of seismic
airguns that we associate with specific
adverse effects, such as behavioral
harassment, TTS or PTS;
(3) An increase in our understanding
of how marine mammals respond to
stimuli expected to result in take and
how anticipated adverse effects on
individuals (in different ways and to
varying degrees) may impact the
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
population, species, or stock
(specifically through effects on annual
rates of recruitment or survival) through
any of the following methods:
• Behavioral observations in the
presence of stimuli compared to
observations in the absence of stimuli
(need to be able to accurately predict
received level, distance from source,
and other pertinent information);
• Physiological measurements in the
presence of stimuli compared to
observations in the absence of stimuli
(need to be able to accurately predict
receive level, distance from the source,
and other pertinent information);
• Distribution and/or abundance
comparisons in times or areas with
concentrated stimuli versus times or
areas without stimuli;
(4) An increased knowledge of the
affected species; and
(5) An increase in our understanding
of the effectiveness of certain mitigation
and monitoring measures.
Monitoring
USGS will conduct marine mammal
monitoring during the seismic survey,
in order to implement the mitigation
measures that require real-time
monitoring, and to satisfy the
anticipated monitoring requirements of
the IHA. USGS’s ‘‘Monitoring Plan’’ is
described below this section. The
monitoring work described here has
been planned as a self-contained project
independent of any other related
monitoring projects that may be
occurring simultaneously in the same
region. USGS is prepared to discuss
coordination of its monitoring program
with any related work that might be
done by other groups insofar as this is
practical and desirable.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
USGS’s PSVOs will be based aboard
the seismic source vessel and will watch
for marine mammals near the vessel
during daytime airgun operations and
during any ramp-ups of the airguns at
night. PSVOs will also watch for marine
mammals near the seismic vessel for at
least 30 minutes prior to the start of
airgun operations after an extended
shut-down (i.e., greater than
approximately 10 minutes for this
cruise). When feasible, PSVOs will
conduct observations during daytime
periods when the seismic system is not
operating (such as during transits) for
comparison of sighting rates and
behavior with and without airgun
operations and between acquisition
periods. Based on PSVO observations,
the airguns will be powered-down or
shut-down when marine mammals are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
observed within or about to enter a
designated exclusion zone.
During seismic operations in the
northwest Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern
Seaboard, at least five PSOs (four PSVOs
and one Protected Species Acoustic
Observer [PSAO]) will be based aboard
the Langseth. USGS will appoint the
PSOs with NMFS’s concurrence.
Observations will take place during
ongoing daytime operations and
nighttime ramp-ups of the airguns.
During the majority of seismic
operations, two PSVOs will be on duty
from the observation tower (i.e., the best
available vantage point on the source
vessel) to monitor marine mammals
near the seismic vessel. Use of two
simultaneous PSVOs will increase the
effectiveness of detecting animals near
the source vessel. However, during meal
times and bathroom breaks, it is
sometimes difficult to have two PSVOs
on effort, but at least one PSVO will be
on duty. PSVO(s) will be on duty in
shifts no longer than 4 hours in
duration.
Two PSVOs will be on visual watch
during all daytime ramp-ups of the
seismic airguns. A third PSAO will
monitor the PAM equipment 24 hours a
day to detect vocalizing marine
mammals present in the action area. In
summary, a typical daytime cruise will
have scheduled two PSVOs on duty
from the observation tower, and a third
PSAO on PAM. Other ship’s crew will
also be instructed to assist in detecting
marine mammals and implementing
mitigation requirements (if practical).
Before the start of the seismic survey,
the crew will be given additional
instruction on how to do so.
The Langseth is a suitable platform for
marine mammal observations. When
stationed on the observation platform,
the eye level will be approximately 21.5
m (70.5 ft) above sea level, and the
PSVOs will have a good view around
the entire vessel. During daytime, the
PSVO(s) will scan the area around the
vessel systematically with reticle
binoculars (e.g., 7 x 50 Fujinon), Big-eye
binoculars (25 x 150), and with the
naked eye. During darkness or low-light
conditions, night vision devices
(monoculars) and a forward looking
infrared (FLIR) camera will be available,
when required. Laser range-finding
binoculars (Leica LRF 1200 laser
rangefinder or equivalent) will be
available to assist with distance
estimation. Those are useful in training
observers to estimate distances visually,
but are generally not useful in
measuring distances to animals directly;
that is done primarily with the reticles
in the binoculars.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52155
When marine mammals are detected
within or about to enter the designated
exclusion zone, the airguns will
immediately be powered-down or shutdown if necessary. The PSVO(s) will
continue to maintain watch to
determine when the animal(s) are
outside the exclusion zone by visual
confirmation. Airgun operations will
not resume until the animal is
confirmed to have left the exclusion
zone, or if not observed after 15 minutes
for species with shorter dive durations
(small odontocetes and pinnipeds) or 30
minutes for species with longer dive
durations (mysticetes and large
odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy
sperm, dwarf sperm, killer, and beaked
whales).
Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic
Monitoring
Vessel-based, towed PAM will
complement the visual monitoring
program, when practicable. Visual
monitoring typically is not effective
during periods of poor visibility or at
night, and even with good visibility, is
unable to detect marine mammals when
they are below the surface or beyond
visual range. PAM can be used in
addition to visual observations to
improve detection, identification, and
localization of cetaceans. The PAM
system will serve to alert visual
observers (if on duty) when vocalizing
cetaceans are detected. It is only useful
when marine mammals call, but it does
not depend on good visibility. It will be
monitored in real-time so that the
PSVOs can be advised when cetaceans
are acoustically detected.
The PAM system consists of both
hardware (i.e., hydrophones) and
software (i.e., Pamguard). The ‘‘wet
end’’ of the system consists of a towed
hydrophone array that is connected to
the vessel by a tow cable. The tow cable
is 250 m (820.2 ft) long, and the
hydrophones are fitted in the last 10 m
(32.8 ft) of cable. A depth gauge is
attached to the free end of the cable, and
the cable is typically towed at depths 20
m (65.6 ft) or less. The array would be
deployed from a winch located on the
back deck. A deck cable will connect
from the winch to the main computer
laboratory where the acoustic station,
signal conditioning, and processing
system would be located. The acoustic
signals received by the hydrophones are
amplified, digitized, and then processed
by the Pamguard software. The PAM
system, which has a configuration of 4
hydrophones, can detect a frequency
bandwidth of 10 Hz to 200 kHz.
One PSAO, an expert bioacoustician
(in addition to the four PSVOs) with
primary responsibility for PAM, would
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52156
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
be onboard the Langseth. The expert
bioacoustician will design and set up
the PAM system and be present to
operate, oversee, and troubleshoot any
technical problems with the PAM
system during the planned survey. The
towed hydrophones will ideally be
monitored by a PSO 24 hours per day
while within the seismic survey area
during airgun operations, and during
most periods when the Langseth is
underway while the airguns are not
operating. PSOs will take turns rotating
on visual watch and on the PAM
system. However, PAM may not be
possible if damage occurs to the array or
back-up systems during operations. The
primary PAM streamer on the Langseth
is a digital hydrophone streamer.
Should the digital streamer fail, back-up
systems should include an analog spare
streamer and a hull-mounted
hydrophone. One PSO will monitor the
acoustic detection system by listening to
the signals from two channels via
headphones and/or speakers and
watching the real-time spectrographic
display for frequency ranges produced
by cetaceans. The PSAO monitoring the
acoustical data would be on shift for no
greater than six hours at a time. All
PSOs are expected to rotate through the
PAM position, although the expert
PSAO (most experienced) will be on
PAM duty more frequently.
When a vocalization is detected while
visual observations (during daylight) are
in progress, the PSAO will contact the
PSVO immediately, to alert him/her to
the presence of cetaceans (if they have
not already been seen), and to allow a
power-down or shut-down to be
initiated, if required. When bearings
(primary and mirror-image) to calling
cetacean(s) are determined, the bearings
would be relayed to the PSVO(s) to help
him/her sight the calling animal. During
non-daylight hours, when a cetacean is
detected by acoustic monitoring and
may be close to the source vessel, the
Langseth crew will be notified
immediately so that the proper
mitigation measure may be
implemented.
The information regarding the call
will be entered into a database. Data
entry will include an acoustic encounter
identification number, whether it was
linked with a visual sighting, date, time
when first and last heard and whenever
any additional information was
recorded, position and water depth
when first detected, bearing if
determinable, species or species group
(e.g., unidentified dolphin, sperm
whale), types and nature of sounds
heard (e.g., clicks, continuous, sporadic,
whistles, creaks, burst pulses, strength
of signal, etc.), and any other notable
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
information. The acoustic detection can
also be recorded for further analysis.
PSO Data and Documentation
PSVOs will record data to estimate
the numbers of marine mammals
exposed to various received sound
levels and to document apparent
disturbance reactions or lack thereof.
Data would be used to estimate numbers
of animals potentially ‘taken’ by
harassment. They will also provide
information needed to order a powerdown or shut-down of the airguns when
a marine mammal is within or near the
appropriate exclusion zone.
Observations will also be made during
daytime periods when the Langseth is
underway without seismic operations.
There will also be opportunities to
collect baseline biological data during
the transits to, from, and through the
study area.
When a sighting is made, the
following information about the sighting
will be recorded:
1. Species, group size, age/size/sex
categories (if determinable), behavior
when first sighted and after initial
sighting, heading (if consistent), bearing
and distance from seismic vessel,
sighting cue, apparent reaction to the
airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,
approach, paralleling, etc.), and
behavioral pace.
2. Time, location, heading, speed,
activity of the vessel, Beaufort sea state
and wind force, visibility, and sun glare.
The data listed under (2) will also be
recorded at the start and end of each
observation watch, and during a watch
whenever there is a change in one or
more of the variables.
All observations and ramp-ups,
power-downs, or shut-downs will be
recorded in a standardized format. The
PSVOs will record this information onto
datasheets. During periods between
watches and periods when operations
are suspended, those data will be
entered into a laptop computer running
a custom electronic database. The
accuracy of the data entry will be
verified by computerized data validity
checks as the data are entered and by
subsequent manual checking of the
database. These procedures will allow
initial summaries of data to be prepared
during and shortly after the field
program, and will facilitate transfer of
the data to statistical, graphical, and
other programs for further processing
and archiving.
Results from the vessel-based
observations will provide:
1. The basis for real-time mitigation
(airgun power-down or shut-down).
2. Information needed to estimate the
number of marine mammals potentially
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
taken by harassment, which must be
reported to NMFS.
3. Data on the occurrence,
distribution, and activities of marine
mammals in the area where the seismic
study is conducted.
4. Information to compare the
distance and distribution of marine
mammals relative to the source vessel at
times with and without seismic activity.
5. Data on the behavior and
movement patterns of marine mammals
seen at times with and without seismic
activity.
Reporting
USGS will submit a comprehensive
report to NMFS and NSF within 90 days
after the end of phase 1 in 2014 and
another comprehensive report to NMFS
and NSF within 90 days after the end of
phase 2 in 2015 for the cruise. The
report will describe the operations that
were conducted and sightings of marine
mammals within the vicinity of the
operations. The report will provide full
documentation of methods, results, and
interpretation pertaining to all
monitoring. The 90-day report will
summarize the dates and locations of
seismic operations, and all marine
mammal sightings (i.e., dates, times,
locations, activities, associated seismic
survey activities, and associated PAM
detections). The report will minimally
include:
• Summaries of monitoring effort—
total hours, total distances, and
distribution of marine mammals
through the study period accounting for
Beaufort sea state and wind force, and
other factors affecting visibility and
detectability of marine mammals;
• Analyses of the effects of various
factors influencing detectability of
marine mammals including Beaufort sea
state and wind force, number of PSOs,
and fog/glare;
• Species composition, occurrence,
and distribution of marine mammals
sightings including date, water depth,
numbers, age/size/gender, and group
sizes; and analyses of the effects of
seismic operations;
• Sighting rates of marine mammals
during periods with and without airgun
activities (and other variables that could
affect detectability);
• Initial sighting distances versus
airgun activity state;
• Closest point of approach versus
airgun activity state;
• Observed behaviors and types of
movements versus airgun activity state;
• Numbers of sightings/individuals
seen versus airgun activity state; and
• Distribution around the source
vessel versus airgun activity state.
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
The report will also include estimates
of the number and nature of exposures
that could result in ‘‘takes’’ of marine
mammals by harassment or in other
ways. After the report is considered
final, it will be publicly available on the
NMFS, USGS, and NSF Web sites at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/
incidental.htm#iha, https://
woodshole.er.usgs.gov/project-pages/
environmental_compliance/,
and https://www.nsf.gov/geo/oce/
encomp/index.jsp.
Reporting Prohibited Take—In the
unanticipated event that the specified
activity clearly causes the take of a
marine mammal in a manner not
permitted by the authorization (if
issued), such as an injury, serious
injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike,
gear interaction, and/or entanglement),
the USGS shall immediately cease the
specified activities and immediately
report the incident to the Incidental
Take Program Supervisor, Permits and
Conservation Division, Office of
Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301–
427–8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Howard.Goldstein@noaa.gov, the NMFS
Greater Atlantic Region Marine Mammal
Stranding Network at 866–755–6622
(Mendy.Garron@noaa.gov), and the
NMFS Southeast Region Marine
Mammal Stranding Network at 877–
433–8299 (Blair.Mase@noaa.gov and
Erin.Fougeres@noaa.gov). The report
must include the following information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/
longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel’s speed during and leading
up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source used in
the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (e.g.,
wind speed and direction, Beaufort sea
state, cloud cover, and visibility);
• Description of all marine mammal
observations in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
• Species identification or
description of animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the
animal(s) (if equipment is available).
USGS shall not resume its activities
until NMFS is able to review the
circumstances of the prohibited take.
NMFS shall work with USGS to
determine what is necessary to
minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA
compliance. The USGS may not resume
their activities until notified by NMFS
via letter, email, or telephone.
Reporting an Injured or Dead Marine
Mammal with an Unknown Cause of
Death—In the event that USGS
discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines
that the cause of the injury or death is
unknown and the death is relatively
recent (i.e., in less than a moderate state
of decomposition as NMFS describes in
the next paragraph), the USGS would
immediately report the incident to the
Incidental Take Program Supervisor,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, at 301–
427–8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Howard.Goldstein@noaa.gov, the NMFS
Greater Atlantic Region Marine Mammal
Stranding Network (866–755–6622)
and/or by email to the Greater Atlantic
Regional Stranding Coordinator
(Mendy.Garron@noaa.gov), and the
NMFS Southeast Region Marine
Mammal Stranding Network (877–433–
8299) and/or by email to the Southeast
Regional Stranding Coordinator
(Blair.Mase@noaa.gov) and Southeast
Regional Stranding Program
Administrator (Erin.Fougeres@
noaa.gov). The report must include the
same information identified in the
paragraph above this section. Activities
may continue while NMFS reviews the
circumstances of the incident. NMFS
will work with the USGS to determine
whether modifications in the activities
are appropriate.
Reporting an Injured or Dead Marine
Mammal Not Related to the Activities—
52157
In the event that USGS discovers an
injured or dead marine mammal, and
the lead PSO determines that the injury
or death is not associated with or related
to the authorized activities (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass
with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage),
the USGS will report the incident to the
Incidental Take Program Supervisor,
Permits and Conservation Division,
Office or Protected Resources, at 301–
427–8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and
Howard.Goldstein@noaa.gov, the NMFS
Greater Atlantic Region Marine Mammal
Stranding Network (866–755–6622),
and/or by email to the Greater Atlantic
Regional Stranding Coordinator
(Mendy.Garron@noaa.gov), and the
NMFS Southeast Region Marine
Mammal Stranding Network (877–433–
8299), and/or by email to the Southeast
Regional Stranding Coordinator
(Blair.Mase@noaa.gov) and Southeast
Regional Stranding Program
Administrator (Erin.Fougeres@
noaa.gov), within 24 hours of the
discovery. The USGS will provide
photographs or video footage (if
available) or other documentation of the
stranded animal sighting to NMFS and
the Marine Mammal Stranding Network.
Activities may continue while NMFS
reviews the circumstances of the
incident.
Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment
Except with respect to certain
activities not pertinent here, the MMPA
defines ‘‘harassment’’ as: Any act of
pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i)
has the potential to injure a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has
the potential to disturb a marine
mammal or marine mammal stock in the
wild by causing disruption of behavioral
patterns, including, but not limited to,
migration, breathing, nursing, breeding,
feeding, or sheltering [Level B
harassment].
TABLE 5—NMFS’S CURRENT UNDERWATER ACOUSTIC EXPOSURE CRITERIA
Impulsive (non-explosive) sound
Criterion definition
Threshold
Level A harassment (injury)
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Criterion
Permanent threshold shift (PTS) (Any level above that
which is known to cause TTS).
Level B harassment .............
Level B harassment .............
Behavioral disruption (for impulsive noise) .....................
Behavioral disruption (for continuous noise) ..................
180 dB re 1 μPa-m (root means square [rms])
(cetaceans).
190 dB re 1 μPa-m (rms) (pinnipeds).
160 dB re 1 μPa-m (rms).
120 dB re 1 μPa-m (rms).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
52158
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
Level B harassment is anticipated and
authorized as a result of the marine
seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic
Ocean off the Eastern Seaboard.
Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased
underwater sound) generated during the
operation of the seismic airgun array are
expected to result in the behavioral
disturbance of some marine mammals.
There is no evidence that the planned
activities for which USGS seeks the IHA
could result in injury, serious injury, or
mortality. The required mitigation and
monitoring measures will minimize any
potential risk for injury, serious injury,
or mortality.
The following sections describe
USGS’s methods to estimate take by
incidental harassment and present the
applicant’s and NMFS’s estimates of the
numbers of marine mammals that could
be affected during the seismic project in
the northwest Atlantic Ocean. The
estimates are based on a consideration
of the number of marine mammals that
could be harassed by seismic operations
with the 36 airgun array to be used. The
length of the planned 2D seismic survey
area in 2014 is approximately 3,165 km
(1,704 nmi) and in 2015 is
approximately 3,115 km (1,682 nmi) in
the U.S. ECS region of the Eastern
Seaboard in the Atlantic Ocean, as
depicted in Figure 1 of the IHA
application. For estimating take and
other calculations, the 2015 tracklines
are assumed to be identical in length to
the 2014 tracklines (even though they
are slightly shorter).
NMFS and USGS assumes that,
during simultaneous operations of the
airgun array and the other sources, any
marine mammals close enough to be
affected by the multi-beam echosounder
and sub-bottom profiler will already be
affected by the airguns. However,
whether or not the airguns are operating
simultaneously with the other sources,
marine mammals are expected to exhibit
no more than short-term and
inconsequential responses to the multibeam echosounder and sub-bottom
profiler given their characteristics (e.g.,
narrow, downward-directed beam) and
other considerations described
previously in the notice of the proposed
IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). Such
reactions are not considered to
constitute ‘‘taking’’ (NMFS, 2001).
Therefore, NMFS and USGS provided
no additional allowance for animals that
could be affected by sound sources
other than airguns and NMFS has not
authorized take from these other sound
sources.
Density estimates for marine
mammals within the vicinity of the
planned study area are limited. Density
data for species found along the East
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
Coast of the U.S. generally extend
slightly outside of the U.S. EEZ. The
study area, however, is well beyond the
U.S. EEZ, and is well off the continental
shelf break. The planned survey lines
for the 2014 survey are located in the far
eastern portion of the study area,
primarily within the area where little to
no density data are currently available.
It was determined that the best available
information for density data (for those
species where density data existed) of
species located off the U.S. East Coast
was housed at the Strategic
Environmental and Development
Program (SERDP)/National Aeronautics
and Space Administration (NASA)/
NOAA Marine Animal Model Mapper
and OBIS–SEAMAP database. Within
this database, the model outputs for all
four seasons from the U.S. Department
of the Navy Operating Area (OPAREA)
Density Estimates (NODE) for the
Northeast OPAREA and Southeast
OPAREA (Department of the Navy
2007a, 2007b) were used to determine
the mean density (animals per square
kilometer) for 19 of the 34 marine
mammals with the potential to occur in
the study area. Those species include
fin, minke, Atlantic spotted, bottlenose,
long-finned and short-finned pilot,
pantropical spotted, Risso’s, shortbeaked common, striped, sperm, roughtoothed, dwarf and pygmy sperm,
Sowerby’s, Blainville’s, Gervais’, True’s,
and Cuvier’s beaked whales. Within the
NODE document, the density
calculations and models both took into
account detection probability (ƒ[0]) and
availability (g[0]) biases. Model outputs
for each season are available in the
database. The data from the NODE
summer density models, which include
the months of June, July, and August,
were used as the 2014 survey is planned
to take place between late August and
early September. Of the seasonal NODE
density models available, it is expected
that the summer models are the most
accurate and robust as the survey data
used to create all of the models were
obtained during summer months. The
models for the winter, spring, and fall
are derived from the data collected
during the summer surveys, and
therefore are expected to be less
representative of actual species density
during those seasons.
For species for which densities were
unavailable as described above, but for
which there were Ocean Biogeographic
Information System (OBIS) sightings
within or adjacent to the planned study
area, NMFS has included an authorized
take for the mean group size for the
species. Generally, to quantify this
coverage, NMFS assumed that USGS
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
could potentially encounter one group
of each species during each of the
seismic survey legs (recognizing that
interannual variation and the potential
presence of ephemeral features could
drive differing encounter possibilities in
the two legs), and NMFS thinks it is
reasonable to use the average (mean)
groups size (weighted by effort and
rounded up) to estimate the take from
these potential encounters. The mean
group size were determined based on
data reported from the Cetacean and
Turtle Assessment Program (CeTAP)
surveys (CeTAP, 1982) and the Atlantic
Marine Assessment Program for
Protected Species (AMAPPS) surveys in
2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013. Because we
believe it is unlikely, we do not think
it is necessary to assume that the largest
group size will be encountered. PSOs
based on the vessel will record data to
estimate the numbers of marine
mammals exposed to various received
sound levels and to document apparent
disturbance reactions or lack thereof.
Data would be used to estimate numbers
of animals potentially ‘‘taken’’ by
harassment. If the estimated numbers of
animals potentially ‘‘taken’’ by
harassment approach or exceed the
number of authorized takes, USGS will
have to re-initiate consultation with
NMFS under the MMPA and/or ESA.
The estimated numbers of individuals
potentially exposed to sound during the
planned 2014 to 2015 survey are
presented below and are based on the
160 dB (rms) criterion currently used for
all cetaceans and pinnipeds. It is
assumed that marine mammals exposed
to airgun sounds that strong could
change their behavior sufficiently to be
considered ‘‘taken by harassment.’’
Table 6 shows the density estimates
calculated as described above and the
estimates of the number of different
individual marine mammals that
potentially could be exposed to greater
than or equal to 160 dB (rms) during the
seismic survey if no animals moved
away from the survey vessel. The
authorized take is given in the middle
(fourth from the left) column of Table 6.
With respect to the take authorized for
North Atlantic right whales, NMFS’s
Office of Protected Resources, Permits
and Conservation Division, formally
consulted under section 7 of the ESA
with NMFS’s Office of Protected
Resources, Endangered Species Act
Interagency Cooperation Division, on
the issuance of an IHA under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this
activity. NMFS’s Office of Protected
Resources, Endangered Species Act
Interagency Cooperation Division issued
a Biological Opinion and ITS that
included 3 takes of North Atlantic right
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52159
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
whales. To comply with the ITS,
NMFS’s Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division has
also authorized 3 takes of North Atlantic
right whales incidental to USGS’s
seismic survey.
It should be noted that unlike
previous USGS, NSF, and L–DEO
seismic surveys aboard the Langseth,
the planned survey would be conducted
as almost one continuous line.
Therefore, the ensonified area for the
seismic survey does not include a
contingency factor (typically increased
25% to accommodate turns, lines that
may need to be repeated, equipment
testing, etc.) in line-kilometers. As
typical during offshore ship surveys,
inclement weather and equipment
malfunctions are likely to cause delays
and may limit the number of useful linekilometers of seismic operations that
can be undertaken. Also, any marine
mammal sightings within or near the
designated exclusion zones will result
in a power-down and/or shut-down of
seismic operations as a mitigation
measure. Thus, the following estimates
of the numbers of marine mammals
potentially exposed to 160 dB (rms)
sounds are precautionary and probably
overestimate the actual numbers of
marine mammals that could be
involved. These estimates assume that
there will be no weather, equipment, or
mitigation delays, which is highly
unlikely.
The number of different individuals
that could be exposed to airgun sounds
with received levels greater than or
equal to 160 dB (rms) on one or more
occasions can be estimated by
considering the total marine area that
will be within the 160 dB (rms) radius
around the operating seismic source on
at least one occasion, along with the
expected density of animals in the area.
The number of possible exposures
(including repeated exposures of the
same individuals) can be estimated by
considering the total marine area that
will be within the 160 dB radius around
the operating airguns. In many seismic
surveys, this total marine area includes
overlap, as seismic surveys are often
conducted in parallel survey lines
where the ensonified areas of each
survey line would overlap. The planned
tracklines in 2014 and 2015 will not
have overlap as the individual line
segments do not run parallel to each
other. The entire survey could be
considered one continual survey line
with slight turns (no more than 120
degrees) between each line segment.
During the planned seismic survey, the
vessel would continue on the extensive
survey line path, not staying within a
smaller defined area as most seismic
surveys often do. The numbers of
different individuals potentially
exposed to greater than or equal to 160
dB (rms) were calculated by multiplying
the expected species density (for those
marine mammal species that had
density data available) times the total
anticipated area to be ensonified to that
level during airgun operations (3,165
km of survey lines). The total area
expected to be ensonified was
determined by multiplying the total
trackline distance (3,165 km times the
width of the swath of the 160 dB buffer
zone (2 times 5.78 km). Using this
approach, a total of 36,600 km2 (10,671
nmi2) will fall within the 160 dB
isopleth throughout the planned survey
in 2014. The planned survey in 2015 is
expected to ensonify an almost identical
area (to within 2%); therefore, the same
ensonified area of 36,600 km2 (10,671
nmi2) was used for calculation purposes
since the number of estimated takes
would be very similar for each of the
two years. The number of estimated
takes for the planned survey in 2015
may need to be seasonally adjusted if
the activity takes place in the late spring
or early summer. Because it is uncertain
at this time whether the 2015 survey
will be scheduled in the spring (April
and May) or summer (June, July, and
August) months, estimated takes were
calculated for both seasons. For
purposes of conservatively estimating
the number of takes, the higher density
(for spring or summer) was used for
each species since it is not known at
this time which season the 2015
planned survey will take place in the
April to August 2015 timeframe. If the
2015 survey occurred in the spring
rather than summer, the density data
suggests that takes will likely be higher
for only the humpback whale, beaked
whales, and bottlenose dolphin, and
takes will likely be fewer for nine
species (i.e., sperm whale, short-finned
and long-finned pilot whales, Atlantic
spotted, pantropical spotted, striped,
Clymene, short-beaked common, and
Risso’s dolphin), and unchanged for the
remaining species.
TABLE 6—ESTIMATED DENSITIES OF MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES AND ESTIMATES OF NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS EXPOSED TO SOUND LEVELS ≥160 dB DURING USGS’S SEISMIC SURVEY IN THE NORTHWEST ATLANTIC OCEAN OFF
THE EASTERN SEABOARD, AUGUST TO SEPTEMBER 2014 AND APRIL TO AUGUST 2015
Species
Density spring/
summer (#/km2) 1
*mean group size*
Calculated take
authorization
2014/2015 [i.e.,
estimated number
of individuals
exposed to sound
levels ≥160 dB re
1 μPa] 2
NA *3*
0/0
0.0010170/0 *3*
0.0000350/
0.0000360
NA *3*
NA *3*
0.000060/
0.000061
NA *1*
0.0019050/
0.0022510
Mysticetes:
North Atlantic right
whale.
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Humpback whale ........
Minke whale ................
Bryde’s whale ..............
Sei whale ....................
Fin whale .....................
Blue whale ..................
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale ...............
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
Approximate
percentage of
estimated of
regional
population/stock
2014 to 2015 for
authorized take
(stock pro-rated
for 80% outside
EEZ in 2014 and
90% outside U.S.
EEZ in 2015) 5
Abundance
(regional population/
stock) 4
3 + 3 = 6 *MMPA Proposed IHA* (1 or 2) + (1
or 2) = 3 *Authorized to
Comply with ESA ITS*.
3 + 38 = 41 .......................
2 + 2 = 4 ...........................
455/455 .............................
0.66/0.66 (0.44)
Increasing.
0/38
2/2
11,600/823 ........................
138,000/20,741 .................
3 + 3 = 6 ...........................
3 + 3 = 6 ...........................
3 + 3 = 6 ...........................
NA/NA ...............................
10,300/357 ........................
26,500/3,522 .....................
0.35/4.98 (0.61)
0.0014/0.0096
(<0.01)
NA/NA (NA)
0.06/1.68 (0.56)
0.02/0.17 (0.06)
Increasing.
NA.
0/0
0/0
3/3
NA.
NA.
NA.
0/0
1 + 1 = 2 ...........................
855/NA (440 minimum) .....
0.23/0.45 (0.45)
NA.
83/83
PO 00000
Authorized take for 2014/
2015 (includes increase to
average group size) 3
83 + 83 = 166 ...................
13,190/2,288 .....................
1.26/7.26 (1.14)
NA.
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Population
trend 6
52160
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
TABLE 6—ESTIMATED DENSITIES OF MARINE MAMMAL SPECIES AND ESTIMATES OF NUMBERS OF MARINE MAMMALS EXPOSED TO SOUND LEVELS ≥160 dB DURING USGS’S SEISMIC SURVEY IN THE NORTHWEST ATLANTIC OCEAN OFF
THE EASTERN SEABOARD, AUGUST TO SEPTEMBER 2014 AND APRIL TO AUGUST 2015—Continued
Approximate
percentage of
estimated of
regional
population/stock
2014 to 2015 for
authorized take
(stock pro-rated
for 80% outside
EEZ in 2014 and
90% outside U.S.
EEZ in 2015) 5
Calculated take
authorization
2014/2015 [i.e.,
estimated number
of individuals
exposed to sound
levels ≥160 dB re
1 μPa] 2
Authorized take for 2014/
2015 (includes increase to
average group size) 3
Abundance
(regional population/
stock) 4
0.0008850/
0.008970
0.0008850/
0.0008970
NA *2*
33/33
33 + 33 = 66 .....................
NA/3,785 ...........................
NA/1.74 (0.29)
NA.
33/33
33 + 33 = 66 .....................
NA/3,785 ...........................
NA/1.74 (0.29)
NA.
0/0
2 + 2 = 4 ...........................
40,000/NA .........................
0.01/NA (NA)
NA.
0.0021370/
0.0022870
..............................
84/84
84 + 84 = 168 ...................
NA/6,532 ...........................
NA/1.29 (0.4)
NA.
..............................
...........................................
NA/7,092 ...........................
NA/2.37 (0.37)
NA.
0.0069560/
0.0066470
NA *33*
244/255
244 + 255 = 499 ...............
NA/77,532 .........................
NA/0.64 (0.1)
NA.
0/0
33 + 33 = 66 .....................
10,000 to 100,000s/48,819
0.66/0.14 (0.02)
NA.
NA *100*
0.0285700/
0.0288400
0.0194900/
0.0197600
0.1330000/
0.1343000
NA *65*
0.0093110/0 *52*
0.0053940/
0.0055320
0.004200/
0.0004260
0.0092150/
0.0093180
NA *100*
NA *25*
NA *15*
NA *6*
0.0108000/
0.0190400
0.0108000/
0.0190400
NA *4*
0/0
1,056/1,056
100 + 100 = 200 ...............
1,056 + 1,056 = 2,112 ......
NA/NA ...............................
NA/44,715 .........................
NA/NA (NA)
NA/4.72 (0.71)
NA.
NA.
724/724
724 + 724 = 1,448 ............
NA/3,333 ...........................
NA/43.44 (6.54)
NA.
4,916/4,916
4,916 + 4,916 = 9,832 ......
NA/54,807 .........................
NA/17.94 (2.69)
NA.
0/0
0/341
203/203
65 + 65 = 130 ...................
52 + 341 = 393 .................
203 + 203 = 406 ...............
NA/NA ...............................
NA/NA ...............................
NA/173,486 .......................
NA/NA (NA)
NA/NA (NA)
NA/0.23 (0.04)
NA.
NA.
NA.
16/16
16 + 16 = 32 .....................
NA/271 ..............................
NA/11.81 (2.21)
NA.
342/342
342 + 342 = 684 ...............
NA/18,250 .........................
NA/3.75 (0.57)
NA.
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
697/697
100 + 100 = 200 ...............
25 + 25 = 50 .....................
15 + 15 = 30 .....................
6 + 6 = 12 .........................
697 + 697 = 1,394 ............
NA/NA ...............................
NA/NA ...............................
NA/NA ...............................
NA/NA ...............................
780,000/21,515 .................
NA/NA (NA)
NA/NA (NA)
NA/NA (NA)
NA/NA (NA)
0.18/6.48 (0.98)
NA.
NA.
NA.
NA.
NA.
697/697
697 + 697 = 1,394 ............
780,000/26,535 .................
0.18/5.25 (0.79)
NA.
0/0
4 + 4 = 8 ...........................
500,000/79,883 .................
0.002/0.01 (<0.01)
NA.
NA
NA
0/0
0/0
0 + 0 = 0 ...........................
0 + 0 = 0 ...........................
NA/NA
NA/NA
NA.
Increasing.
Harp seal .....................
NA
0/0
0 + 0 = 0 ...........................
NA/NA
NA.
Hooded seal ................
NA
0/0
0 + 0 = 0 ...........................
NA/70,142 .........................
NA/NA (348,999 minimum
2012).
8.6 to 9.6 million/NA (8.3
million in 2012).
600,000/NA (592,100 minimum in 2007).
NA/NA
NA.
Species
Density spring/
summer (#/km2) 1
*mean group size*
Pygmy sperm whale ...
Dwarf sperm whale .....
Northern bottlenose
whale.
Cuvier’s beaked whale
Mesoplodon spp. (i.e.,
True’s, Gervais’,
Sowerby’s, and
Blainville’s beaked
whale.
Bottlenose dolphin ......
Atlantic white-sided
dolphin.
Fraser’s dolphin ..........
Atlantic spotted dolphin
Pantropical spotted
dolphin.
Striped dolphin ............
Spinner dolphin ...........
Clymene dolphin .........
Short-beaked common
dolphin.
Rough-toothed dolphin
Risso’s dolphin ............
Melon-headed whale ...
Pygmy killer whale ......
False killer whale ........
Killer whale ..................
Short-finned pilot
whale.
Long-finned pilot whale
Harbor porpoise ..........
Pinnipeds:
Harbor seal .................
Gray seal .....................
Population
trend 6
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
NA = Not available or not assessed.
1 OBIS–SERDP-Navy NODE 2007a and 2007b (for those species where density data is available).
2 Calculated take is estimated density multiplied by the 160 dB ensonified area.
3 Requested take authorization was increased to group size for species for which densities were not available but that have been sighted near the survey area
(CeTAP, 1984).
4 Stock sizes are best populations from NMFS Stock Assessment Reports where available (see Table 3 in above).
5 Requested takes expressed as percentages of the larger regional population and NMFS Stock Assessment Reports, where available.
6 Based on NMFS Stock Assessment Reports.
Applying the approach described above,
approximately 36,600 km2 will be
within the 160 dB isopleth on one or
more occasions during the planned
survey in 2014. The planned survey in
2015 is expected to ensonify an almost
identical area (to within 2%); therefore
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
an ensonified area of 36,600 km2 was
used for the planned surveys in 2014
and 2015. Because this approach does
not allow for turnover in the marine
mammal populations in the area during
the course of the survey, the actual
number of individuals exposed may be
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
underestimated, although the
conservative (i.e., probably
overestimated) line-kilometer distances
used to calculate the area may offset
this. Also, the approach assumes that no
cetaceans will move away or toward the
trackline as the Langseth approaches in
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
response to increasing sound levels
before the levels reach 160 dB (rms).
Another way of interpreting the
estimates that follow is that they
represent the number of individuals that
are expected (in the absence of a seismic
program) to occur in the waters that will
be exposed to greater than or equal to
160 dB (rms).
Encouraging and Coordinating
Research
USGS will coordinate the planned
marine mammal monitoring program
associated with the seismic survey with
other parties that may have interest in
this area and specified activity. USGS
will coordinate with applicable U.S.
agencies (e.g., NMFS), and will comply
with their requirements.
Impact on Availability of Affected
Species or Stock for Taking for
Subsistence Uses
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA
also requires NMFS to determine that
the authorization will not have an
unmitigable adverse effect on the
availability of marine mammal species
or stocks for subsistence use. There are
no relevant subsistence uses of marine
mammals implicated by this action.
Therefore, NMFS has determined that
the total taking of affected species or
stocks will not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of
such species or stocks for taking for
subsistence purposes.
Analyses and Determinations
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ‘‘an impact
resulting from the specified activity that
cannot be reasonably expected to, and is
not reasonably likely to, adversely affect
the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival’’
(50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact
finding is based on the lack of likely
adverse effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival (i.e., populationlevel effects). An estimate of the number
of Level B harassment takes alone is not
enough information on which to base an
impact determination. In addition to
considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ‘‘taken’’
through behavioral harassment, NMFS
must consider other factors, such as the
likely nature of any responses (their
intensity, duration, etc.), the context of
any responses (critical reproductive
time or location, migration, etc.), as well
as the number and nature of estimated
Level A harassment takes, the number of
estimated mortalities, and effects on
habitat.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
In making a negligible impact
determination, NMFS evaluated factors
such as:
(1) The number of anticipated
injuries, serious injuries, or mortalities;
(2) The number, nature, and intensity,
and duration of Level B harassment (all
relatively limited); and
(3) The context in which the takes
occur (i.e., impacts to areas of
significance, impacts to local
populations, and cumulative impacts
when taking into account successive/
contemporaneous actions when added
to baseline data);
(4) The status of stock or species of
marine mammals (i.e., depleted, not
depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable,
impact relative to the size of the
population);
(5) Impacts on habitat affecting rates
of recruitment/survival; and
(6) The effectiveness of monitoring
and mitigation measures.
As described above and based on the
following factors, the specified activities
associated with the marine seismic
survey are not likely to cause PTS, or
other non-auditory injury, serious
injury, or death. The factors include:
(1) The likelihood that, given
sufficient notice through relatively slow
ship speed, marine mammals are
expected to move away from a noise
source that is annoying prior to its
becoming potentially injurious;
(2) The availability of alternate areas
of similar habitat value for marine
mammals to temporarily vacate the
survey area during the operation of the
airgun(s) to avoid acoustic harassment;
(3) The potential for temporary or
permanent hearing impairment is
relatively low and will likely be avoided
through the implementation of the
required monitoring and mitigation
measures (including power-down and
shut-down measures); and
(4) The likelihood that marine
mammal detection ability by trained
PSOs is high at close proximity to the
vessel.
Table 6 of this document outlines the
number of authorized Level B
harassment takes that are anticipated as
a result of these activities. The type of
Level B (behavioral) harassment that
could result from the action are
described in the ‘‘Potential Effects of the
Specified Activity on Marine Mammals’’
section above, and include tolerance,
masking, behavioral disturbance, TTS,
PTS, and non-auditory or physiological
effects. Level B (behavioral harassment
occurs at the level of the individual(s)
and does not assume any resulting
population-level consequences. For the
marine mammal species that may occur
within the action area, there are no
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
52161
known designated or important feeding
and/or reproductive areas. Many
animals perform vital functions, such as
feeding, resting, traveling, and
socializing, on a diel cycle (i.e., 24 hr
cycle). Behavioral reactions to noise
exposure (such as disruption of critical
life functions, displacement, or
avoidance of important habitat) are
more likely to be significant if they last
more than one diel cycle or recur on
subsequent days (Southall et al., 2007).
While seismic operations are
anticipated to occur on consecutive
days, the estimated duration of the
survey will last no more than a total of
36 days (a 17 to 18 day leg in August
to September 2014 and a 17 to 18 day
leg in April to August 2015).
Additionally, the seismic survey will be
increasing sound levels in the marine
environment in a relatively small area
surrounding the vessel (compared to the
range of the animals). The seismic
surveys will not take place in areas of
significance for marine mammal
feeding, resting, breeding, or calving
and will not adversely impact marine
mammal habitat. Furthermore, the
vessel will be constantly travelling over
distances, and some animals may only
be exposed to and harassed by sound for
less than a day.
NMFS’s practice has been to apply the
160 dB re 1 mPa (rms) received level
threshold for underwater impulse sound
levels to determine whether take by
Level B harassment occurs. Southall et
al. (2007) provide a severity scale for
ranking observed behavioral responses
of both free-ranging marine mammals
and laboratory subjects to various types
of anthropogenic sound (see Table 4 in
Southall et al. [2007]). NMFS has
determined, provided that the
aforementioned mitigation and
monitoring measures are implemented,
the impact of conducting a marine
seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic
Ocean off of the Eastern Seaboard,
August to September 2014 and April to
August 2015, may result, at worst, in a
modification in behavior and/or lowlevel physiological effects (Level B
harassment) of certain species of marine
mammals. No injuries, serious injuries,
or mortalities are anticipated to occur as
a result of USGS’s planned marine
seismic survey, and none are authorized
by NMFS.
While behavioral modifications,
including temporarily vacating the area
during the operation of the airgun(s),
may be made by these species to avoid
the resultant acoustic disturbance, the
availability of alternate areas within
these areas for species and the short and
sporadic duration of the research
activities, have led NMFS to determine
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
52162
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
that the taking by Level B harassment
from the specified activity will have a
negligible impact on the affected species
in the specified geographic region. Due
to the nature, degree, and context of
Level B (behavioral) harassment
anticipated and described (see
‘‘Potential Effects on Marine Mammals’’
section above) in this notice, the activity
is not expected to impact rates of annual
recruitment or survival for any affected
species or stock, particularly given the
NMFS and the applicant’s plan to
implement mitigation and monitoring
measures that will minimize impacts to
marine mammals. NMFS has issued
IHAs for marine mammal take for
similar types of research seismic
surveys for over 10 years and required
similar mitigation and monitoring
measures. In no case have the submitted
monitoring reports suggested that
marine mammal impacts have exceeded
those anticipated in our analysis under
the MMPA.
Based on the analysis contained
herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals
and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the
required monitoring and mitigation
measures, NMFS finds that the total
marine mammal take from USGS’s
marine seismic survey will have a
negligible impact on the affected marine
mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As mentioned previously, NMFS
estimates that 34 species of marine
mammals under its jurisdiction could be
potentially affected by Level B
harassment over the course of the IHA.
The population estimates for the marine
mammal species or stocks that may be
taken by Level B harassment are
provided in Table 6 of this document.
No takes of pinnipeds are expected due
to a lack of species observations within
the study area, the great distance
offshore, and the deep water depths of
the study area. It should be noted that
the stock populations for each marine
mammal species in the NMFS Stock
Assessment Reports are generally for
species populations in U.S. waters,
which may underestimate actual
population sizes for species that have
ranges that will include waters outside
the U.S. EEZ.
NMFS makes it small numbers
determination based on the number of
marine mammals that would be taken
relative to the populations of the
affected species or stocks. NMFS’s take
estimates for the current survey are
based on a consideration of the number
of marine mammals that could be
harassed by seismic operations with the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
entire seismic survey area, both within
and outside of the U.S. EEZ. Given that
the take estimates were calculated for
the entire survey area, NMFS concludes
that a portion of the authorized takes
would take place within the U.S. EEZ
and the remainder would take place
outside of the U.S. EEZ. To make our
small numbers determination for U.S.
EEZ stocks, we therefore apportioned 10
to 20% of the authorized take to the U.S.
EEZ, given that approximately 80% of
the survey tracklines in 2014 and
approximately 90% of the survey
tracklines in 2015 are outside of the U.S.
EEZ. See Table 6 for the small number
calculations of the U.S. EEZ stock with
abundance data based on this
apportionment. All of the takes that
NMFS expects to occur within the U.S.
EEZ represent a small number relative
the affected U.S. EEZ stocks.
As described above, approximately
80% of the survey tracklines in 2014
and approximately 90% of the survey
tracklines in 2015 are within
International Waters (i.e., the high seas)
and are outside of the U.S. EEZ;
therefore, the regional population is
more applicable for NMFS’s small
numbers determinations, as most of the
ensonified area and estimated takes are
further than 200 nmi from the U.S.
coastline. Regional abundance data
exists for 12 species that could be
affected by the survey. See Table 6 for
the small number calculations of the
species with regional abundance data.
The take authorized for these species
represents a small number relative to
the affected regional populations.
For the remaining species for which
NMFS has U.S. EEZ stock abundance
data but no regional abundance data,
NMFS concludes that if the total
authorized take represents a small
number of the U.S. EEZ stock (also
calculated in Table 6), it will also
represent a small number of the greater
regional population, based on the larger
and wider ranging populations expected
in the high seas. This conclusion is
supported by the fact that, for the
species with both regional and stockspecific abundance populations, the
regional abundance is on the order of
five to twenty times higher than the
abundance of the stock. For the
pantropical spotted dolphin, the total
authorized take would represent more
than 43% of the U.S. EEZ stock.
However, as noted in Table 6, the take
expected to occur in the U.S. EEZ
represents approximately 6.5% of the
affected U.S. EEZ stock. The remainder
of the takes would occur outside the U.S
EEZ. Although no regional abundance
estimate exists for the pantropical
spotted dolphin, it is one of the most
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4703
abundant cetaceans on the globe and
occurs in all tropical to warm temperate
waters between 40° N and S (Folkens
2002). Therefore, we are confident that
the authorized take represents a small
number compared to the greater regional
Atlantic pantropical spotted dolphin
population that occurs outside of the
U.S. EEZ. No known current regional
population or stock abundance
estimates for the northwest Atlantic
Ocean are available for the eight
remaining species under NMFS’s
jurisdiction that could potentially be
affected by Level B harassment over the
course of the IHA. These species
include the Bryde’s whale, Fraser’s,
spinner, and Clymene dolphins, and the
melon-headed, pygmy killer, false killer,
and killer whales. Bryde’s whales are
distributed worldwide in tropical and
sub-tropical waters and their occurrence
in the study area is rare. In the western
North Atlantic Ocean, Bryde’s whales
are reported from off the southeastern
U.S. and southern West Indies to Cabo
Frio, Brazil (Leatherwood and Reeves,
1983). Fraser’s dolphins are distributed
worldwide in tropical waters and their
occurrence in the study area is rare.
Spinner dolphins are found in all
tropical and sub-tropical oceans and
their occurrence in the study area is
rare. Melon-headed whales are
distributed worldwide in tropical to
sub-tropical waters and their occurrence
in the study area is rare. The pygmy
killer whale is distributed worldwide in
tropical to sub-tropical waters and their
occurrence in the study area is rare. The
false killer whale is distributed
worldwide throughout warm temperate
and tropical oceans and their
occurrence in the study area is rare.
Killer whales are characterized as
uncommon or rare in waters of the U.S.
Atlantic EEZ (Katona et al., 1988). Their
distribution extends from the Arctic iceedge to the West Indies, often in
offshore and mid-ocean areas. There are
estimated to be at least approximately
92,500 killer whales worldwide.
The Clymene dolphin is endemic to
tropical and sub-tropical waters of the
Atlantic, including the Caribbean Sea
and Gulf of Mexico (Jefferson and Curry,
2003; Jefferson et al., 2008). This species
prefer warm waters and records extend
from southern Brazil and Angola and
north to Mauritania and New Jersey off
the U.S. east coast (Jefferson et al.,
2008). Their occurrence in the study
area is rare. The abundance estimate for
the Clymene dolphin in the western
North Atlantic was 6,086 in 2003; this
estimate is older than eight years and is
considered unreliable (Wade and
Angliss, 1997; Mullin and Fulling,
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Federal Register / Vol. 79, No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 / Notices
tkelley on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES2
2003). However, this abundance
estimate is the first and only estimate to
date for this species in the U.S. Atlantic
EEZ and represents the best abundance
estimate.
These eight species did not have
density model outputs within the
SERDP/NASA/NOAA and OBIS–
SEAMAP database. However, limited
OBIS–SEAMAP sightings data exist for
these species within or adjacent to the
action area. As explained above, even
where the limited number of sightings
suggests that density is very low and
encounters are less likely, for any
species with OBIS–SEAMAP sightings
data within or adjacent to the action
area, NMFS believes it is wise to
include coverage for potential takes.
Generally, to quantify this coverage,
NMFS assumed that USGS could
potentially encounter one group of each
species during each of the seismic
survey legs (recognizing that
interannual variation and the potential
presence of ephemeral features could
drive differing encounter possibilities in
the two legs), and NMFS thinks it is
reasonable to use the average (mean)
groups size (weighted by effort and
rounded up) to estimate the take from
these potential encounters. Therefore,
even though we do not have abundance
data for these species, because of the
limited sightings and low probability of
encountering them, we have predicted
take of no more than two individual
groups of each of these species of
animals during the two legs of the
survey. Qualitatively, given what is
known about cetacean biology and the
range of these species, two groups as a
portion of the total population
abundance within or without of the U.S.
EEZ would be considered small for all
eight species.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:23 Aug 29, 2014
Jkt 032001
52163
Endangered Species Act
Of the species of marine mammals
that may occur in the survey area,
several are listed as endangered under
the ESA, including the North Atlantic
right, humpback, sei, fin, blue, and
sperm whales. Under section 7 of the
ESA, USGS has initiated formal
consultation with the NMFS, Office of
Protected Resources, Endangered
Species Act Interagency Cooperation
Division, on this seismic survey.
NMFS’s Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division, has
initiated and engaged in formal
consultation under section 7 of the ESA
with NMFS’s Office of Protected
Resources, Endangered Species Act
Interagency Cooperation Division, on
the issuance of an IHA under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this
activity. These two consultations were
consolidated and addressed in a single
Biological Opinion addressing the direct
and indirect effects of these
independent actions. In August 2014,
NMFS’s Office of Protected Resources,
Endangered Species Act Interagency
Cooperation Division issued a Biological
Opinion and concluded that both
actions (i.e., the USGS seismic survey
and NMFS’s issuance of an IHA) are not
likely to jeopardize the existence of
cetaceans and sea turtles and would
have no effect on critical habitat.
NMFS’s Office of Protected Resources,
Endangered Species Act Interagency
Cooperation Division also issued an
Incidental Take Statement (ITS)
incorporating the requirements of the
IHA as Terms and Conditions of the ITS.
Extended Continental Margin and
Investigating Tsunami Hazards,’’ (EA)
prepared by RPS Evan-Hamilton, Inc., in
association with YOLO Environmental,
Inc., GeoSpatial Strategy Group, and
Ecology and Environment, Inc., on
behalf of USGS. The EA analyzes the
direct, indirect, and cumulative
environmental impacts of the specified
activities on marine mammals including
those listed as threatened or endangered
under the ESA. NMFS, after review and
evaluation of the USGS EA for
consistency with the regulations
published by the Council of
Environmental Quality (CEQ) and
NOAA Administrative Order 216–6,
Environmental Review Procedures for
Implementing the National
Environmental Policy Act, adopted the
EA. After considering the EA, the
information in the IHA application,
Biological Opinion, and the Federal
Register notice, as well as public
comments, NMFS has determined that
the issuance of the IHA is not likely to
result in significant impacts on the
human environment and has prepared a
Finding of No Significant Impact
(FONSI). An Environmental Impact
Statement is not required and will not
be prepared for the action.
National Environmental Policy Act
USGS provided NMFS with an
‘‘Environmental Assessment for Seismic
Reflection Scientific Research Surveys
During 2014 and 2015 in Support of
Mapping the U.S. Atlantic Seaboard
Dated: August 22, 2014.
Perry F. Gayaldo,
Deputy Director, Office of Protected
Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
Authorization
NMFS has issued an IHA to the USGS
for conducting a marine seismic survey
in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the
Eastern Seaboard, provided the
previously mentioned mitigation,
monitoring, and reporting requirements
are incorporated.
[FR Doc. 2014–20475 Filed 8–29–14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
E:\FR\FM\02SEN2.SGM
02SEN2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 169 (Tuesday, September 2, 2014)]
[Notices]
[Pages 52121-52163]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-20475]
[[Page 52121]]
Vol. 79
Tuesday,
No. 169
September 2, 2014
Part II
Department of Commerce
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking
Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the
Atlantic Ocean Off the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and
April to August 2015; Notices
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 169 / Tuesday, September 2, 2014 /
Notices
[[Page 52122]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
RIN 0648-XD214
Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities;
Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to a Marine Geophysical Survey in the
Atlantic Ocean Off the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and
April to August 2015
AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
ACTION: Notice; issuance of an Incidental Harassment Authorization
(IHA).
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In accordance with the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA),
notification is hereby given that NMFS has issued an IHA to the United
States (U.S.) Geological Survey (USGS), Lamont-Doherty Earth
Observatory of Columbia University (L-DEO), and National Science
Foundation (NSF) to take marine mammals, by Level B harassment,
incidental to conducting a marine geophysical (seismic) survey in the
Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and
April to August 2015.
DATES: Effective August 21, 2014 to August 20, 2015.
ADDRESSES: A copy of the IHA and the application are available by
writing to Jolie Harrison, Supervisor, Incidental Take Program, Permits
and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National
Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD
20910 or by telephoning the contacts listed below (see FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT).
An electronic copy of the IHA application containing a list of the
references used in this document may be obtained by writing to the
address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT) or visiting the Internet at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#applications. Documents
cited in this notice, including the IHA application, may also be
viewed, by appointment, during regular business hours at the
aforementioned address.
An ``Environmental Assessment for Seismic Reflection Scientific
Research Surveys during 2014 and 2015 in Support of Mapping the U.S.
Atlantic Seaboard Extended Continental Margin and Investigating Tsunami
Hazards'' (EA), was prepared by RPS Evan-Hamilton, Inc., an RPS Group
Company, in association with YOLO Environmental, Inc., GeoSpatial
Strategy Group, and Ecology and Environment, Inc., on behalf of USGS.
The USGS's EA and Finding of No Significant Impact are available online
at: https://woodshole.er.usgs.gov/project-pages/
environmentalcompliance/reports/
FONSI%20SIGNED%20&%20Attachment1.pdf. NMFS also issued a Biological
Opinion under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act (ESA) to evaluate
the effects of the seismic survey and IHA on marine species listed as
threatened and endangered. The NMFS Biological Opinion is available
online at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/consultations/opinions.htm.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Howard Goldstein or Jolie Harrison,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 301-427-8401.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
Section 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.),
directs the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) to allow, upon request,
the incidental, but not intentional, taking of small numbers of marine
mammals, by United States citizens who engage in a specified activity
(other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical region
if certain findings are made and either regulations are issued or, if
the taking is limited to harassment, a notice of a proposed
authorization is provided to the public for review.
An authorization for the incidental takings shall be granted if
NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species
or stock(s), and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where
relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking requirements
pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings
are set forth. NMFS has defined ``negligible impact'' in 50 CFR 216.103
as ``. . . an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot
be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely
affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of
recruitment or survival.''
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment]. Level B (behavioral) harassment occurs
at the level of the individual(s) and does not assume any resulting
population-level consequences.
Summary of Request
On March 27, 2014, NMFS received an application from the USGS, L-
DEO, and NSF (hereafter referred to as USGS) requesting that NMFS issue
an IHA for the take, by Level B harassment only, of small numbers of
marine mammals incidental to conducting a marine seismic survey within
the Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) and on the high seas (i.e.,
International Waters) to map the U.S. Atlantic Eastern Seaboard
Extended Continental Shelf (ECS) region and investigate tsunami hazards
during August to September 2014 and April to August 2015. USGS plan to
use one source vessel, the R/V Marcus G. Langseth (Langseth) and a
seismic airgun array and a hydrophone streamer to collect seismic data
as part of the seismic survey in the Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern
Seaboard. In addition to the planned operation of the seismic airgun
array and hydrophone streamer, USGS intends to operate a multi-beam
echosounder and a sub-bottom profiler continuously during the seismic
operations in order to map the ocean floor. The multi-beam echosounder
and sub-bottom profiler would not be operated during transits at the
beginning and end of the seismic survey. NMFS determined that the IHA
application was adequate and complete on May 14, 2014. NMFS published a
notice making preliminary determinations and proposing to issue an IHA
on June 23, 2014 (79 FR 35642). The notice initiated a 30-day public
comment period.
Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased underwater sound) generated
during the operation of the seismic airgun array are likely to result
in the take of marine mammals. Take, by Level B harassment only, of
individuals of 34 species of marine mammals is anticipated to result
from the specified activity. Take is not expected to result from the
use of the multi-beam echosounder or sub-bottom profiler, for reasons
discussed in this notice; nor is take expected to result from collision
with the source vessel because it is a single vessel moving at a
relatively slow speed (4.5 knots [kts]; 8.5 kilometers per hour [km/
hr]; 5.3 miles per hour [mph]) during seismic acquisition within the
survey, for a relatively short period of time
[[Page 52123]]
(approximately two 17 to 18 day legs), and it is likely that any marine
mammal will be able to avoid the vessel.
Description of the Specified Activity
Overview
USGS plans to conduct a marine seismic survey within the EEZ and on
the high seas to map the U.S. Atlantic Eastern Seaboard ECS region and
investigate tsunami hazards during August to September 2014 and April
to August 2015. USGS plans to use one source vessel, the Langseth, and
a 36-airgun array and one 8 kilometer (km) (4.3 nautical mile [nmi])
hydrophone streamer to conduct the conventional seismic survey. In
addition to the operations of airguns, the USGS intends to operate a
multi-beam echosounder and a sub-bottom profiler on the Langseth during
the seismic survey to map the ocean floor.
Dates and Duration
The Langseth will depart from Newark, New Jersey on August 21,
2014. The seismic survey is expected to take approximately 21 days to
complete. At-sea time is planned to be approximately 21 days, with 18
days planned for airgun operations and 3 days planned for transiting,
deployment and recovery of equipment. Approximately a one day transit
will be required at the beginning and end of the program. When the 2014
survey is completed, the Langseth will then transit to Norfolk,
Virginia. The survey schedule is inclusive of weather and other
contingency (e.g., equipment failure) time. The planned activities for
2015 will be virtually identical to the planned activities for 2014 as
geographic area, duration, and trackline coverage are similar. The
exact dates for the planned activities in 2015 are uncertain, but are
scheduled to occur within the April to August timeframe. The exact
dates of the planned activities depend on logistics and weather
conditions.
Specified Geographic Region
The planned survey will be bounded by the following geographic
coordinates:
40.5694[deg] North, -66.5324[deg] West;
38.5808[deg] North, -61.7105[deg] West;
29.2456[deg] North, -72.6766[deg] West;
33.1752[deg] North, -75.8697[deg] West;
39.1583[deg] North, -72.8697[deg] West;
The planned activities for 2014 will generally occur towards the
periphery of the planned study area (see Figures 1 and 2 of the IHA
application). The planned activities for 2015 would survey more of the
central portions of the study area. The tracklines planned for both
2014 and 2015 would be in International Waters (approximately 80% in
2014 and 90% in 2015) and in the U.S. EEZ. Water depths range from
approximately 1,450 to 5,400 meters (m) (4,593.2 to 17,716.5 feet [ft])
(see Figure 1 and 2 of the IHA application); no survey lines will
extend to water depths less than 1,000 m.
Detailed Description of the Specified Activity
USGS, Coastal and Marine Geology Program, (Primary Investigator
[PI], Dr. Deborah Hutchinson) plans to conduct a regional high-energy,
two-dimensional (2D) seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean
within the U.S. EEZ and extending into International Waters (i.e., high
seas) as far as 648.2 km (350 nmi) from the U.S. coast (see Figure 1 of
the IHA application). Water depths in the survey area range from
approximately 1,400 to greater than 5,400 meters (m) (4,593.2 to
17,716.5 feet [ft]). The seismic survey will be scheduled to occur in
two phases; the first phase during August to September 2014 (for
approximately 17 to 18 days of airgun operations), and the second phase
between April and August 2015 (for approximately 17 to 18 days of
airgun operations, specific dates to be determined). The planned
activities for both Phase 1 and Phase 2 are included in this IHA
application (see Figure 2 of the IHA application). Some minor deviation
from these dates is possible, depending on logistics and weather.
USGS plans to use conventional seismic methodology to: (1) Identify
the outer limits of the U.S. continental shelf, also referred to as the
ECS as defined by Article 76 of the Convention of the Law of the Sea;
and (2) study the sudden mass transport of sediments down the
continental shelf as submarine landslides that may pose significant
tsunamigenic (i.e., tsunami-related) hazards to the Atlantic and
Caribbean coastal communities.
The seismic survey will involve one source vessel, the Langseth.
The Langseth will deploy an array of 36 airguns as an energy source
with a total volume of approximately 6,600 in\3\. The receiving system
will consist of one 8,000 m (26,246.7 ft) hydrophone streamer. As the
airgun array is towed along the survey lines, the hydrophone streamer
will receive the returning acoustic signals from the towed airgun array
and transfer the data to the on-board processing system. The data will
be processed on-board the Langseth as the seismic survey occurs.
Each planned leg of the survey (2014 and 2015) will be 17 to 18
days in duration (exclusive of transit and equipment deployment and
recovery) and will comprise of approximately 3,165 km (1,709 nmi) of
tracklines of 2D seismic reflection coverage. The airgun array will
operate continuously during the seismic survey (except for equipment
testing, repairs, implemented mitigation measures, etc.). Data will
continue to be acquired between line changes, as the successive track
segments can be surveyed as almost one continuous line. Line turns of
90 and no greater than 120 degrees will be required to move from one
line segment to the next. The 2014 seismic survey design consists
primarily of the tracklines that run along the periphery of the overall
study area, including several internal tracklines (see Figure 2 of the
IHA application). The 2015 seismic survey design consists of additional
dip and tie lines (i.e., dip lines are lines that are perpendicular to
the north-south trend of the continental margin; strike lines are
parallel to the margin; and tie lines are any line that connects other
lines). The 2015 seismic survey design may be modified based on the
2014 results.
In addition to the operations of the airgun array, a Kongsberg EM
122 multi-beam echosounder and a Knudsen Model 3260 Chirp sub-bottom
profiler will also be operated from the Langseth continuously during
airgun operations throughout the survey to map the ocean floor. The
multi-beam and sub-bottom profiler will not operate during transits at
the beginning and end of the survey. All planned geophysical data
acquisition activities will be conducted by USGS with on-board
assistance by the scientists who have planned the study. The vessel
will be self-contained, and the crew will live aboard the vessel for
the entire cruise.
NMFS provided a detailed description of the planned activities in a
previous notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). The
activities to be conducted have not changed between the proposed IHA
notice and this final notice announcing the issuance of the IHA. For a
more detailed description of the authorized action, including vessel
and acoustic source specifications, the reader should refer to the
notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014), the IHA
application, EA, and associated documents referenced above this
section.
Comments and Responses
A notice of preliminary determinations and proposed IHA for the
USGS's seismic survey was published in the Federal Register on June 23,
2014 (79 FR 35642). During the 30-day public comment period, NMFS
received comments from one private
[[Page 52124]]
citizen, Clean Ocean Action (COA); combined comments from Natural
Resources Defense Council (NRDC), Humane Society of the United States
(HSUS), Oceana, and Center for Biological Diversity (CBD) (hereafter
referred to as NRDC et al.); and the Marine Mammal Commission
(Commission). The comments are posted online at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm. Following are the
substantive comments and NMFS's responses:
Effects Analyses
Comment 1: The Commission is concerned that L-DEO's modeling to
estimate mitigation zones and take estimates does not indicate or
consider site-specific environmental conditions, including bathymetry
and sound speed profiles. The reflective/refractive arrivals are the
very measurements that should be accounted for in site-specific
modeling and ultimately determine underwater sound propagation. The
Commission states that ignoring those factors is a serious flaw of L-
DEO's model.
The Commission recommends that NMFS (1) require USGS, L-DEO, and
NSF to re-estimate the proposed exclusion and buffer zones and
associated takes of marine mammals using site-specific operational
parameters (e.g., tow depth, source level, number/spacing of active
airguns) and site-specific environmental parameters (e.g., sound speed
profiles, refraction in the water column, bathymetry/water depth,
sediment properties/bottom loss, and wind speed) in the action area for
the proposed IHA and (2) impose the same requirement for all future
IHAs submitted by USGS, L-DEO, NSF, SIO, ASC, or any other related
entity. The Commission encourages L-DEO to make comparisons at various
sites, if it intends to continue using a model that does not
incorporate site-specific parameters. The Commission disagrees with the
conclusion that NMFS has indicated that NSF, L-DEO, and other relevant
entities (USGS, SIO, etc.) are providing sufficient justification for
their take estimates, given that the estimates are based on L-DEO's
model or empirical measurements in the Gulf of Mexico and other recent
activities have been dispersed throughout the world. The Commission
states that in a recent sound exposure modeling workshop that was
attended by numerous entities (including NMFS, NSF, L-DEO, USGS, and
the Commission), experts confirmed that sound speed profiles and
bathymetry/sediment characteristics were the most important factors
affecting underwater sound propagation and should be included in
related modeling. L-DEO's modeling presentation at indicated that the
model was fast, inexpensive, and simple to use, and indicated that the
model is more closely related to a source model that compares airgun
arrays and that it is not representative of modeling in the actual
environment. Therefore, the Commission remains concerned that the L-DEO
model, which may not be applicable or accurate to the action area, is
not based on the best available science and does not support its
continued use.
Response: At present, L-DEO cannot adjust their modeling
methodology to add the environmental and site-specific parameters as
requested by the Commission. NMFS is working with USGS, NSF, and L-DEO
to explore ways to better consider site-specific information to inform
the take estimates and development of mitigation measures in coastal
areas for future seismic surveys with L-DEO and NSF, and NSF has been
exploring different approaches in collaboration with L-DEO and other
academic institutions with whom they collaborate. When available, NMFS
will review and consider the final results from the L-DEO's expected
publications (Crone et al., in prep.), in which the results of a
calibration off the coast of Washington will be reported, and how they
reflect on L-DEO's model.
For this seismic survey, L-DEO developed the exclusion and buffer
zones based on the conservative deep-water calibration results from
Diebold et al. (2010). L-DEO's current modeling approach represents the
best available information to reach NMFS's determinations for the IHA.
The comparisons of L-DEO's model results and the field data collected
in the Gulf of Mexico and Washington illustrate a degree of
conservativeness built into L-DEO's model for deep water.
NMFS acknowledges the Commission's concerns about L-DEO's current
modeling approach for estimating exclusion and buffer zones and also
acknowledge that L-DEO did not incorporate site-specific sound speed
profiles, bathymetry, and sediment characteristics of the research area
within the current approach to estimate those zones for this IHA.
However, as described below, empirical data collected at two different
sites and compared against model predictions indicate that other facets
of the model (besides the site-specific factors cited above) do result
in a conservative estimate of exposures in the cases tested.
The USGS IHA application and EA describe the approach to
establishing mitigation exclusion and buffer zones. In summary, L-DEO
acquired field measurements for several array configurations at
shallow- and deep-water depths during acoustic verification studies
conducted in the northern Gulf of Mexico in 2003 (Tolstoy et al., 2004)
and in 2007 and 2008 (Tolstoy et al., 2009). Based on the empirical
data from those studies, L-DEO developed a sound propagation modeling
approach that conservatively predicts received sound levels as a
function of distance from a particular airgun array configuration in
deep water. In 2010, L-DEO assessed their accuracy of their modeling
approach by comparing the sound levels of the field measurements in the
Gulf of Mexico study to their model predictions (Diebold et al., 2010).
They reported that the observed sound levels from the field
measurements fell almost entirely below the predicted mitigation radii
curve for deep water (Diebold et al., 2010). Based on this information,
L-DEO has shown that their model can reliably estimate the mitigation
radii in deep water.
L-DEO's model is most directly applicable to deep water. Reflected
and refracted arrivals were considered in verifying L-DEO's model.
Given the planned seismic survey is entirely in deep water, and the
model has been demonstrated to be conservative in deep water, NMFS
concludes that the L-DEO model is an effective means to aid in
determining potential impacts to marine mammals from the planned
seismic survey and estimating take numbers, as well as establishing
buffer and exclusion zones for mitigation.
During a March 2013 meeting, L-DEO discussed the L-DEO model with
the Commission, NMFS, and NSF. L-DEO compared the Gulf of Mexico (GOM)
calibration measurements (Tolstoy et al., 2004; Tolstoy et al., 2009;
Diebold et al., 2010) comparison with L-DEO model results. L-DEO showed
that at the calibration sites the model overestimated the size of the
exclusion zones and, therefore, is likely precautionary in most cases.
Based on the best available information that the current model
overestimates mitigation zones, we will not require L-DEO to re-
estimate the proposed buffer and exclusion zones and associated number
of marine mammal takes using operational and site-specific
environmental parameters for this IHA.
However, we continue to work with the USGS, NSF and L-DEO on
verifying the accuracy of their model. L-DEO is
[[Page 52125]]
currently analyzing whether received levels can be measured in real-
time using the ship's hydrophone streamer to estimate the sound field
around the ship and determine actual distances to the buffer and
exclusion zones. Crone et al. (2013) are analyzing Langseth streamer
data collected in 2012 off the Washington coast shelf and slope to
measure received levels in situ up to 8 km (4.3 nmi) away from the
ship. While results confirm the role that bathymetry plays in
propagation, it also confirmed that empirical measurements from the GOM
survey used to inform buffer and exclusion zones in shallow water and
model results adapted for intermediate water depths also over-estimated
the size of the zones for the Washington survey. Preliminary results
were presented in a poster session at the American Geophysical Union
fall meeting in December 2013 (Crone et al., 2013; available at: https://berna.ldeo.columbia.edu/agu2013/agu2013.pdf) and a peer-reviewed
journal publication is anticipated in 2014. When available, NMFS will
review and consider the final results and how they reflect on the L-DEO
model.
L-DEO has conveyed to NMFS that additional modeling efforts to
refine the process and conduct comparative analysis may be possible
with the availability of research fund and other resources. Obtaining
research funds is typically through a competitive process, including
those submitted to federal agencies. The use of models for calculating
buffer and exclusion zone radii and developing take estimates are not a
requirement of the MMPA ITA process. Furthermore, NMFS does not provide
specific guidance on model parameters nor prescribes a specific model
for applicants as part of the MMPA ITA process. There is a level of
variability not only with parameters in models, but the uncertainty
associated with data used in models and therefore the quality of the
model results submitted by applicants. NMFS, however, takes all of this
variability into consideration when evaluating applications. Applicants
use models as a tool to evaluate potential impacts, estimate the number
of takes of marine mammals, and for mitigation purposes. NMFS takes
into consideration the model used and its results in determining the
potential impacts to marine mammals; however, it is just a component of
NMFS's analysis during the MMPA consultation process as NMFS also takes
into consideration other factors associated with the proposed action,
such as geographic location, duration of activities, context,
intensity, etc. Takes generated by modeling are used as estimates, not
absolutes, and are factored into NMFS's analysis accordingly. Of
broader note, NMFS is currently pursuing methods that include site-
specific components to allow us to better cross-check isopleth and
propagation predictions submitted by applicants. Using this
information, NMFS could potentially recommend modifications to take
estimates and/or mitigation zones, as appropriate.
Comment 2: The Commission is unaware of changes to L-DEO's model
that would explain why the estimated exclusion zones for the seismic
survey (36-airgun array towed at 9 m depth) are smaller than previously
authorized and the buffer zones are larger than previously authorized
(75 FR 44770; 76 FR 49737; 76 FR 75525; 77 FR 25693; 77 FR 41755).
Response: NMFS recognizes the Commission's statement that the
estimated exclusion zones are smaller and buffer zones are larger than
under previous IHAs. The table below compares the estimated 160, 180,
and 190 dB buffer and exclusion zones for the current USGS IHA and
previous IHAs for seismic surveys conducted by L-DEO or USGS on the
Langseth.
Table 1--Comparison of the Estimated 160, 180, and 190 dB Buffer and Exclusion Zones for the Current USGS IHA and Previous IHAs for Seismic Surveys
Conducted by L-DEO or USGS on the Langseth
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Predicted RMS distances (m)
Seismic survey Source and volume Tow depth (m) Water depth (m) -----------------------------------------------
(in\3\) 160 dB 180 dB 190 dB
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USGS ECS Atlantic 2014.............. Single Bolt Airgun (40) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 388 100 100
36 Airgun Array (6,600) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 5,780 927 286
L-DEO Northeastern Pacific 2012..... Single Bolt Airgun (40) 6 to 15.......... Deep (>1,000)......... 385 40 12
Intermediate (100 to 578 60 18
1,000).
Shallow (<100)........ 1,050 296 150
36 Airgun Array (6,600) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 3,850 940 400
Intermediate (100 to 12,200 1,540 550
1,000).
Shallow (<100)........ 20,550 2,140 680
36 Airgun Array (6,600) 12............... Deep (>1,000)......... 4,400 1,100 460
Intermediate (100 to 13,935 1,810 615
1,000).
Shallow (<100)........ 23,470 2,250 770
36 Airgun Array (6,600) 15............... Deep (>1,000)......... 4,490 1,200 520
Intermediate (100 to 15,650 1,975 690
1,000).
Shallow (<100)........ 26,350 2,750 865
L-DEO Northwest Pacific 2012........ Single Bolt Airgun (40) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 385 40 12
36 Airgun Array (6,600) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 3,850 940 400
L-DEO Line Islands 2012............. Two GI Airgun Array 3................ Deep (>1,000)......... 670 70 20
(105).
L-DEO Line Islands 2011............. Single Bolt Airgun (40) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 385 40 12
36 Airgun Array (6,600) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 3,850 940 400
USGS Bering 2011.................... Single Bolt Airgun (40) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 385 40 12
36 Airgun Array (6,600) 9................ Deep (>1,000)......... 3,850 940 400
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 52126]]
The previous IHA applications and EAs provided by L-DEO or USGS for
this airgun array were based on the empirical results of Tolstoy et al.
(2009) and adjusted for tow depth. During the Langseth calibration, a
hydrophone was used at a depth of 350 to 500 m (1,148.3 to 1,640.4 ft)
at a deep-water site. However, since the hydrophone wasn't necessarily
sampling the maximum in the water column down to 2,000 m (6,561.7 ft),
the distances to the 160, 180, and 190 dB threshold contours cannot be
used directly as buffer and exclusion zones. The previous documents use
160 dB (rms) from Tolstoy et al. (2009) and adjust for tow depth, and
in recent documents use the 150 dB SEL contour from Diebold et al.
(2010) model, which accounts for the large difference in the 160 dB
buffer zone (3,850 vs 5,780 m). For the 190 dB exclusion zone, the rms
vs SEL metrics are a significant factor. In Figures 7 and 8 of Tolstoy
et al. (2009), there is not an exact 10 dB difference between SEL and
90% rms in the empirical data at short distances (200 to 500 m). In
recent documents, L-DEO or USGS has been using the L-DEO modeling;
modeling results are given as SEL then converted to rms values using a
fixed 10 dB difference. Using this approach, the distance to 190 dB rms
(approximately 180 dB SEL) is less than what was obtained using rms
values of the empirical measurements. However, the distance is not
underestimated with respect to the trend of SEL values of the empirical
measurements obtained at the closest ranges in Figure 8 of Tolstoy et
al. (2009) and also demonstrated in Figure 10 of Diebold et al. (2010).
The main reason for the significant fluctuations in modeling (dB
discount with SEL value) is based on converting the values calculated
as 90% rms and values obtained as SEL +10 dB. The table below compares
L-DEO's previous (Tolstoy et al., 2009) and current (Tolstoy et al.,
2009; Diebold et al., 2010) approach to acoustic propagation.
Table 2--Comparison of L-DEO's Previous and Current Approach to Acoustic
Propagation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current approach to
Previous approach to acoustic propagation
Categories acoustic propagation (Tolstoy et al.,
(Tolstoy et al., 2009 and Diebold et
2009) al., 2010)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Model Approach.............. Ray trace of direct Ray trace of direct
arrivals and source arrivals and source
ghosts (reflection ghosts (reflection
at the air-water at the air-water
interface at the interface at the
array) from the array) from the
array to the array to the
receivers. receivers.
Model Assumptions........... Constant velocity, Constant velocity,
infinite homogenous infinite homogenous
ocean layer, ocean layer,
seafloor unbounded. seafloor unbounded.
Cross-line model Cross-line model
more conservative more conservative
than in-line model. than in-line model.
Propagation Measurements 36 airguns (6,600 36 airguns (6,600
Analyzed. in\3\), 6 m tow in\3\), 6 m tow
depth, 1,600 m depth, 50 m
(deep). (shallow).
36 airguns (6,600
in\3\), 6 m tow
depth, 600 to 1,100
m (intermediate)..
36 airguns (6,600
in\3\), 6 m tow
depth, 50 m
(shallow)..
Receiver Specs.............. Calibration Calibration
hydrophone buoy:. hydrophone buoy and
Shallow--spar buoy multi-channel
anchored on the seismic hydrophone
seafloor, array, both in
hydrophone at 18 m. shallow water.
Intermediate--spar
buoy not anchored,
hydrophone at 18 m
and 500 m..
Deep--spar buoy not
anchored,
hydrophone at 18 m
and 350 to 500 m..
Data Validation............. Curve based on best NA.
fit line, 95% of
received levels
fall below curve.
Empirical Radii Appropriate 36 airguns 36 airguns
for Sampling Maximum (shallow)--Yes, (shallow)--Yes,
Received Level. appropriate for appropriate for
mitigation modeling. mitigation radii.
36 airguns
(intermediate)--No,
does not sample
maximum received
levels > 500 m..
36 airguns (deep)--
No does not sample
maximum received
levels > 500 m.
Received Level Metric 90% of cumulative SEL contours (150,
Presented. energy rms levels 170, and 180).
and SEL. Diebold et al.
Tolstoy et al. (2010) modeled data
(2009) empirical from Figure 2.
data from Table 1.
RMS vs. SEL Offsets......... 36 airguns in deep NA.
water--~14 dB
offset, rms > SEL.
36 airguns in
shallow water--8 dB
offset, rms > SEL.
Differences between the Because the deep- The current
Previous and Current water calibration propagation model
Approaches. buoy only sampled uses the maximum
received levels at SPL values shown in
a constant depth of Figure 2 in Diebold
500 m, it is not et al. (2010).
appropriate to use These values along
the empirical deep- the diagonal
water data from maximum SPL line
Tolstoy et al. connect the points
(2009) to derive where the isopleths
mitigation radii. attain their
This is due to the maximum width
buoy not capturing (providing the
the intersect of maximum distance
all the SPL associated with
isopleths at their each sound level).
wildest point from These distances
the sea surface will differ from
down to ~2,000 m. values obtained
However, the along the Tolstoy
received levels et al. (2009) data
(i.e., direct shown in Table 1
arrivals and which derives radii
reflected and from the 500 m
refracted arrivals) constant depth
are in agreement line.
with the current
propagation model.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment 3: The Commission states that in 2011, NSF and USGS modeled
sound propagation under various environmental conditions in their PEIS.
L-DEO and NSF (in cooperation with Pacific Gas and Electric Company
[PG&E]) also used a similar modeling approach in the recent IHA
application and associated EA for a seismic survey of Diablo Canyon in
California (77 FR 58256). These recent examples indicate that L-DEO,
NSF, and related entities are able to implement the recommended
approach, if required to do so by NMFS. The Commission understands the
constraints imposed by the current budgetary environment, but notes
that other agencies that contend with similar funding constraints
incorporate modeling based on site-specific parameters. USGS, L-DEO,
NSF and
[[Page 52127]]
related entities should be held to that same standard. NMFS recently
indicated that it does not, and does not believe it is appropriate to,
prescribe the use of any particular modeling package (79 FR 38499). The
Commission agrees that NMFS should not instruct applicants to use
specific contractors or modeling packages, but it should hold
applicants to the same standard, primarily one in which site- and
operation-specific environmental parameters are incorporated into the
models.
Response: PG&E submitted an IHA application to NMFS and the U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service for the Central Coastal California Seismic
Imaging Project in 2012. The IHA application included a report of
acoustic propagation modeling conducted by Greeneridge Sciences, Inc.,
sponsored by Padre Associated, Inc., to estimate received sound
pressure level radii for airgun pulses operating off central California
in the vicinity of the Diablo Canyon Nuclear Power Plant. A wave-theory
model and precise waveguide parameters that describe sound reflections
and refractions at the ocean surface, seafloor, and water column were
used to accurately model sound transmission in the ocean. As the action
proponent, PG&E funded the seismic survey and related environmental
compliance documents (e.g., IHA application, Environmental Assessment,
etc.). NSF, as the owner of the Langseth, served as the federal nexus
for the ESA section 7 consultation and need for the preparation of the
NEPA document. L-DEO is the operator of the Langseth and often applies
for IHAs for NSF-funded seismic surveys conducted for scientific
research purposes.
There are many different modeling products and services
commercially available that applicants could potentially use in
developing their take estimates and analyses for MMPA ITAs. These
different models range widely in cost, complexity, and the number of
specific factors that can be considered in any particular modeling run.
NMFS does not, and does not believe that it is appropriate to,
prescribe the use of any particular modeling package. Rather, each
applicant's approach is evaluated independently in the context of their
activity. In cases where simpler models are used and there is concern
that a model might not capture the variability across a parameter(s)
that is not represented in the model, conservative choices are often
made a certain decision points in the model to help ensure that modeled
estimates are buffered in a manner that would not result in the agency
underestimating the number of takes or extend of effects. In this case,
results have shown that the L-DEO's model reliably and conservatively
estimates mitigation radii in deep water. The observed sound levels
from the field measurements fell almost entirely below L-DEO's
estimated mitigation radii for deep water (Diebold et al., 2010). Based
on the these empirical data, which illustrate the model's conservative
exposure estimates across two sites, NMFS finds that L-DEO's model
effectively estimates sound exposures.
NMFS encourages applicants to incorporate modeling based on site-
specific and operation-specific parameters in their IHA applications,
whenever possible, but it is unrealistic to hold applicants to this
same standard in IHA applications and/or NEPA documents (EAs and EISs)
as activities may vary in their scope and level of anticipated impacts,
and applicants may have varying funding and resource constraints.
However, it is still incumbent upon NMFS to take the uncertainty that
comes along with varying models into consideration in both the analysis
of effects and the consideration of mitigation measures. In this case,
as described elsewhere in this section, we have considered the
uncertainty associated with the applicant's model and have determined
that it does not change either our findings regarding the anticipated
level and severity of impacts on marine mammals or our conclusion that
the mitigation measures required provide the means of effecting the
least practicable impact on the affected species or stocks and their
habitat.
Of broader note, NMFS is currently pursuing methods (that include
site-specific components) to allow us to better cross-check isopleth
and propagation predictions submitted by applicants. Using this
information, we could potentially recommend modifications to take
estimates and/or mitigation zones, as appropriate.
Comment 4: The Commission states that NMFS indicated that based on
empirical data (which illustrate the L-DEO's model's conservative
exposure estimates for the Gulf of Mexico and preliminarily off
Washington), it found that L-DEO's model effectively estimates sound
exposures or number of takes and represents the best available
information for NMFS to reach its determinations for the IHA. However,
for the survey off New Jersey, NMFS increased the exclusion zone radii
by a factor of 50% (equivalent to approximately a 3 dB difference in
received level at the zone edge) to be additionally precautionary (79
FR 38499). The Commission questions, if NMFS really believes the L-DEO
model is based on best available science, why it then extended the
exclusion zones to be precautionary and if NMFS felt the need to be
precautionary and extend the exclusion zones, why it did not then also
extend the buffer zones and thus the estimated numbers of takes of
marine mammals.
Response: NMFS increased the exclusion zones for the L-DEO seismic
survey off New Jersey due to site-specific considerations. Crone et al.
(2013) confirmed that the shallow water zones in L-DEO's model were
conservative in previous shallow water seismic surveys in the northeast
Pacific Ocean. However, the model had limited ability to capture the
variability resulting from site-specific factors present in the marine
environment offshore New Jersey. In light of those limitations, and in
consideration of the practicability of implementation in that
particular case NMFS recommended a more conservative approach to
mitigation specifically tailored to the New Jersey seismic survey that
required L-DEO to enlarge the exclusion zones. As noted previously,
though there are limitations with the L-DEO model, NMFS believed that
L-DEO was able to adequately estimate take for the New Jersey seismic
survey and had no reason to believe that potential variation in site-
specific parameters would result in differences that would change our
analysis of the general level or severity of effects or our necessary
findings. However, in consideration of the practicability of doing so,
we were able to precautionarily add a buffer to the mitigation zone.
The same site-specific considerations do not exist in this case.
The current seismic survey will occur entirely in deep water depths
(greater than 1,000 m). The L-DEO model reasonably predicts mitigation
zones in deep water (verified by Crone et al., 2013 and Diebold et al.,
2010). Diebold et al. reported that the observed sound levels from the
field measurements during the 2007/2008 calibration studies in the Gulf
of Mexico fell almost entirely below the predicted mitigation radii
curve for deep water. L-DEO has shown that its model reasonably
predicts mitigation zones in deep water (verified by Crone et al., 2013
and Diebold et al., 2010). Therefore, NMFS did not recommend expanding
the exclusion zones for this seismic survey because the model
conservatively predicts received sound levels as a function of distance
from a particular airgun array configuration in deep water.
[[Page 52128]]
Comment 5: COA and NRDC et al. states that the potential impacts on
marine species from sound-producing sources other than airguns were not
meaningfully evaluated. The commenters state that a 12 kHz multi-beam
echosounder operated by an ExxonMobil survey vessel off the coast of
Madagascar was implicated by an independent scientific review panel in
the mass stranding of melon-headed whales in 2008. Commenters state
that a beaked whale stranding observed in the action area of a 2002 L-
DEO seismic survey in the Gulf of California may have been linked to
the use of this technology as well. COA states that based on the
correlation between these previous stranding events and the use of
multi-beam echosounder technology, it is imperative that NMFS fully
assess the potential for this source to impact marine mammals both on
its own and with the operation of the airgun array.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenter's assessment that the
potential impacts on marine species from sound-producing sources other
than airguns, was not meaningfully evaluated. NMFS assessed the
potential for the operation of the multi-beam echosounder and sub-
bottom profiler to impact marine mammals, both on their own and
simultaneously with the operation of the airgun array. NMFS assumes
that, during simultaneous operations of the airgun array and the other
sources, any marine mammals close enough to be affected by the multi-
beam echosounder and sub-bottom profiler will already be affected by
the airguns. However, whether or not the airguns are operating
simultaneously with the other sources, marine mammals are expected to
exhibit no more than short-term and inconsequential responses to the
multi-beam echosounder and sub-bottom profiler given their
characteristics (e.g., narrow, downward-directed beam) and other
considerations described previously in the notice of the proposed IHA
(79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). Such reactions are not considered to
constitute ``taking'' (NMFS, 2001). Therefore, USGS provided no
additional allowance for animals that could be affected by sound
sources other than airguns and NMFS has not authorized take from these
other sound sources. NMFS's notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642,
June 23, 2014) states that the multi-beam echosounder and sub-bottom
profiler will not operate during transits at the beginning and end of
the planned seismic survey; therefore, NMFS does not expect any
potential impacts from these sound sources in shallow water or coastal
areas.
Regarding the 2008 stranding of melon headed whales in Madagascar
referenced by commenters, the use of a high-power (source level 236 to
242 dB) 12 kHz multi-beam echosounder was deemed the most plausible and
likely behavioral trigger that caused a large group of melon-headed
whales to leave their typical habitat and then ultimately strand as a
result of secondary factors such as malnourishment and dehydration. In
addition to the source level associated with that particular multi-beam
echosounder, its movement pattern (i.e., directed manner down the shelf
break within a channel) contributed to displacing this species, via an
avoidance response, from its typical deep-water habitat to the shallow-
water lagoon system where the stranding occurred. This USGS seismic
survey is not being operated in this manner. This species was also
identified as a particularly behaviorally sensitive species to
anthropogenic sound (i.e., not all species expected to respond in the
same manner as this species) and a ``confluence of factors'' may have
caused this group of whales to orient in a manner relative to the
multi-beam echosounder that caused an avoidance response leading to an
out-of-habitat area (i.e., not every exposure situation where this type
of source is used is expected to result in a similar behavioral
response and/or outcome). Furthermore, behavioral responses can be
quite complex and variable, depending on a multitude of factors,
including context (Ellison et al., 2011).
Regarding the 2002 stranding in the Gulf of California, the multi-
beam echosounder system was on a different vessel, the R/V Maurice
Ewing (Ewing), which is a vessel no longer operated by L-DEO. Although
COA and NRDC et al. suggests that the multi-beam echosounder system or
other acoustic sources on the Ewing may have been associated with the
2002 stranding of 2 beaked whales, as noted in Cox et al. (2006),
``whether or not this survey caused the beaked whales to strand has
been a matter of debate because of the small number of animals involved
and a lack of knowledge regarding the temporal and spatial correlation
between the animals and the sound source.'' As noted by Yoder (2002),
there was no scientific linkage to the event with the Ewing's
activities and the acoustic sources being used.
As noted by Hildebrand (2006), ``the settings for these stranding
(e.g., Canary Islands, Greece, Bahamas, etc.) are strikingly
consistent: An island or archipelago with deep water nearby,
appropriate for beaked whale foraging habitat. The conditions for mass
stranding may be optimized when the sound source transits a deep
channel between two islands, such as in the Bahamas, and apparently in
the Madeira incident.'' The activities planned for the USGS seismic
survey are in remote deep water, far from any land mass and islands,
and do not relate at all to the environmental scenarios noted by
Hildebrand (2006) as being consistent settings for other mass
strandings of beaked whales.
MMPA Concerns
Comment 6: COA state that NMFS must ensure that the IHA complies
with the MMPA and requests that NMFS deny the IHA based on their
opinion that the potential impacts to marine mammals are incompatible
with the prohibitions of the MMPA and that the take would be more than
negligible.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenters' assessment. Section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA directs NMFS to allow, upon request, the
incidental taking by harassment of small numbers of marine mammals for
periods of not more than one year by U.S. citizens who engage in a
specified activity within a specific geographic region if certain
findings are made and a notice of a proposed IHA is provided to the
public for review. In order to grant an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D)
of the MMPA, NMFS must find that the taking by harassment of marine
mammal species or stocks will have a negligible impact on such species
or stocks and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence uses.
Where applicable, the IHA must also prescribe the permissible methods
of taking by harassment pursuant to the activity, and other means of
effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stocks and
their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar significance. NMFS followed all
applicable legal standards and made all relevant findings before
issuing an IHA to USGS under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA.
As described in the notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June
23, 2014) and this document, USGS requested that NMFS issue an IHA to
take small numbers of marine mammals by Level B harassment only
incidental to conducting a seismic survey within a specific geographic
area (see ``Summary of Request''). Based on the best scientific
information available, NMFS expect that USGS's activities would result
in take by Level B harassment
[[Page 52129]]
only in the form of behavioral modifications during the period of the
USGS's active airgun operations. Due to the nature, degree, and context
of Level B harassment anticipated and described in the notice of the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014) and this document, NMFS does
not expect the activity to impact rates of annual recruitment or
survival for any affected species or stock, particularly given the
required mitigation and monitoring measures that would minimize impacts
to marine mammals (see ``Negligible Impact'' section). NMFS has
determined that the required mitigation and monitoring measures
(described in the notice for the proposed IHA [79 FR 35642, June 23,
2014], and included within the final IHA), provide the means of
effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance (see ``Mitigation''
section). There are not relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals
implicated by this action.
Based on the analysis of the likely effects of the specified
activity on marine mammals and their habitat contained within the
notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014) this document,
and the USGS's EA, and taking into consideration the implementation of
the required mitigation and monitoring measures, NMFS finds that the
USGS seismic survey will have a negligible impact on such species or
stocks and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the
availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence uses.
NMFS has therefore issued an IHA to USGS to take small numbers of
marine mammals by Level B harassment only for a period less than one
year. NMFS has complied with the MMPA and disagrees with the
commenter's assessment that the potential impacts to marine mammals
from USGS's seismic survey are incompatible with the prohibitions of
the MMPA and that the take would be more than negligible.
Comment 7: COA states that NMFS's take estimates for marine mammals
which no population or stock data are available are speculative and may
be significant underestimations. COA states that it is not clear how
these takes were assigned and what, if any, measures would be taken
during the seismic survey if it is determined that take numbers for
these animals were significantly miscalculated.
Response: Although no known current regional population or stock
abundance estimates for the northwest Atlantic Ocean are available for
the Fraser's, spinner, and Clymene dolphins, or the Bryde's, melon-
headed, pygmy killer, false killer, and killer whales, limited OBIS-
SEAMAP sightings data exist for these species within or adjacent to the
action area. Even where the limited number of sightings suggests that
density is very low and encounters less likely, for any species with
OBIS-SEAMAP sightings data within or adjacent to the action area,
including both species of marine mammals that did not have density
model outputs within the SERDP/NASA/NOAA and OBIS-SEAMAP database
(i.e., humpback whale [summer], Bryde's whale, sei whale, blue whale,
northern bottlenose whale, Atlantic white-sided dolphin, Fraser's
dolphin, spinner dolphin, Clymene dolphin [summer], melon-headed whale,
pygmy killer whale, false killer whale, and killer whale) and species
with density outputs that did not extend into the planned study area at
all (i.e., sei whale), NMFS believes it is wise to include coverage for
potential takes. Generally, to quantify this coverage, NMFS assumed
that USGS could potentially encounter one group for each species during
each of the seismic survey legs (recognizing that interannual variation
and the potential presence of ephemeral features could drive differing
encounter possibilities in the two legs), and NMFS thinks it is
reasonable to use the average (mean) groups size (weighted by effort
and rounded up) to estimate the take from these potential encounters.
The mean group size were determined based on data reported from the
Cetacean and Turtle Assessment Program (CeTAP) surveys (CeTAP, 1982)
and the Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for Protected Species
(AMAPPS) surveys in 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013. Because we believe it
is unlikely, we do not think it is necessary to assume that the largest
group size will be encountered. USGS proposed this same approach in
their IHA application, and is aware that they will not be covered in
the unlikely event that a larger group is ensonified above 160 dB.
PSOs based on the vessel will record data to estimate the numbers
of marine mammals exposed to various received sound levels and to
document apparent disturbance reactions or lack thereof. Data would be
used to estimate numbers of animals potentially taken by harassment. If
the estimated numbers of animals potentially taken by harassment
approach or exceed the number of authorized takes, USGS will have to
re-initiate consultation with NMFS under the MMPA and/or ESA.
Comment 8: The Commission states that in estimating the numbers of
potential takes for the proposed IHA, USGS used density data from the
Ocean Biogeographic Information System Spatial Ecological Analysis of
Megavertebrate Populations (OBIS-SEAMAP), specifically data originating
from Navy Operating Area Density Estimates (NODE). USGS considered
those estimates to be the best available data. However, those data
apply only to the U.S. EEZ, which comprises only 20 percent of the
proposed action area in 2014 and 10 percent in 2015. It is unclear if
USGS assumed the densities in areas outside the U.S. EEZ to be 0, if it
applied the densities estimated for waters within the EEZ to those
other areas, or if it did some permutation of those two methods. In any
case, the densities could have been underestimated.
Although NMFS indicated in the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014) that the OBIS-SEAMAP data were determined to be
the best available information for density data, the Commission
understands that NMFS subsequently determined that the data from the
Navy's Atlantic Fleet Training and Testing Navy Marine Species Density
Database (AFTT NMSDD) are superior and are now considered the best
available. Therefore, the Commission understands that NMFS intends to
use the AFTT NMSDD data to re-estimate the numbers of marine mammals
that could be taken during the seismic survey. The Commission agrees
that the AFTT NMSDD data are preferable and should be used to re-
estimate the numbers of takes for all marine mammal species and used
for the analyses required under both the MMPA and the ESA. Furthermore,
the Commission recommends that the same methods to be used to determine
the densities for the analyses conducted under the MMPA and ESA.
Response: NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, Permits and
Conservation Division, has carefully considered both the SERDP-SDSS and
NMSDD data to determine which is more appropriate for calculating take
estimates. NMFS considers the NMSDD dataset useful in predicting marine
mammal density and distribution in the open ocean where better data are
unavailable. However, for this study and for the reasons described
below, NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division has determined that applying the SERDP-SDSS finer-scale
density estimates from the immediately adjacent
[[Page 52130]]
and more similar areas is the more accurate approach. The survey study
area extends from Georges Bank southward to Blake Ridge in the
northwest Atlantic Ocean. The entire study area encompasses 543,601
km\2\ (158,488.7 nmi\2\) and covers portions of the continental slope,
continental rise, and abyssal plain. Approximately 40% of the study
area is within the U.S. EEZ (``study area'' means the polygon drawn
around the two legs of the survey). For the 2014 leg, USGS planned a
total of 3,165 km (1,709 nmi) of tracklines within the action area. Of
those 442.6 km (239 nmi) (14%) are within the U.S. EEZ. For the 2015
leg, USGS planned a total of 3,115 km (1,682 nmi) of tracklines within
the action area. Of those 558.2 km (301.4 nmi) (18%) are within the
U.S. EEZ. There are no tracklines located within the continental shelf
and approximately 99% of the tracklines are located outside the
continental shelf. Less than 0.5% of the tracklines are within the
continental slope. For both years 89% of the seismic survey's
tracklines will occur within the abyssal plain, 11% within the
continental rise, and less than 1% of the tracklines will occur within
the continual shelf.
The USGS determined that they could obtain and analyze the best
available information for density data from the SERDP-SDSS Marine
Animal Mapper online system. The SERDP-SDSS model outputs provide
color-coded maps of cetacean density as well as maps that depict the
precision of the models. The NMFS, Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division, considers the NODES models from the
SERDP-SDSS used here at Tier 1 data. These models accurately predict
density within the continental shelf, slope, and rise based on fine-
scale spatially relevant (e.g., collected within the immediate
vicinity) marine mammal survey data and environmental factors. NMFS,
Office of Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation Division,
considers it as a robust dataset to estimate densities with the least
amount of uncertainty.
Generally, the NMSDD maps for the study area in question have shown
much higher densities of marine mammals adjacent to the U.S. EEZ line
compared to the SERDP-SDS prediction. The NMSDD predicts density
information for species outside the U.S. EEZ using two additional
sources of information based on habitat suitability models, the Sea
Mammal Research Unit Limited (SMRU Ltd.), University of St. Andrews,
Scotland Global Density Models (SMRU Ltd., 2012) and the Kaschner model
(2006). The Navy applied the SMRU Ltd. model to areas or seasons where
the NODE density spatial model data contained in SERDP-SDSS were not
available. The Kaschner model (2006) predicts the average annual
geographical ranges of marine mammal species on a global scale. The
model uses a Relative Environmental Suitability (RES) model that
synthesizes general, qualitative observations about the spatial and
temporal relationships between four environmental factors (depth, sea
surface temperature, distance to land, and mean annual distance to ice
edge) and the worldwide distribution of a particular species. The
Kaschner model is not as robust (and in some cases unsuccessful) in
predicting spatially-relevant patterns of cetacean distribution at a
finer scale because the model is parameterized for a broader region and
scale. Thus, in many cases, predicted distributions may not correspond
well with the known distribution of particular species (Calabrese et
al., 2014; Redfern et al., 2006; Williams et al., 2014), leading to
inaccurate extrapolations (i.e., including areas that are not known to
be habitat) that do not comport with the expected distribution of a
particular species. The Navy considered this model as tertiary to the
NODE density spatial model data contained in SERDP-SDSS and secondary
to the SMRU Ltd. data. They only applied the Kaschner model data to
areas where NODE or SMRU Ltd. data were available.
The SERDP-SDSS model outputs for density estimates do not extend
beyond the U.S. EEZ. Thus data for 60% of the USGS's study area are not
available in the online system. However, the USGS used the system to
extract the mean density (animals per square kilometer) for marine
mammals within 40% of the study area that is within the U.S. EEZ.
Because the SERDP-SDSS provides fine-scale predictions with greater
certainty over the continental shelf, slope, and rise, NMFS, Office of
Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation Division, feels that is
reasonable to extrapolate the density estimates from the coastal and
shelf areas to areas further offshore (i.e., continental rise and
abyssal plain zone). Generally, we would expect higher densities of
marine mammal over the continental shelf, slope, and rise. Thus,
extrapolating these densities to the offshore study area seems the most
reasonable approach given the datasets available. In relying on basic
ecological principles, NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, Permits and
Conservation Division, would expect lower densities of marine mammals
within the study area that extends beyond the U.S. EEZ over the
continental rise and abyssal plain in contrast to the results shown in
NMSDD.
Comment 9: NRDC et al. and the Commission state that NMFS made
erroneous small numbers and negligible impact determinations. They
state that the MMPA clearly prohibits agencies from taking marine
mammals on the high seas, and since the take prohibition applies
outside the EEZ as well as in U.S. waters, NMFS must make a negligible
impact and small numbers determination to authorize take for the
populations in both the U.S. EEZ and on the high seas outside the U.S.
EEZ. NRDC et al. and the Commission also state that notice for the
proposed IHA suggests that NMFS is authorizing the take of 43.44% of
the pantropical spotted dolphin stock, which is not a small number.
Response: NMFS agrees that the MMPA applies outside of the U.S. EEZ
on the high seas. NMFS considered takes outside of the U.S. EEZ both in
our negligible impact and small numbers determinations. NMFS makes it
small numbers determination based on the number of marine mammals that
would be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or
stocks. NMFS's take estimates for the current survey are based on a
consideration of the number of marine mammals that could be harassed by
seismic operations within the entire seismic survey area, both within
and outside of the U.S. EEZ. Given that the take estimates were
calculated for the entire survey area, NMFS concluded that a portion of
the takes would take place within the U.S. EEZ and the remainder would
take place outside of the U.S. EEZ. As explained previously in this
document, approximately 80% of the survey tracklines in 2014 and
approximately 90% of the survey tracklines in 2015 are outside of the
U.S. EEZ. Therefore, as the small numbers determination section in the
notice for the proposed IHA explained, NMFS apportioned 10 to 20% of
the total authorized takes to the U.S. EEZ in order to make its small
numbers determination for the affected U.S. EEZ stocks. Table 6 in this
document has been updated to reflect this apportionment. All of the
takes that NMFS expects to occur within the U.S. EEZ represent a small
number relative the affected U.S. EEZ stocks.
For species for which regional abundance data exists (North
Atlantic right whale, humpback whale, minke while, sei whale, fin
whale, blue whale, sperm whale, Atlantic white-sided dolphin, short-
finned pilot whale, long-
[[Page 52131]]
finned pilot whale, Northern bottlenose whale, and harbor porpoise),
Table 4 of the notice for the proposed IHA clearly reflected that the
estimated take for the entire survey area represented a small number
relative to the regional populations. For species for which only stock
abundance data exists (pygmy sperm whale, dwarf sperm whale, Cuvier's
beaked whale, Mesoplodon, bottlenose dolphin, Atlantic spotted dolphin,
pantropical spotted dolphin, striped dolphin, short-beaked common
dolphin, rough-toothed dolphin, Risso's dolphin), NMFS concluded that
if the authorized take represents a small number of the U.S. EEZ stock,
it will also represent a small number of the greater regional
population, based on the larger and wider ranging populations expected
in the high seas. This conclusion is supported by the fact that, for
the species with both regional and stock-specific abundance
populations, the regional abundance is on the order of five to twenty
times higher than the abundance of the stock. We have clarified the
small numbers determination in this document accordingly.
With respect to the pantropical spotted dolphin, Table 4 in the
notice for the proposed IHA indicated that 43% of the stock would be
taken. However, this number represents the total authorized take for
the entire survey area as compared to the population of the U.S. EEZ
stock. The small numbers section explained that to determine whether
the authorized take would be a small number of the affected U.S. EEZ
stock, NMFS apportioned 10 to 20% of the authorized take to the U.S.
EEZ, as described above, and determined that approximately 6.5% percent
of the U.S. EEZ stock would be taken. The remainder of the takes would
occur outside the U.S EEZ. Although no regional abundance estimate
exists for the pantropical spotted dolphin, it is one of the most
abundant cetaceans on the globe and occurs in all tropical to warm
temperate waters between 40[deg] North and South (Folkens, 2002).
Therefore, we are confident that the authorized take represents a small
number compared to the greater regional Atlantic pantropical spotted
dolphin population that occurs outside of the U.S. EEZ.
Comment 10: The Commission states that under section
101(a)(5)(D)(iii) of the MMPA an IHA can be issued only after notice in
the Federal Register and opportunity for public comment. However, that
public review opportunity is meaningful only if the proposed IHA
contains accurate information and the relevant analyses. If, subsequent
to the publication, substantive changes are made to the underlying
information or NMFS's analyses, re-publication with a new opportunity
to comment is appropriate. In this instance, it appears that NMFS's
published analyses were not based on the best available information and
that it may have significantly underestimated the likely numbers of
takes for at least some of the marine mammal species and stocks that
occur in the proposed action area. The Commission recommends that NMFS
publish a revised proposed IHA in the Federal Register with updated
estimated numbers of takes and small numbers and negligible impact
analyses to provide a more informed public comment opportunity.
Further, the Commission recommends that, to the extent possible, NMFS
strive to identify and incorporate any substantive changes that might
be made in a proposed IHA prior to publication in the Federal Register.
Response: NMFS's analysis in this document is based on the best
available information and NMFS does not believe that the estimated
number of takes for the marine mammal species and stocks in the action
area have been significantly underestimated. Please see the response to
comment 8 for NMFS's rationale regarding the careful consideration of
both the SERDP-SDSS and NMSDD to determine which is more appropriate
for using density data and calculating take estimates. In the case of
marine mammals species with OBIS-SEAMAP sightings within or adjacent to
the action area and expected to be encountered, where density data was
limited or unavailable, NMFS updated the mean group sizes that were
determined based on data reported from the Cetacean and Turtle
Assessment Program (CeTAP) surveys (CeTAP, 1982) as well as the reports
from the Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for Protected Species
(AMAPPS) surveys in 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013. However, for most of
the marine mammal species, the estimated number of takes did not change
between the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR35642, June 23, 2014) and
the final IHA. The small numbers and negligible impact analyses and
determinations made by NMFS still remain accurate. NMFS strives to
identify and incorporate any substantive changes before publishing a
notice of proposed IHA in the Federal Register, but may need to make
substantive changes based on information and comments received during
the 30-day public comment period. NMFS acknowledges the Commission's
recommendation, but will not be publishing a notice of a revised
proposed IHA in the Federal Register.
Mitigation
Comment 11: NRDC et al. states that time and area restrictions
designed to protect high-value habitat are one of the most effective
means to reduce the potential impacts of noise and disturbance. They
also state that the proposed IHA does not consider any areas for
closure, trackline avoidance or seasonal planning for any species of
marine mammals.
Response: NMFS disagrees with NRDC et al.'s assessment. NMFS used
the Navy's NODE model for determining the density data of marine mammal
species (where it was available) and calculating estimated take
numbers. USGS has indicated that they plan on avoiding banks, canyons,
seamounts, and North Atlantic right whale critical habitat. NMFS was
not able to identify any other important habitat areas of specific
importance to marine mammals from this dataset that are appropriate for
avoidance or time-area restrictions. Further, the seismic survey's
planned tracklines, which are widespread over a large geographic area,
combined with the transiting vessel and airgun array, make time-area
restrictions and avoiding specific habitat areas impractical and likely
would not provide significant reduction in potential impacts from
underwater sound or sufficient conservation benefits for this specific
project. NMFS notes that areas for closure, trackline avoidance, or
seasonal planning were also considered in the USGS EA and not included
in the proposed IHA as they were deemed unnecessary or not practicable.
For responses to the specific time-area restrictions NRDC et al.
suggest, see the responses below in this section.
Concerning the avoidance of marine mammals through the modification
of tracklines, the IHA states that the Langseth should alter speed or
course during seismic operation if a marine mammal, based on its
position and relative motion, appears likely to enter the relevant
exclusion zone. If speed or course alteration is not safe or
practicable, or if after alteration the marine mammal still appears
likely to enter the exclusion zone, further mitigation measures, such
as a power-down or shut-down, shall be taken. The USGS EA, which NMFS
adopted, also considers that slight track adjustments are possible to
avoid fisheries conflicts: ``minimizing potential adverse effects on
fisheries may be accomplished by adjusting tracklines and communicating
[[Page 52132]]
with fishermen about respective locations of vessels, equipment, and
rate of travel or drift.'' Because of limited ship maneuverability,
trackline adjustments must also be done to ``maintain safety and avoid
entanglement.''
Concerning seasonal planning, seasonal (four seasons where
available) distributions of marine animals are incorporated into the EA
through the descriptions presented in chapter 3. A complete table of
the seasonal distributions of potentially affected marine mammal
species is given in the IHA application (Table 3). The EA also
evaluated as an alternative conducting the seismic survey at a
different time of year. Weather conditions in the Atlantic Ocean and
ship schedules constrain the possible survey time window to May through
September. In addition, scheduling the survey in mid-summer when
daylight hours are maximized and sea states are generally minimal
facilitates observations of marine wildlife.
Comment 12: NRDC et al. state that because of the incredibly rich
diversity of species that congregate around Georges Bank throughout the
year and, most heavily, during the summer months, the seismic survey
should be prohibited from entering Georges Bank or the slope waters off
Georges Bank, and the survey tracklines should be designed to ensure a
buffer zone minimally sufficient to minimize potential behavioral
impacts on na[iuml]ve deep-diving whales and disruption of
communication with baleen whales.
Response: Three lines of the combined 2014 and 2015 tracklines are
near Georges Bank. The shallow ends of these three tracklines are in
2,500 to 2,600 m (8,202.1 to 8,530.2 ft) water depth, or deeper than
the ``slope waters'' that NRDC et al. reference. These tracklines are
on the upper rise of the continental margin. The distance from the
landward (turning) ends of the tracklines in 2015 to the shelf-slope
break on Georges Bank are approximately 50 km (27 nmi, eastern) and 70
km (37.8 nmi, western); thus, no survey tracklines are actually within
Georges Bank. The trackline closest to the eastern end of Georges Bank
and the New England seamounts will image the Munson-Nygren-Retriever
submarine landslides and will provide a comparison to understand why
one region fails and another does not. Both of the tracklines that come
closest to Georges Bank will address the hazards objectives of the
planned seismic survey. The portion of the seismic survey near Georges
Bank represents a small part of the planned action area.
Comment 13: NRDC et al. states that to the extent that survey
tracklines cut across the three identified canyons, Oceanographer,
Gilbert, and Lydonia, USGS should redraw them to avoid overrunning
these important foraging waters and to ensure a sufficient buffer
between the trackline and the canyon.
Response: The seismic survey tracklines south of Georges Bank are
intentionally planned by USGS to avoid Oceanographer, Gilbert, and
Lydonia canyons. They have been located to address the submarine
landslide and tsunami hazards objective of the project. An important
part of understanding where and why landslides occur is to also
understanding where and why they do not occur in the same area. The
three lines closest to Georges Bank are located away from canyons and
known landslides in order to understand why one part of the margin
fails and another does not.
Oceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia canyons are in close proximity
to each other on the south side of Georges Bank. The Gilbert channel
merges with the Lydonia channel in approximately 2,800 m (9,186.4 ft)
water depth. Oceanographer Canyon merges with the Lydonia/Gilber system
in approximately 3,400 m (11,154.9 ft).
The distances of the three tracklines on the south side of Georges
Bank from the Lydonia/Gilbert system are 75, 150, and 150 km (40.5, 81,
and 81 nmi), respectively. The distances from Oceanographer are 100,
130, and 130 km (54, 70.2, and 70.2 nmi), respectively. The 160 dB
buffer zone is 5.78 km (3.1 nmi) on either side of each trackline,
leaving a generous distance of approximately (69 km [37.3 nmi]) to the
nearest of Oceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia canyons.
In more general terms, the ensonification zone at the landward ends
of the three tracklines extends to approximately 2,400 to 2,500 m
(7,874 to 8,202.1 ft) water depth. The base of the canyon system on the
upper rise of Georges Bank in this region is in approximately 3,500 m
(11,842.9 ft) of water. The track distance from 2,500 to 3,500 m is
approximately 45 km (24.3 nmi), or, for the three tracklines,
represents approximately 135 km (72.9 nmi) (16 hours of surveying), or
only two percent of the total planned tracklines. Hence the portion of
the seismic survey near Georges Bank represents a small part of the
planned action area. The tracklines have been designed to connect to or
cross existing data to take advantage of existing data sources.
Therefore, NMFS disagrees with the recommendation that USGS should
redraw the tracklines to avoid Oceanographer, Gilbert, and Lydonia
canyons because the tracklines are not close to these canyons and a
sufficient buffer exists between these tracklines and the canyons.
Comment 14: NRDC et al. states that there are several major
submarine canyons, including Norfolk, Washington, Baltimore, Hudson,
and Veatch. Because of its established importance as a biologically
rich foraging ground for numerous species of marine mammals and other
marine life, NRDC et al. states that the survey line should be redrawn
to avoid Hudson Canyon. To the extent that other survey tracklines cut
across these additional identified canyons, NRDC et al. states that
USGS should redraw them to avoid overrunning these important foraging
waters and to ensure a sufficient buffer between the trackline and the
canyon.
Response: USGS designed the tracklines to avoid Hudson Canyon. The
trackline referred to by NRDC et al. does not cross the Hudson Canyon
until well along the downslope channel extension in approximately 4,200
m (13,779.5 ft) water depth on the continental rise. At the landward
end, the closest approach between the trackline and Hudson Canyon is 21
km (11.3 nmi). This is between three and four times the radius of the
160 dB ensonified area (5.78 km). This trackline was originally laid
out to connect to an existing scientific borehole (ODP 1073), but was
shortened to connect to existing seismic data that allow for an
acceptable tie to the well. Hence the seismic survey was modified in an
effort to avoid collecting new data over existing data. The scientific
borehole represents an important location for correlating and dating
units for understanding landslide occurrence.
Of the five remaining tracklines in the mid-Atlantic region, four
are more than 300 km (162 nmi) from the shelf-slope break and
associated canyons. The fifth and southernmost line is south of Cape
Hatteras, where canyons are not well developed. USGS and NMFS estimate
the closest canyon, Pamlico Canyon, to this fifth trackline is
approximately 200 km (108 nmi) to the northeast. Therefore, NMFS
disagrees with the recommendation that USGS should redraw the
tracklines to avoid overrunning these foraging waters and to ensure a
sufficient buffer between the trackline and the canyons.
Comment 15: NRDC et al. states that the survey tracklines currently
run across or approach the Bear, Physalia, Mytilus, and Retriever
seamounts (a seamount chain which may act as a dispersal corridor to
help species to cross the Atlantic). NRDC et al. states that the
seismic survey tracklines
[[Page 52133]]
should be modified and redesigned to avoid the four seamounts in order
to ensure the least practicable impact on marine mammals and should
include a buffer zone to minimize marine mammal take.
Response: Although the NRDC et al. comment only mentions the four
seamounts within the U.S. 200 nmi limit, there are additional seamounts
beyond 200 nmi, including Picket, Buell, Balanus, and Asterias
seamounts. The planned tracklines do not run across any of these
seamounts. Except for the small and deep seamount called Asterias
seamount, at the seaward end of the tracklines, the closest approach of
the trackline to any of the eight seamounts is 15 km (8.1 nmi), with
ranges up to 58 km (31.3 nmi). For the four seamounts inside the U.S.
200 nmi limit, the distances between the tracks and the base of the
seamount range from 16.3 to 47 km (8.8 to 25.4 nmi). Given that the
exclusion zone along the tracklines is 5,780 m (18,963.3 ft), a buffer
zone already exists between the tracklines and these seamounts.
NMFS notes that one of the seismic survey's tracklines is within
6.6 km (3.6 nmi) of Asterias seamount at the seaward end of the
trackline, but this seamount only rises above the seafloor by 1,200 m
(3,937 ft) and has a water depth at its top of 3,609 m (11,840.6 ft)
(ETOPO1). This is much deeper than the four seamounts within the U.S.
200 nmi limit, which, at their tops, have water depths of 1,112, 2,366,
2,475, and 2,153 m (3,648.3, 7,762.5, 8,120.1, and 7,063.6 ft),
respectively (read from digital map released by Andrews et al., 2014).
Asterias seamount, due to its small size and large depth, is not
considered a feature that would modify currents and circulation to the
extent that the larger, shallower seamounts would.
Therefore, NMFS disagrees with the recommendation that the seismic
survey tracklines should be modified and redesigned to avoid Bear,
Physalia, Mytilus, and Retriever seamounts and should include a buffer
zone to minimize marine mammal take because the tracklines do not cross
these seamounts and a buffer zone already exists between the tracklines
and these seamounts.
Comment 16: NRDC et al. states that in order to protect the North
Atlantic right whale and comply with the ESA, NMFS must exclude all of
the North Atlantic right whale's year-round feeding and mating habitat
areas from the seismic survey and vessel activities. These areas
include both designated critical habitat as well as areas that have not
yet been designated as critical habitat, but are known to be important
habitat.
Response: NMFS has not excluded the seismic survey from North
Atlantic right whale designated critical habitat and other habitat
known to be important to the North Atlantic right whale because the
planned activities are not in close proximity to these areas. The
trackline that has the closest approach to the northeast Atlantic Ocean
designated critical habitat is approximately 190 km (102.6 nmi) from
the area. The trackline that has the closest approach to the southeast
Atlantic Ocean designated critical habitat is approximately 519 km
(280.2 nmi) from the area. The North Atlantic right whale critical
habitat in the northeast Atlantic Ocean can be found online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/criticalhabitat/
nrightwhalene.pdf. The North Atlantic right whale
critical habitat in the southeast Atlantic Ocean can be found online
at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/criticalhabitat/
nrightwhalese.pdf.
Furthermore, considering the conservation status for the North
Atlantic right whale, the airguns will be shut-down immediately in the
unlikely event that this species is observed, regardless of the
distance from the Langseth. Ramp-up will only begin if the North
Atlantic right whale has not been seen for 30 minutes.
Comment 17: NRDC et al. states that marine mammals densities are
often correlated over medium to large scales with persistent
oceanographic features, such as currents, productivity, and surface,
temperature, as well as with concentrations in other marine species,
such as other apex predators and fish. NMFS should use these other
areas identifiable through habitat mapping for determining time-area
restrictions.
Response: NMFS and USGS used SERDP SDSS model outputs to determine
density data for marine mammals in the action area. The density data
was used to estimate take numbers and potential impacts to marine
mammals. The USGS EA considers current and other metocean information
as part of the analysis. For example the EA states that ``the region is
greatly influenced by a prominent ocean current system, the Gulf
Stream. This is a powerful, warm, and swiftly flowing current that
flows northward, generally along the shelf edge, carrying warm
equatorial waters into the North Atlantic (Pickard and Emergy, 1990;
Verity et al. 1993). Upwelling along the Atlantic coast is both wind-
driven and a result of dynamic uplift (Shen et al., 2000; Lentz et al.,
2003). In addition to the Gulf Stream, currents originating from the
outflow of both the Chesapeake and Delaware Bays influence the surface
circulation in the Mid-Atlantic bight. The Chesapeake Bay plume flows
seaward from the mouth of the bay and then turns south to form a
coastal jet that can extend as far as Cape Hatteras. Similarly, the
Delaware Coastal Current begins in Delaware Bay and flows southward
along the Delmarva Peninsula before entrained into the Chesapeake Bay
plume.'' In addition, the maps of the seasonal distributions of the
marine species shows the regions of higher productivity through the
higher concentrations of animals. Correlating marine mammal densities
with oceanographic features provides excellent insight into
environmental analysis for the action area, but it did not lead to
identifiable areas of concern that would lead NMFS to require and
implement time-area restrictions in the IHA.
Comment 18: NRDC et al. state that NMFS should use these other
areas identifiable through habitat mapping for determining time-area
restrictions. Researchers have developed at least two predictive models
to characterize densities of marine mammals in the area of interest:
The NODE model produced by the Naval Facilities Engineering Command
Atlantic, and the Duke Marine Lab model produced under contract with
the Strategic Environmental Research and Development Program. Until
Duke has produced its new cetacean density model, pursuant to NOAA's
CetMap program, NRDC et al. state that NMFS should use these sources,
which represent best available science to identify important marine
mammal habitat and ensure the least practicable impact.
Response: NMFS used the Navy's NODE model for determining the
density data of marine mammal species (where it was available) and
calculating estimated take numbers. USGS has indicated that they plan
on avoiding banks, canyons, seamounts, and North Atlantic right whale
critical habitat. NMFS was not able to identify any other important
habitat areas of specific importance to marine mammals from this
dataset that are appropriate for avoidance or time-area restrictions.
Further, the seismic survey's planned tracklines, which are widespread
over a large geographic area and designed for the specific objectives
of this survey, combined with the transiting vessel and airgun array,
make time-area restrictions and avoiding specific habitat areas
impractical and likely would not provide significant reduction in
potential impacts from underwater
[[Page 52134]]
sound or sufficient conservation benefits for this specific project.
Comment 19: NRDC et al. states that the proposed IHA does not
adequately consider, or fails to consider at all, a number of other
reasonable measures that could significantly reduce take from the
proposed activities.
Response: In order to issue an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the ``permissible methods of taking by
harassment pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the
least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat,
paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of
similar significance.'' NMFS' duty under this ``least practicable
impact'' standard is to prescribe mitigation reasonably designed to
minimize, to the extent practicable, any adverse population level
impacts, as well as habitat impacts. While population-level impacts can
be minimized only by reducing impacts on individual marine mammals, not
all takes translate to population-level impacts. NMFS' objective under
the ``least practicable impact'' standard is to design mitigation
targeting those impacts on individual marine mammals that are most
likely to lead to adverse population-level effects. Based on NMFS'
evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as well as other
measures considered by NMFS or recommended by the public, NMFS has
determined that the mitigation measures required by the IHA provide the
means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal
species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to
rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. NMFS
provides responses to the mitigation measures suggested by NRDC et al.,
including survey design standards and review, use of an alternative
multi-beam echosounder, sound source validation, alternate safety zone
distances, real-time monitoring, and technology-based mitigation, in
the following responses.
Comment 20: NRDC et al. state that NMFS should require that the
airgun survey vessel use the lowest practicable source level, minimize
horizontal propagation of the sound signal, and minimize the density of
tracklines consistent with the purposes of the survey. NRDC et al.
state that while cursory consideration is given to the source level,
little explanation of the conclusion that a 36-airgun array is required
is offered. NRDC et al. would note that, in the past, the California
Coastal Commission has required USGS to reduce the size of its array
for seismic hazards work, and to use alternative seismic technologies
to reduce acoustic intensities during earthquake hazard surveys to
their lowest practicable level.
Response: NMFS encourages all seismic surveys using airguns as a
sound source to use the lowest practicable source level to achieve the
purposes of the action. In order to fulfill the purpose of the seismic
survey to establish the outer limits of the U.S. ECS, USGS must
establish sediment thickness along the continental margin, which can be
in excess of 8 to 10 km (4.3 to 5.4 nmi) in the Atlantic. The seismic
survey therefore requires the use of large sources and low frequencies.
For the planned seismic survey, the multi-channel streamer, augmented
by widely spaced free-floating sonobuoys (acquiring data up to 30 km
[16.2 nmi] from the ship) provides the ability to acquire oblique
angles to better resolve sedimentary velocities and determine accurate
sediment thicknesses. In considering survey design, the guidelines
regarding Article 76 of the Law of the Sea Convention state ``the low
frequencies allow good penetration. The oblique angles allow the
detection and measurement of velocity gradient zones as well as the
more abrupt changes, which show up well on reflection profiles.'' The
acquisition of refraction information from widely spaced sonobuoys
provides an independent check on sediment thickness and the
identification of basement which reduces uncertainty in determining the
outer limit points of the ECS. The guidelines also state ``the survey
must be designed to prove the continuity of the sediments from each
selected fixed point to the foot of the slope.'' The Langseth source
size is appropriate for imaging sediment thickness where the sediments
are thickest (near the foot of the slope) and also have the resolution
to determine the base of the sediments to between five and ten percent
error.
Regarding the comment about minimizing horizontal propagation of
the sound signal, the configuration of the airgun array, as four
adjacent linear arrays, causes the signals to constructively interfere
in the vertical direction and destructively interfere in horizontal
direction. This is evident in the elliptical shape of the modeled
received signals presented in the EA.
Regarding the comment about minimizing the density tracks
consistent with the purposes of the seismic survey, the tracks are
designed to fulfill the requirements of Article 76 of the Law of the
Sea Convention. Trackline spacing and coverage is specified in the
treaty to be no more than 111.1 km (60 nmi) apart. However, the 111.1
km maximum is impractical unless the points on the tracks are exactly
orthogonal between tracks at 60 nmi spacing. Any deviation of points
from orthogonal between adjacent tracks will result in a distance
greater than 60 nmi between points, which will not satisfy the
requirements of Article 76. Hence the tracks are generally planned to
be 55.6 to 92.6 km (30 to 50 nmi) apart. The planned seismic survey is
for two field seasons, the first (2014) as a reconnaissance in the area
of interest and the second (2015) to finalize outer limit points after
interpretation of the data from the first field program is completed.
The guidelines also note that ``. . . it is evident that . . . minimum
data coverage could miss some important details of the morphology of
the outer limit of the continental margin, and the resulting 1% line
could only be a rough approximation of the true geological limit.
Coastal states that suspect that such an approximation will be to their
disadvantage will benefit from executing more comprehensive and
detailed surveys. In general, the data coverage should reflect the
complexity of the outer margin.'' The Atlantic margin is inferred to
have geological complexity in the form of fracture zones, where the
sediments could be thicker than in the intra-fracture zone regions.
These fracture zones are the result of juxtaposing oceanic crust of
different ages across ridge offsets during the spreading process. The
2014 part of the seismic survey (with lines parallel to the margin) is
intended to identify the possible existence of fracture zones that are
sub-perpendicular to the margin. If these fracture zones can be
identified, the 2015 component of the seismic survey is to then collect
seismic data along tracks that follow where the sediment is thickest
and therefore the size of the U.S. ECS can be established.
Comment 21: NRDC et al. states that NMFS should require use of an
alternative multi-beam echosounder to the one presently proposed.
Response: NMFS disagrees with NRDC et al.'s recommendation as we do
not have the authority to require the IHA applicant or action proponent
to choose a different multi-beam echosounder system for the planned
seismic survey. The multi-beam echosounder system that is currently
installed on the Langseth is capable of mapping the seafloor in deep
water and the characteristics of the system are well suited for meeting
the research goals at the action area. It would not be practicable for
the L-DEO and NSF to install a different multi-beam echosounder for the
planned seismic
[[Page 52135]]
survey. Also, the multi-beam planned to be used on this seismic survey
is not operating in the same way as it was in Madagascar, the seismic
survey is in deep water and will be far off the coast. NRDC et al. did
not recommend a specific multi-beam echosounder to use as an
alternative to the one currently installed on the vessel and planned to
be operated during the seismic survey. The multi-beam echosounder that
is currently installed on the Langseth was evaluated in the NSF/USGS
PEIS and in USGS's EA, and has been used on over 25 research seismic
surveys since 2008 without association to any marine mammal strandings.
Regarding the 2002 stranding in the Gulf of California, the multi-
beam echosounder system was on a different vessel, the R/V Maurice
Ewing (Ewing), and is no longer operated by L-DEO. Although NRDC et al.
suggests that the multi-beam echosounder system or other acoustic
sources on the Ewing may have been associated with the 2002 stranding
of 2 beaked whales, as noted in Cox et al. (2006), ``whether or not
this survey caused the beaked whales to strand has been a matter of
debate because of the small number of animals involved and a lack of
knowledge regarding the temporal and spatial correlation between the
animals and the sound source.'' As noted by Yoder (2002), there was no
scientific linkage to the event with the Ewing's activities and the
acoustic sources being used. Furthermore, Hildebrand (2006) has noted
that ``the settings for these stranding are strikingly consistent: An
island or archipelago with deep water nearby, appropriate for beaked
whale foraging habitat. The conditions for mass stranding may be
optimized when the sound source transits a deep channel between two
islands, such as in the Bahamas, and apparently in the Madeira
incident.'' The activities planned for the seismic survey are in remote
deep water, far from any land mass and islands, and do not relate at
all to the environmental scenarios noted by Hildebrand (2006).
Regarding the 2008 stranding event in Madagascar and the Final
Report of the Independent Scientific Review Panel (ISRP) cited to by
NRDC et al., see the response to comment 5. As described in more detail
in the response to comment 14, the tracklines for the current seismic
survey are planned to occur in deep water and will not be conducted in
a manner that is likely to result in the ``herding of sensitive
species'' into canyons and other similar areas. Given these conditions,
NMFS does not anticipate mass strandings from use of the planned multi-
beam echosounder.
Comment 22: NRDC et al. states that the proposed IHA does not
adequately consider, or fails to consider at all, sound source
validation. NRDC et al. states that NMFS should require USGS to
validate the assumptions about propagation distances used to establish
exclusion and buffer zones and calculate take (i.e., at minimum, the
160 dB and 180 dB isopleths). Sound source validation has been required
of Arctic operators for several years, as part of their IHA compliance
requirements, and has proven useful for establishing more accurate, in
situ measurements of exclusion zones and for acquiring information on
noise propagation.
Response: NMFS disagrees with NRDC et al.'s assessment that a sound
source validation was not adequately considered or required. Regarding
concerns about validating the assumptions about propagation distances
used to establish buffer and exclusion zones and calculated take,
measuring sound source isopleths requires specialized sensors that are
either self-contained buoys (such as those used by Tolstoy et al.,
2009), at the seafloor (such as those used by Thode et al., 2010), or
deployed from a second ship, such as those used by Mosher et al.,
2009). Experiments with these instruments are non-trivial experiments
in deep water and generally take several days of ship time (or two
vessels) in order to establish shooting patterns, appropriate gain
settings, and deployment/recovery of the instruments. L-DEO has
demonstrated that in deep water, the propagation paths are simple and
that the sound propagation models are conservative, i.e., they
overestimate the distances to the Level A and B harassment isopleths
(as demonstrated in Figures 11, 12 and 16 in the NSF/USGS PEIS Appendix
H). Consequently, using the model parameters is a precautionary
approach that saves considerable time and expense in conducting the
seismic survey.
Sound source validation has been required in the Arctic for several
years, these validation experiments are routinely done in the Arctic
because the seismic work is undertaken on the continental shelf and
inner shelf (i.e., in shallow water where acoustic propagation paths
are affected by factors such as bathymetry and seafloor lithology that
are not accounted for in the modeling). The IHA requirements in the
Arctic are also different from those of the Atlantic because of bowhead
whales' (Balaena mysticetus) use for subsistence in the Native
Community. The IHA requirements for the instruments document the
vocalizations of the bowhead whale before, during, and after the
seismic surveys, to understand their impact on subsistence hunting, as
well as to document the migrations of this species (see https://scripps.ucsd.edu/labs/athode/arctic-research/). These same
considerations do not exist in the deep, offshore Atlantic study area.
As described in the NSF/USGS PEIS and USGS EA, the Langseth sound
source has been calibrated in deep water and it was proven that the L-
DEO model is robust and conservative for establishing buffer and
exclusion zones for mitigation purposes and calculating take. Given
that the planned seismic survey occurs entirely in deep water, further
sound source validation is not warranted.
Comment 23: NRDC et al. state that NMFS should reconsider the size
(distance) of the safety zone. The proposed IHA proposes establishing a
safety zone of 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (with a 500 m minimum around the
airgun array). Gedamke et al. (2011) has put traditional means of
estimating safety zones in doubt. NRDC et al. state that NMFS should
consider establishing an exclusion zone for shut-downs for certain
target species. Although time/area closures are a more effective means
of reducing cumulative exposures of wildlife to disruptive and harmful
sound, expanded exclusion zones have value minimizing disruptions, and
potentially in reducing the risk of hearing loss and injury, outside
the seasonal closure areas. Visual sighting of any individual North
Atlantic right whale at any distance should trigger a shut-down; for
other species, shut-downs should occur if aggregations are observed
within the 160 dB isopleth around the sound source.
Response: NMFS disagrees with NRDC et al.'s recommendation that
NMFS should reconsider the size (distance) of the exclusion zone. NMFS
notes that the statement that the proposed IHA proposes establishing a
safety zone of 180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (with a 500 m minimum around the
airgun array) is incorrect. NRDC et al. may be referring to BOEM/BSEE
Joint NTL No. 2012-G02 (available online at: https://www.boem.gov/Regulations/Notices-To-Lessees/2012/2012-JOINT-G02-pdf.aspx), which
requires an immediate shut-down of the airgun operations ``within an
estimated 500 m of the sound source array.'' The 180 dB exclusion zone
for USGS's planned survey is 927 m for the 36-airgun array and 100 m
for the single airgun. See the response to comment 31 for further
information about the exclusion zone.
[[Page 52136]]
NNMFS also notes that the required mitigation measures already
require shut-downs and/or power-downs for species of special concern.
Considering the rarity and conservation status for the North Atlantic
right whale, the airguns will be shut-down immediately in the unlikely
event that this species is observed, regardless of the distance from
the Langseth. The airgun array shall not resume firing (with ramp-up)
until 30 minutes after the last documented North Atlantic right whale
visual sighting. Additionally, the mitigation measures state that
concentrations of humpback, sei, fin, blue, and/or sperm whales will be
avoided if possible (i.e., exposing concentrations of animals to 160
dB), and the array will be powered-down if necessary. For purposes of
this planned survey, a concentration or group of whales will consist of
six or more individuals visually sighted that do not appear to be
traveling (e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.).
Comment 24: NRDC et al. state that real-time monitoring effort in
the proposed IHA is inadequate. NRDC et al. states that supplemental
methods that have been used on certain other projects include
hydrophone buoys and other platforms for acoustic monitoring, aerial
surveys, shore-based monitoring, and the use of additional small
vessels.
Response: NMFS has not included hydrophone buoys for acoustic
monitoring, aerial surveys, shore-based monitoring, or the use of
additional small/support vessels in the IHA as they are not considered
practicable for USGS's seismic survey. Given that the seismic survey
will be occurring in deep water and transiting long distances, it is
not logistically practicable at this time to use moored platforms or
moored hydrophones to assist in detecting the presence of marine
mammals and potential impacts from the sound sources during the seismic
survey. The planned seismic survey is generally taking place more than
200 km (108 nmi) from the U.S. coastline. This large distance renders
shore-based monitoring ineffective and precludes aerial surveys by
small airplanes or helicopters because of range limitations and safety
issues. Also, the Langseth does not have a landing pad that would allow
for helicopter monitoring from the vessel. In certain situations, NMFS
has recommended the use of additional support vessels to enhance PSO
monitoring effort during seismic surveys. For this seismic survey,
however, NMFS has not deemed it necessary to employ additional support
vessels to monitor the buffer and exclusion zones due to the relatively
small distances of the exclusion zones. An additional vessel would
unnecessarily increase noise and emissions in the action area as well.
The use of an additional contract vessel to supplement visual and
acoustic monitoring is not necessary and will not be practicable as it
would need to be capable of operating for the entire duration of the
seismic survey without returning to shore which would add 10 to 30% to
the cost of the project. Finally, the Langseth has limited
maneuverability during airgun operations and cannot deploy or recover
small vessels for activities such as hydrophone acoustic monitoring.
Comment 25: NRDC et al. states that the requirements with respect
to PSOs are inconsistent with survey conventions and with prior studies
of observer effectiveness. NRDC et al. state four hour work cycles are
not appropriate and comment that NMFS offers no details about the
training requirements of its vessel-based observers.
Response: The general duties of PSOs required for seismic surveys
is to visually observe the immediate environment for protected species
whose detection (relative to a sound source) triggers the
implementation of mitigation requirements, monitoring compliance with
mitigation requirements, collecting data by defined protocols,
preparing daily reports, and submitting reports to NMFS. During seismic
operations, at least five PSOs (four Protected Species Visual Observers
[PSVOs] and one Protected Species Acoustic Observer [PSAO]) will be
based aboard the Langseth. USGS will appoint the PSOs with NMFS's
concurrence. The PSOs aboard the Langseth are professional and
experienced observers provided to USGS under contract to RPS and have
been in place during seismic surveys since 2008. RPS's PSOs and PAM
operators complete in-house training. PSO candidates must pass a
protected species identification test and a mitigation and monitoring
practices exam with a minimum grade of 80%. The RPS training program
includes, but is not limited to: background on protected species laws
in the U.S. and worldwide, an introduction to seismic surveys (purpose,
types, and equipment), potential impacts of underwater sound on
protected species, protected species in the Gulf of Mexico and other
regions, visual monitoring methods, acoustic monitoring methods,
protected species detection in the field, implementation of mitigation
measures (exclusion and buffer zones, ramp-ups, power-downs, shut-
downs, delays, etc.), and data collection and report preparation. In
November 2013, NMFS prepared and published, with input from BOEM and
BSEE, a technical memorandum (tech memo) titled ``National Standards
for a Protected Species Observer and Data Management Program: A Model
Using Geological and Geophysical Surveys'' (Baker et al., 2013) that
makes recommendations on establishing a training program, PSO
eligibility and qualifications, as well as PSO evaluation during
permit/authorization approval. The tech memo is available online at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/publications/techmemo/
observersnmfsopr49.pdf. NMFS's current practice is to deem PSO
candidates as NMFS-approved or qualified on a case-by-case or project-
by-project basis after review of their resume and/or curriculum vitae.
USGS's PSOs have the necessary education and/or experience requirements
and their training generally follows the standard components
recommended in NMFS's tech memo.
Observations will take place during ongoing daytime operations and
nighttime ramp-ups of the airguns. During the majority of seismic
operations, two PSVOs will be on duty from the observation tower (i.e.,
the best available vantage point on the source vessel) to monitor
marine mammals near the seismic vessel. Use of two simultaneous PSVOs
will increase the effectiveness of detecting animals near the source
vessel. However, during meal times and bathroom breaks, it is sometimes
difficult to have two PSVOs on effort, but at least one PSVO will be on
duty. Regarding the comment about four-hour work shifts, the IHA states
that PSVO shifts shall not exceed four hours, allowing shifts to be
shorter. PSOs will rotate through visual watch and the PAM station (see
next response) with breaks in between to avoid fatigue and increase the
detection of marine mammals present in the area.
Comment 26: NRDC et al. states that NMFS only requires PAM as
practicable with no further guidance on when monitoring is or isn't
practicable. NRDC et al. state that it is unrealistic for one
bioacoustician to monitor the PAM system 24 hours a day.
Response: The NSF/USGS PEIS identifies PAM as an important tool to
augment visual observations (section 2.4.2). As described in the USGS
EA, PAM would be monitored continuously during seismic operations.
During the survey, at least four PSVOs and one expert biacoustician
(i.e., PSAO) will be based aboard the Langseth. The IHA requires that
an expert biacoustician design and set up the PAM system, be
[[Page 52137]]
present to oversee the PAM, and available when technical issues occur
during the survey. The PAM system will be monitored at all times, in
shifts no longer than six hours, with the PSOs sharing the workload.
Hence, PSOs will rotate through visual watch and the PAM station with
breaks in between to avoid fatigue and increase the detection of marine
mammals present in the area.
Comment 27: NRDC et al. state that the proposed IHA makes no
consideration of limiting activities in low-visibility conditions or at
night.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenters' assessment. The IHA
does consider and address airgun operations during low-visibility and
nighttime conditions. No initiation of airgun array operations is
permitted from a shut-down position at night or during low-light hours
(such as in dense fog or heavy rain) when the entire relevant exclusion
zone cannot be effectively monitored by the PSVO(s) on duty. However,
survey operations may continue into night and low-light hours if the
segment(s) of the survey is initiated when the entire relevant
exclusion zones are visible and can be effectively monitored. Limiting
or suspending the seismic survey in low visibility conditions or at
night would significantly extend the duration of the seismic survey.
Comment 28: NRDC et al. states that NMFS should consider
technology-based mitigation.
Response: While NMFS encourages the development of new or
alternative technologies to reduce potential impacts to marine mammals
from underwater sound, NMFS did not include a requirement in the IHA to
use or test the use of new technologies during the USGS seismic survey
as none are currently available or proposed to be used by USGS. As
discussed in the NSF/USGS PEIS (Section 2.6), alternative technologies
to airguns were considered but eliminated from further analysis as
those technologies were not commercially viable. USGS, NSF, and L-DEO
continue to closely monitor the development and progress of these types
of systems; however, at this point and time, these systems are still
not commercially available. Geo-Kinetics, mentioned by NRDC as a
potentially viable option for marine vibroseis does not have a viable
towable array and its current testing is limited to transition zone
settings. Other possible vibroseis developments lack even prototypes to
test. Similarly, engineering enhancements to airguns to reduce high
frequencies are currently being developed by industry, however, at
present, these airguns are still not commercially available. L-DEO has
maintained contact and is in communication with a number of developers
and companies to express a willingness to serve as a test-bed for any
such new technologies. As noted in the NSF/USGS PEIS, should new
technologies to conduct marine seismic surveys become available, USGS
and NSF would consider whether they would be effective tools to meet
research goals (and assess any potential environmental impacts).
Of the various technologies cited in the 2009 Okeanos workshop
report, few if any have reached operational viability. While the marine
vibrator technology has been long discussed and evaluated, the
technology is still unrealized commercially. According to Pramik
(2013), the leading development effort by the Joint Industry Programme
``has the goal of developing three competing designs within the next
few years.'' Geo-Kinetics has recently announced a commercial product
called AquaVib, but that product produces relatively low-power, and is
intended for use in very shallow water depths in sensitive environments
and the vicinity of pipelines or other infrastructure. The instrument
is entirely unsuited to deep-water, long-offset reflection profiling.
The BP North America staggered burst technique would have to be
developed well beyond the patent stage to be remotely practicable and
would require extensive modification and testing of the Langseth sound
source and recording systems. None of the other technologies considered
(i.e., gravity, electromagnetic, Deep Towed Acoustics/Geophysics System
developed by the U.S. Navy [DTAGS], etc.) can produce the resolution or
sub-seafloor penetration required to resolve sediment thickness and
geologic structure at the requisite scales. Improving the streamer
signal to noise through improved telemetry (e.g., fiber optic cable)
while desirable, would involve replacing the Langseth streamers and
acquisition units, requiring a major capital expenditure.
The multi-channel seismic reflection technique (augmented with
refraction information) is the de facto standard for determining
sediment thickness for the purposes of the Law of the Sea Convention.
Sediment thickness cannot be determined by any other known methodology
and cannot be deduced from modeling alone. Sediment thickness is one of
two formulae that can be used to establish the outer limits of the ECS.
The guidelines developed related to Article 76 state ``the Commission
(on the Limits of the Continental Shelf) will regard the data provided
by seismic reflection and seismic refraction surveys as the primary
source of evidence for mapping and determining sediment thickness.''
Further, ``[t]he Commission will regard multi-channel seismic data as
the most authoritative source of evidence for the determination of
sediment thickness.''
Some nations have resurveyed their ECS regions for sediment
thickness with additional seismic reflection data because the initial
data collection and delineation of the outer limits of the ECS were not
considered adequate and convincing. These coastal States include Russia
in the Arctic, Brazil off their southern coast, the joint submission of
France, Ireland, Spain, and United Kingdom in the Bay of Biscay, and
Indonesia in the area northwest of Sumatra. Hence, sufficient seismic
reflection and refraction data to substantiate the outer limits is a
requirement of the ECS Article 76 process. Acquiring sufficient data to
delineate the continental shelf of the U.S. is part of the overall
survey design off the Atlantic margin.
Monitoring and Reporting
Comment 29: The Commission believes that NMFS misinterpreted its
implementing regulations, which require that applicants include ``the
suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting
that will result in increased knowledge of the species, the level of
taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to
be present while conducting activities, and suggested means of
minimizing burdens by coordinating such reporting requirements with
other schemes already applicable to persons conducting such activity.''
The Commission believes that monitoring and reporting requirements need
to be sufficient to provide accurate information on the numbers of
marine mammals being taken and the manner in which they are taken, not
merely better information on the qualitative nature of the impacts. The
Commission continues to believe that appropriate g(0) and f(0) values
are essential for making accurate estimates of the numbers of marine
mammals taken during surveys. The Commission recommends that NMFS
consult with the funding agency (e.g., USGS or NSF) and individual
applicants (e.g., L-DEO, SIO, ASC and other related entities) to
develop, validate, and implement a monitoring program that provides a
scientifically sound, reasonably accurate assessment of the types of
marine mammal takes and the actual numbers
[[Page 52138]]
of marine mammals taken, accounting for applicable g(0) and f(0)
values.
Response: NMFS does not believe that we misinterpreted the MMPA
implementing regulations in our previous response that the Commission
references. In the sentence quoted by the Commission, if we assume that
the phrase ``increased knowledge of'' does not modify ``the level of
taking,'' that the phrase it would read: ``The suggested means of
accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result
in . . . the level of taking or impacts on populations,'' which does
not make sense. However, even putting the unclear grammatical issue
aside, NMFS does not believe that an appropriate interpretation of the
regulations suggests that the monitoring of an authorized entity must
be able to quantify the exact number of takes that occurred during the
action, but rather that the monitoring increase understanding of the
level and effects of the action. In fact, the Commission's comment
supports this interpretation. As noted by the Commission, section
101(a)(5)(D)(iv) requires that NMFS ``modify, suspend, or revoke an
authorization'' if it finds, among other things, that the authorized
taking is having more than a negligible impact or that more than small
numbers of marine mammals are being taken. Both of these findings,
negligible impact and small numbers, may be made using qualitative, or
relative (to the stock abundance) information, and the sorts of
qualitative, or more relative, information collected during the wide
variety of monitoring that is conducted pursuant to MMPA authorizations
can either be used to provide broad support for the findings underlying
the issuance of an IHA or can highlight red flags that might
necessitate either a reconsideration of an issued IHA or a change in
analyses in future authorizations. NMFS's previous response is included
below for reference.
NMFS's implementing regulations require that applicants include
monitoring that will result in ``an increased knowledge of the species,
the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that
are expected to be present while conducting activities . . .'' This
increased knowledge of the level of taking could be qualitative or
relative in nature, or it could be more directly quantitative.
Scientists use g(0) and f(0) values in systematic marine mammal surveys
to account for the undetected animals indicated above, however, these
values are not simply established and the g(0) value varies across
every observer based on their sighting acumen. While we want to be
clear that NMFS do not generally believe that post-activity take
estimates using f(0) and g(0) are required to meet the monitoring
requirement of the MMPA, in the context of the NSF and L-DEO's
monitoring plan, NMFS agree that developing and incorporating a way to
better interpret the results of their monitoring (perhaps a simplified
or generalized version of g(0) and f(0)) is a good idea. NMFS is
continuing to examine this issue with USGS and NSF to develop ways to
improve their post-survey take estimates. NMFS will consult with the
Commission and NMFS scientists prior to finalizing these
recommendations.
NMFS note that current monitoring measures for past and current
IHAs for research seismic surveys require the collection of visual
observation data by PSOs prior to, during, and after airgun operations.
This data collection may contribute to baseline data on marine mammals
(presence/absence) and provide some generalized support for estimated
take numbers (as well as providing data regarding behavioral responses
to seismic operation that are observable at the surface). However, it
is unlikely that the information gathered from these cruises along
would result in any statistically robust conclusions for any particular
species because of the small number of animals typically observed.
Acoustic Thresholds
Comment 30: NRDC et al. and COA state that the current NMFS 160 dB
threshold for Level B harassment does not reflect the best available
science and is not sufficiently conservative. NRDC et al. state that
NMFS's use of a single, non-conservative, bright-line threshold for all
species is contrary to recent science and is untenable. NRDC et al.
state that in particular, the 160 dB threshold is non-conservative,
since the scientific literature establishes that behavioral disruption
can occur at substantially lower received levels for some species. NRDC
et al. state that NMFS should employ a combination of specific
thresholds for which sufficient species-specific data are available and
generalized thresholds for all other species.
Response: NMFS's practice has been to apply the 160 dB received
level threshold for underwater impulse sound levels to determine
whether take by Level B harassment occurs. Specifically, NMFS derived
the 160 dB threshold data from mother-calf pairs of migrating gray
whales (Malme et al., 1983, 1984) and bowhead whales (Richardson et
al., 1985, 1986) responding to airgun operations. NMFS acknowledge
there is more recent information bearing on behavioral reactions to
seismic airguns, but those data only illustrate how complex and
context-dependent the relationship is between the two, and do not, as a
whole, invalidate the current threshold. Accordingly, it is not a
matter of merely replacing the existing threshold with a new one. NMFS
discussed the science on this issue qualitatively in our analysis of
potential effects to marine mammals in the Federal Register notice for
the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). NMFS is currently
developing revised acoustic guidelines for assessing the effects of
anthropogenic sound on marine mammals. Until NMFS finalizes these
guidelines (a process that includes internal agency review, public
notice and comment, and peer review), NMFS will continue to rely on the
existing criteria for Level A and Level B harassment shown in Table 3
of the notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014).
As mentioned in the Federal Register notice for the proposed IHA
(79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014), NMFS expect that the onset for behavioral
harassment is largely context dependent (e.g., behavioral state of the
animals, distance from the sound source, etc.) when evaluating
behavioral responses of marine mammals to acoustic sources. Although
using a uniform sound pressure level of 160 dB for the onset of
behavioral harassment for impulse noises may not capture all of the
nuances of different marine mammal reactions to sound, it is an
appropriate way to manage and regulate anthropogenic noise impacts on
marine mammals until NMFS finalizes its acoustic guidelines.
Comment 31: COA and NRDC et al. assert that our preliminary
determinations for Level A take and the likelihood of temporary and or
permanent threshold shift do not consider the best available science.
COA cites Lucke et al. (2009); Thompson et al. (1998); Kastak et al.
(2008); Kujawa and Lieberman (2009); Wood et al. (2012); and Cox et al.
(2006). NRDC et al. also cite Lucke et al. (2009).
Response: As explained in the notice of the proposed IHA (79
FR35642, June 23, 2014), USGS will be required to establish a 180 and
190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa exclusion zone for marine mammals before the two
string airgun array or a single airgun array is in operation. NMFS
expects that the required vessel-based visual monitoring of the
exclusion zones is appropriate to implement mitigation measures to
prevent Level A
[[Page 52139]]
harassment. First, if the PSOs observe marine mammals approaching the
exclusion zone, USGS must shut-down or power-down seismic operations to
ensure that the marine mammal does not approach the applicable
exclusion radius. Second, if USGS detects a marine mammal outside the
exclusion zone, and the animal, based on its position and the relative
motion, is likely to enter the exclusion zone, USGS may alter the
vessel's speed and/or course, when practical and safe, in combination
with powering-down or shutting-down the airguns, to minimize the
effects of the seismic survey. The avoidance behaviors discussed in the
notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR35642, June 23, 2014) supports our
expectations that individuals will avoid exposure at higher levels.
Also, it is unlikely that animals would encounter repeated exposures at
very close distances to the sound source because USGS would implement
the required shut-down and power-down mitigation measures to ensure
that marine mammals do not approach the applicable exclusion zones for
Level A harassment.
NMFS' current Level A thresholds, which identify levels above which
PTS could be incurred, were designed to be precautionary in that they
were based on levels were animals had incurred TTS. NMFS is currently
working on finalizing Acoustic Guidance that will identify revised TTS
and PTS thresholds that references the studies identified by COA and
NRDC et al. In order to ensure the best possible product, the process
for developing the revised thresholds includes both peer and public
review (both of which have already occurred) and NMFS will begin
applying the new thresholds once the peer and public input have been
addressed and the Acoustic Guidance is finalized.
Regarding the Lucke et al. (2009) study, the authors found a
threshold shift (TS) of a harbor porpoise after exposing it to airgun
noise (single pulse) with a received sound pressure level (SPL) at
200.2 dB (peak-to-peak) re 1 [mu]Pa, which corresponds to a sound
exposure level of 164.5 dB re 1 [mu]Pa\2\s after integrating exposure.
NMFS currently uses the root-mean-square (rms) of received SPL at 180
dB and 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa as the threshold above which permanent
threshold shift (PTS) could occur for cetaceans and pinnipeds,
respectively. Because the airgun noise is a broadband impulse, one
cannot directly extrapolate the equivalent of rms SPL from the reported
peak-to-peak SPLs reported in Lucke et al. (2009). However, applying a
conservative conversion factor of 16 dB for broadband signals from
seismic surveys (Harris et al., 2001; McCauley et al., 2000) to correct
for the difference between peak-to-peak levels reported in Lucke et al.
(2009) and rms SPLs; the rms SPL for TTS would be approximately 184 dB
re 1 [mu]Pa, and the received levels associated with PTS (Level A
harassment) would be higher. This is still above the current 180 dB rms
re 1 [mu]Pa threshold for injury. Yet, NMFS recognizes that the
temporary threshold shift (TTS) of harbor porpoise is lower than other
cetacean species empirically tested (Finneran et al., 2002; Finneran
and Schlundt, 2010; Kastelein et al., 2012). NMFS considered this
information in the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR35642, June 23,
2014).
The Thompson et al. (1998) telemetry study on harbor (Phoca
vitulina) and grey seals (Halichoerus grypus) suggested that avoidance
and other behavioral reactions by individual seals to small airgun
sources may at times be strong, but short-lived. The researchers
conducted 1-hour controlled exposure experiments exposing individual
seals fitted with telemetry devices to small airguns with a reported
source level of 215-224 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (peak-to-peak) (Thompson et al.,
1998; Gordon et al., 2003). The researchers measured dive behavior,
swim speed heart rate and stomach temperature (indicator for feeding),
but they did not measure hearing threshold shift in the animals. The
researchers observed startle responses, decreases in heart rate, and
temporary cessation of feeding. In six out of eight trials, harbor
seals exhibited strong avoidance behaviors, and swam rapidly away from
the source (Thompson et al., 1998; Gordon et al., 2003). One seal
showed no detectable response to the airguns, approaching within 300 m
(984 ft) of the source (Gordon et al., 2003). However, they note that
the behavioral responses were short-lived and the seals' behavior
returned to normal after the trials (Thompson et al., 1998; Gordon et
al., 2003). The study does not discuss temporary threshold shift or
permanent threshold shift in harbor seals and the estimated rms SPL for
this survey is approximately 200 dB re 1 [mu]Pa, well above NMFS's
current 180 dB rms re: 1 [mu]Pa threshold for injury for cetaceans and
NMFS' current 190 dB rms re 1 [mu]Pa threshold for injury for pinnipeds
(accounting for the fact that the rms sound pressure level (in dB) is
typically 16 dB less than the peak-to-peak level).
In a study on the effect of non-impulsive sound sources on marine
mammal hearing, Kastak et al. (2008) exposed one harbor seal to an
underwater 4.1 kHz pure tone fatiguing stimulus with a maximum received
sound pressure of 184 dB re 1 [mu]Pa for 60 seconds (Kastak et al.,
2008; Finneran and Branstetter, 2013). A second 60-second exposure
resulted in an estimated threshold shift of greater than 50 dB at a
test frequency of 5.8 kHz (Kastak et al., 2008). The seal recovered at
a rate of -10 dB per log (min). However, 2 months post-exposure, the
researchers observed incomplete recovery from the initial threshold
shift resulting in an apparent permanent threshold shift of 7 to 10 dB
in the seal (Kastak et al., 2008). NMFS notes that seismic sound is an
impulsive source, and the context of the study is related to the effect
of non-impulsive sounds on marine mammals.
NMFS also considered two other Kastak et al. (1999, 2005) studies.
Kastak et al. (1999) reported TTS of approximately 4-5 dB in three
species of pinnipeds (harbor seal, California sea lion, and northern
elephant seal) after underwater exposure for approximately 20 minutes
to sound with frequencies ranging from 100 to 2,000 Hz at received
levels 60 to 75 dB above hearing threshold. This approach allowed
similar effective exposure conditions to each of the subjects, but
resulted in variable absolute exposure values depending on subject and
test frequency. Recovery to near baseline levels was reported within 24
hours of sound exposure. Kastak et al. (2005) followed up on their
previous work, exposing the same test subjects to higher levels of
sound for longer durations. The animals were exposed to octave-band
sound for up to 50 minutes of net exposure. The study reported that the
harbor seal experienced TTS of 6 dB after a 25-minute exposure to 2.5
kHz of octave-band sound at 152 dB (183 dB SEL). The California sea
lion demonstrated onset of TTS after exposure to 174 dB (206 dB SEL).
NMFS acknowledges that PTS could occur if an animal experiences
repeated exposures to TTS levels. However, an animal would need to stay
very close to the sound source for an extended amount of time to incur
a serious degree of PTS, which in this case, it would be highly
unlikely due to the required mitigation measures in place to avoid
Level A harassment and the expectation that a mobile marine mammal
would generally avoid an area where received sound pulse levels exceed
160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms) (review in Richardson et al., 1995; Southall
et al., 2007).
NMFS also considered recent studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009)
and Lin et al. (2011). These studies found that
[[Page 52140]]
despite completely reversible threshold shifts that leave cochlear
sensory cells intact, large threshold shifts (40 to 50 dB) could cause
synaptic level changes and delayed cochlear nerve degeneration in mice
and guinea pigs, respectively. NMFS notes that the high level of TTS
that led to the synaptic changes shown in these studies is in the range
of the high degree of TTS that Southall et al. (2007) used to calculate
PTS levels. It is not known whether smaller levels of TTS would lead to
similar changes. NMFS, however, acknowledges the complexity of noise
exposure on the nervous system, and will re-examine this issue as more
data become available.
In contrast, a recent study on bottlenose dolphins (Schlundt, et
al., 2013) measured hearing thresholds at multiple frequencies to
determine the amount of TTS induced before and after exposure to a
sequence of impulses produced by a seismic airgun. The airgun volume
and operating pressure varied from 40 to 150 in\3\ and 1,000 to 2,000
psi, respectively. After three years and 180 sessions, the authors
observed no significant TTS at any test frequency, for any combinations
of airgun volume, pressure, or proximity to the dolphin during
behavioral tests (Schlundt, et al., 2013). Schlundt et al. (2013)
suggest that the potential for airguns to cause hearing loss in
dolphins is lower than previously predicted, perhaps as a result of the
low-frequency content of airgun impulses compared to the high-frequency
hearing ability of dolphins.
Comment 32: COA requested that NMFS use a behavioral threshold
below 160 dB for estimating take based on results reported in Clark and
Gagnon (2006), MacLeod et al. (2006), Risch et al. (2012), McCauley et
al. (1998), McDonald et al. (1995), Bain and Williams (2006), DeRuiter
et al. (2013). They also cite comments submitted by Clark et al. (2012)
on the Arctic Ocean Draft Environmental Impact Statement regarding
NMFS's current acoustic thresholds.
Response: NMFS is constantly evaluating new science and how to best
incorporate it into our decisions. This process involves careful
consideration of new data and how it is best interpreted within the
context of a given management framework. Each of these articles
emphasizes the importance of context (e.g., behavioral state of the
animals, distance from the sound source, etc.) in evaluating behavioral
responses of marine mammals to acoustic sources.
These papers and the studies discussed in the notice of the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014) note that there is
variability in the behavioral responses of marine mammals to noise
exposure. However, it is important to consider the context in
predicting and observing the level and type of behavioral response to
anthropogenic signals (Ellison et al., 2012). There are many studies
showing that marine mammals do not show behavioral responses when
exposed to multiple pulses at received levels at or above 160 dB re 1
[mu]Pa (e.g., Malme et al., 1983; Malme et al., 1984; Richardson et
al., 1986; Akamatsu et al., 1993; Madsen and Mohl, 2000; Harris et al.,
2001; Miller et al., 2005; and Weir, 2008). And other studies show that
whales continue important behaviors in the presence of seismic pulses
(e.g., Richardson et al., 1986; McDonald et al., 1995; Greene et al.,
1999a, 1999b; Nieukirk et al., 2004; Smultea et al., 2004; Holst et
al., 2005, 2006; Dunn and Hernandez, 2009).
In a passive acoustic research program that mapped the soundscape
in the North Atlantic Clark and Gagnon (2006) reported that some fin
whales (Balaenoptera physalus) stopped singing for an extended period
starting soon after the onset of a seismic survey in the area. The
study did not provide information on received levels or distance from
the sound source. The authors could not determine whether or not the
whales left the area ensonified by the survey, but the evidence
suggests that most if not all singers remained in the area (Clark and
Gagnon, 2006). Support for this statement comes from the fact that when
the survey stopped temporarily, the whales resumed singing within a few
hours and the number of singers increased with time (Clark and Gagnon,
2006). Also, they observed that one whale continued to sing while the
seismic survey was actively operating (Figure 4; Clark and Gagnon,
2006).
The authors conclude that there is not enough scientific knowledge
to adequately evaluate whether or not these effects on singing or
mating behaviors are significant or would alter survivorship or
reproductive success (Clark and Gagnon, 2006). Thus, to address COA's
concerns related to the results of this study, it is important to note
that USGS's study area is well away from any known breeding/calving
grounds for low frequency cetaceans, thereby reducing further the
likelihood of causing an effect on marine mammals.
MacLeod et al. (2006) discussed the possible displacement of fin
and sei whales related to distribution patterns of the species during a
large-scale seismic survey offshore the west coast of Scotland in 1998.
The authors hypothesized about the relationship between the whale's
absence and the concurrent seismic activity, but could not rule out
other contributing factors (Macleod et al., 2006; Parsons et al.,
2009). NMFS would expect that marine mammals may briefly respond to
underwater sound produced by the seismic survey by slightly changing
their behavior or relocating a short distance. Based on the best
available information, NMFS expects short-term disturbance reactions
that are confined to relatively small distances and durations (Thompson
et al., 1998; Thompson et al., 2013), with no long-term effects on
recruitment or survival.
Regarding the suggestion that blue whales ``noticeably'' changed
course during the conduct of a seismic survey offshore Oregon, NMFS
disagrees. NMFS considered the McDonald et al. (1995) paper in the
notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). In brief, the
study tracked three blue whales relative to a seismic survey with a
1,600 in\3\ airgun array (smaller than the 6,600 in\3\ airgun array
USGS will be using). The whale started its call sequence within 15 km
(8.1 nmi) from the source, then followed a pursuit track that decreased
its distance to the vessel where it stopped calling at a range of 10 km
(5.4 nmi) (estimated received level at 143 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (peak-to-
peak) (McDonald et al., 1995). After that point, the ship increased its
distance from the whale which continued a new call sequence after
approximately one hour (McDonald et al., 1995) and 10 km from the ship.
The authors suggested that the whale had taken a track paralleling the
ship during the cessation phase but observed the whale moving
diagonally away from the ship after approximately 30 minutes continuing
to vocalize (McDonald et al., 1995). The authors also suggest that the
whale may have approached the ship intentionally or perhaps was
unaffected by the airguns. They concluded that there was insufficient
data to infer conclusions from their study related to blue whale
responses (McDonald et al., 1995).
Risch et al. (2012) documented reductions in humpback whale
(Megaptera novaeangliae) vocalizations in the Stellwagen Bank National
Marine Sanctuary concurrent with transmissions of the Ocean Acoustic
Waveguide Remote Sensing (OAWRS) low-frequency fish sensor system at
distances of 200 km (108 nmi) from the source. The recorded OAWRS
produced series of frequency modulated pulses and the signal received
levels ranged from 88 to 110 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (Risch et al., 2012). The
authors hypothesize that individuals did not leave the area but
[[Page 52141]]
instead ceased singing and noted that the duration and frequency range
of the OAWRS signals (a novel sound to the whales) were similar to
those of natural humpback whale song components used during mating
(Risch et al., 2012). Thus, the novelty of the sound to humpback whales
in the study area provided a compelling contextual probability for the
observed effects (Risch et al., 2012). However, the authors did not
state or imply that these changes had long-term effects on individual
animals or populations (Risch et al., 2012), nor did they necessarily
rise to the level of an MMPA take. Thus, to address COA's concerns
related to the results of this study, NMFS again notes that the USGS's
study area is well away from any known breeding/calving grounds for low
frequency cetaceans, thereby reducing further the likelihood of causing
an effect on marine mammals.
NMFS considered the McCauley et al. (1998) paper (along with
McCauley et al., 2000) in the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642,
June 23, 2014). Briefly, McCauley et al. (1998, 2000) studied the
responses of migrating humpback whales off western Australia to a full-
scale seismic survey with a 16-airgun array (2,678 in\3\) and to
playbacks using a single, 20-in\3\ airgun. Both studies point to a
contextual variability in the behavioral responses of marine mammals to
sound exposure. The mean received level for initial avoidance of an
approaching airgun was 140 dB re 1 [mu]Pa for resting humpback whale
pods containing females. In contrast, some individual humpback whales,
mainly males, approached within distances of 100 to 400 m (328 to 1,312
ft), where sound levels were 179 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (McCauley et al.,
2000). The authors hypothesized that the males gravitated towards the
single operating airgun possibly due to its similarity to the sound
produced by humpback whales breaching (McCauley et al., 2000). Despite
the evidence that some humpback whales exhibited localized avoidance
reactions at received levels below 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa, the authors
found no evidence of any gross changes in migration routes, such as
inshore/offshore displacement during seismic operations (McCauley et
al., 1998, 2000).
With repeated exposure to sound, many marine mammals may habituate
to the sound at least partially (Richardson & Wursig, 1997). Bain and
Williams (2006) examined the effects of a large airgun array (maximum
total discharge volume of 1,100 in\3\) on six species in shallow waters
off British Columbia and Washington: Harbor seal, California sea lion
(Zalophus californianus), Steller sea lion (Eumetopias jubatus), gray
whale (Eschrichtius robustus), Dall's porpoise (Phocoenoides dalli),
and the harbor porpoise. Harbor porpoises showed ``apparent avoidance
response'' at received levels less than 145 dB re 1 [mu]Pa at a
distance of greater than 70 km (37.8 nmi) from the seismic source (Bain
and Williams, 2006). However, the tendency for greater responsiveness
by harbor porpoise is consistent with their relative responsiveness to
boat traffic and some other acoustic sources (Richardson et al. 1995;
Southall et al., 2007). In contrast, the authors reported that gray
whales seemed to tolerate exposures to sound up to approximately 170 dB
re 1 [mu]Pa (Bain and Williams, 2006) and Dall's porpoises occupied and
tolerated areas receiving exposures of 170 to 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (Bain
and Williams, 2006; Parsons et al., 2009). The authors observed several
gray whales that moved away from the airguns toward deeper water where
sound levels were higher due to propagation effects resulting in higher
noise exposures (Bain and Williams, 2006). However, it is unclear
whether their movements reflected a response to the sounds (Bain and
Williams, 2006). Thus, the authors surmised that the gray whale data
(i.e., voluntarily moving to areas where they are exposed to higher
sound levels) are ambiguous at best because one expects the species to
be the most sensitive to the low-frequency sound emanating from the
airguns (Bain and Williams, 2006).
DeRuiter et al. (2013) recently observed that beaked whales
(considered a particularly sensitive species to sound) exposed to
playbacks (i.e., simulated) of U.S. tactical mid-frequency sonar from
89 to 127 dB re 1 [mu]Pa at close distances responded notably by
altering their dive patterns. In contrast, individuals showed no
behavioral responses when exposed to similar received levels from
actual U.S. tactical mid-frequency sonar operated at much further
distances (DeRuiter et al., 2013). As noted earlier, one must consider
the importance of context (for example, the distance of a sound source
from the animal) in predicting behavioral responses. Regarding the
public comments submitted by Clark et al. (2012) in reference to NMFS's
use of the current acoustic exposure criteria; please refer to our
earlier response to COA.
None of these studies on the effects of airgun noise on marine
mammals point to any associated mortalities, strandings, or permanent
abandonment of habitat by marine mammals. Bain and Williams (2006)
specifically conclude that ``. . . although behavioral changes were
observed, the precautions utilized in the SHIPS survey did not result
in any detectable marine mammal mortalities during the survey, nor were
any reported subsequently by the regional marine mammal stranding
network . . .'' McCauley et al. (2000) concluded that any risk factors
associated with their seismic survey for migrating individuals ``. . .
lasted for a comparatively short period and resulted in only small
range displacement . . .'' Further, the total discharge volume of the
airgun arrays cited in McCauley et al., 1998, 2000; Bain and Williams,
2006 were generally smaller or slightly larger than the 6,600 in\3\
array configurations planned for use during this survey (e.g., 2,768
in\3\, McCauley et al., 1998; 6,730 in\3\, Bain and Williams, 2006).
Thus, the USGS's 160-dB threshold radius may not reach the threshold
distances reported in these studies.
Currently NMFS is in the process of revising its behavioral noise
exposure criteria based on the best and most recent scientific
information. NMFS will use these criteria to develop methodologies to
predict behavioral responses of marine mammals exposed to sound
associated with seismic surveys (primary source is airguns). Although
using a uniform sound pressure level of 160-dB re 1 [mu]Pa for the
onset of behavioral harassment for impulse noises may not capture all
of the nuances of different marine mammal reactions to sound, it is an
appropriate way to manage and regulate anthropogenic noise impacts on
marine mammals until NMFS finalizes its acoustic guidelines.
Comment 33: NRDC et al. states that the use of a multi-pulse
standard for behavior harassment is non-conservative, since it does not
take into account the spreading of seismic pulses over time beyond a
certain distance from the airgun array. NMFS's Open Water Panel for the
Arctic, has twice characterized the airgun array as a mixed impulsive/
continuous noise source and has stated that NMFS should evaluate its
impacts on that basis. NMFS should not ignore the science and analysis
in a number of papers showing that seismic exploration in the Arctic,
the east Atlantic, off Greenland, and off Australia has raised ambient
noise levels at significant distances from the airgun array.
Response: Propagation is complex and the physical property of
sounds change as they travel through the environment making if often
difficult to predict exactly when an impulsive source becomes more
continuous (i.e., loses physical properties associated with impulsive
sounds, such as fast rise and
[[Page 52142]]
high peak pressure). This is reason for classifying the behavioral
thresholds based on characteristics at the source. However, it should
be remembered that the 160 dB (rms) threshold for impulsive sounds was
derived from data for mother-calf pairs of migrating gray whales (Malme
et al. 1983, 1984) and bowhead whales (Richardson et al., 1985;
Richardson et al., 1986) responding when specifically exposed to
seismic airguns at distances farther from the source. Thus, the use of
this threshold for behavioral response of marine mammals to seismic
sources is appropriate (i.e., opposed to the 120 dB threshold which was
based on responses to drilling and dredging activities). Furthermore,
investigation of updated data since the derivation of the 160 dB
threshold, indicates for the majority of behavioral responses
associated with received levels below 160 dB are at distances fairly
close to the source (less than 5 km) and have involved controlled
playbacks to sources, which emphasizes that in addition to received
level, other factors, like distance from the source or context of
exposure are important considerations.
Comment 34: NRDC et al. states that NMFS must consider that even
behavioral disturbance can amount to Level A take if it interferes with
essential life functions through secondary effects (e.g., displacement
from migration paths, risks of ship strike or predation). NRDC et al.
state that NMFS must take into account the best available science and
set lower thresholds for take by Level A harassment, which would lead
to larger exclusion zones around the seismic survey.
Response: NMFS notes that Level B take has been defined previously
in this document and specifically relates to behavioral disturbance,
not the secondary effects the commenter notes. However, these secondary
effects are very important and are considered in both the negligible
impact analysis as well as qualitatively in the development of
mitigation measures, via consideration of biologically important areas
in the analysis and for time-area closures, or other important factors.
Please see the response to comment 31 for a discussion of studies
addressing PTS (Level A harassment).
Comment 35: NRDC et al. state that behavioral take thresholds for
the impulsive component airgun noise should be based on peak pressure
rather than on rms, or dual criteria based on both peak pressure and
rms should be used. NRDC et al. state that alternatively, NMFS should
use the most biologically conservative method for calculating rms,
following Madsen (2005).
Response: NMFS disagrees that peak pressure is the appropriate
metric associated with behavioral take. Peak pressure is more
appropriate for injury associated with exposure at close distances to
the source, not at distances where behavioral take is expected to occur
(Southall et al., 2007). Finally, NMFS does rely on Madsen (2005) for
calculating rms sound pressure (i.e., duration window associated with
90% energy).
Comment 36: NRDC et al. states that NMFS has failed to analyze
masking effects or set thresholds for masking.
Response: Exposure to seismic sources has been shown to have
impacts on marine mammal vocalizations with sometimes animals
vocalizing more (e.g., Di Iorio and Clark, 2009) in the presence of
these sources and sometimes less (e.g., Blackwell et al., 2013).
Additionally, many species have short-term and long-term means of
dealing with masking. However, the energetic consequences of these
adaptations are unknown. Recent published models have allowed the
ability to better quantify the effects of masking on baleen whales for
certain underwater sound sources, like shipping (e.g., change in
communication space; Clark et al., 2009; Hatch et al., 2012). However,
models for other sources have not been published. NMFS's notice of the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014) described the potential
effects of the seismic survey on marine mammals, including masking. In
general, NMFS expects the masking effects of airgun pulses to be minor,
given the normally intermittent nature of the pulses and the fact that
the acoustic footprint of the survey is only expected to overlay a low
number of low-frequency hearing specialists and is not in any
specifically identified biologically important areas.
NEPA Concerns
Comment 37: NRDC et al. submitted comments on the first stated
purpose of the study, which is to identify the outer limits of the U.S.
continental shelf, also referred to as the ECS as defined by Article 76
of the Convention of the Law of the Sea. NRDC et al. comment that the
first stated purpose is concerning because of its implications for
expanded oil and gas exploration in the region. NRDC et al. state that
any consideration of this study, and in particular the cumulative
impact of the assessment, must include consideration of the fact that
this study's underlying purpose may be to increase the area of the Mid-
Atlantic that is open to oil and gas exploration and drilling and,
therefore, must include an analysis of longer-term related effects on
marine species and habitat of the various sources of increased
disruption and harm caused by an influx of oil and gas exploration and
drilling in the region.
Response: NMFS has fully considered the purposes of the seismic
survey, the first of which is to identify the outer limits of the U.S.
ECS. NMFS disagrees with the commenter's assessment of the underlying
purpose of the study may be to increase the area of the Mid-Atlantic
that is open to oil and gas exploration and drilling. The planned
seismic survey is independent of oil and gas exploration, which is
regulated by the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management. The EA prepared by
USGS, which NMFS has adopted, provided detailed information about the
first purpose of the study.
As explained in the previous notice for the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014), one purpose of the planned study is to define
the seafloor and sub-seafloor that is part of the U.S. ECS. Only after
the ECS is delineated can it be designated for conservation,
management, resource exploitation, or other purposes. The planned
project is part of an Interagency Task Force that has been in existence
since 2007 to identify all the parts of the U.S. margins beyond 200 nmi
where the U.S. can potentially exert its sovereign rights, whether that
be for conservation, management, exploitation, or other purposes.
Unless the ECS is delineated as part of the U.S., it could potentially
be developed and utilized outside of the U.S. regulatory framework. The
ultimate determination as to whether the outer limits of the ECS will
be delineated as part of the continental shelf of the U.S. is partially
dependent upon the data that would be collected on this seismic survey.
The ECS program has investigated potential ECS in the Arctic, Atlantic,
Gulf of Mexico, Bering Sea, Pacific West Coast, Gulf of Alaska, Central
Pacific Line Islands, and Western Pacific (Marianas). Only the Arctic,
Atlantic, Gulf of Mexico, and Bering Sea are likely to use the sediment
thickness formula for defining the outer limits of the ECS.
The Atlantic margin is a priority for the U.S. ECS project. The
Atlantic is probably the second largest region of ECS for the U.S.
(second to the Arctic). The USGS participated in four field seasons of
joint seismic-bathymetric work in the Arctic collaborative with the
Geological Survey of Canada as the first priority between 2008 and
2011. An opportunity to collect data for the ECS
[[Page 52143]]
in the Pacific Ocean was possible in 2011, and at that time, data were
collected in the Gulf of Alaska and the Bering Sea, two areas of
potential U.S. ECS. Since 2011, the Atlantic has been the highest
priority for gathering ECS-relevant seismic data, both for the ECS
Interagency Task Force and the Coastal and Marine Geology Program of
USGS.
The ECS project has teams that have been working in each region of
the ECS for the U.S. since 2010. A preliminary assessment of existing
data for the Atlantic margin was completed in 2012. Since that time,
the final track line program has been proposed and modified per
presentations to the ECS working group and the ECS seismic methodology
team. This fiscal year (2014) is the first opportunity that both a ship
and sufficient funding resources have been available for a field
program in the Atlantic. Finishing data collection in 2015, would allow
the Department of State sufficient time to complete the documentation
of the outer limits of the ECS by the 2018 to 2019 deadline established
in its 5-year program.
The planned activity is not related to oil and gas exploration and
will not expand the area of the Mid-Atlantic that is open to oil and
gas exploration and drilling. The BOEM Planning Areas examined in their
final PEIS already extend to 350 nmi beyond the baselines of the U.S.
(https://www.boem.gov/Special-Information-Notice-February-2014/). The
tracklines for the USGS study do not extend beyond 350 nmi, which is
the furthest outer limit distance that could be used to delineate the
ECS. Hence the BOEM PEIS already includes any area would be potential
ECS in the analysis, including in the cumulative effects analysis. It
is therefore incorrect to assert that this seismic survey will expand
the area of the Mid-Atlantic that is open to oil and gas exploration,
and such, would be inappropriate to include any analysis to this effect
in the cumulative effects assessment of the planned action.
Comment 38: NRDC et al. submitted comments on the second stated
purpose of the study, which is to study the mass transport of sediments
down the continental shelf as submarine landslides that may pose
tsunamigenic (i.e., tsunami-related) hazards. NRDC et al. comment that
there is little to substantiate the immediate need of the second stated
purpose of the study. NRDC et al. comment that the draft EA offers no
analysis of the ability to obtain information about sediment thickness
and geologic structure by modeling or alternate means, no discussion of
related survey data that may be available for extrapolation, nor any
prediction of the actual risk to the Eastern Seaboard of a tsunami-
related submarine landslide.
Response: NMFS first clarifies that the investigation of sediment
thickness is related to the first purpose of the study, which is to
establish the outer limits of the U.S. ECS. One of the criteria for
defining the outer limits of the ECS under Article 76 involves
measuring the thickness of the sediments beneath the seafloor but above
the oceanic crust. The sediment thickness must be measured continuously
from the foot of the continental slope seaward to a point where the
outer limit point is identified. The established method for measuring
sediment thickness is seismic reflection profiling (Kasuga et al.,
2000). Other scientific methods (such as measurements of marine gravity
and magnetic anomalies) may be used to augment the geologic
interpretation, but the internationally accepted method for measuring
sediment thickness is seismic reflection profiling. An extensive review
of the existing database (Hutchinson and other, 2004) demonstrated that
existing seismic-reflection data are entirely insufficient to meet the
line-spacing or velocity control requirements specified in Article 76.
As part of the study, USGS plans to identify the locations of fracture
zones, where the sediments could be thicker than in the intra-fracture
zone regions. These fracture zones are the result of juxtaposing
oceanic crust of different ages across ridge offsets during the
spreading process. The 2014 part of the program (with lines parallel to
the margin) is intended to identify the possible existence of fracture
zones that are sub-perpendicular to the margin. If these fracture zones
can be identified, the 2015 component of the seismic program is to then
collect seismic data along tracks that follow where the sediment is
thickest and therefore the size of the U.S. ECS can be established.
NMFS has fully considered the second purpose of the study, which is
to study the sudden mass transport of sediments down the continental
shelf as submarine landslides that may pose tsunamigenic (i.e.,
tsunami-related) hazards. The EA prepared by USGS, which NMFS adopted,
provides detailed information about the second purpose of the study,
including information about its immediate need, the availability and
limitations of other data, and the risk to the Eastern Seaboard of a
tsunami-related submarine landslide.
Since the 2004 Banda Aceh tsunami and the more recent 2010 Tohoku
tsunami, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Agency has contracted with the
USGS to evaluate tsunami hazards along the U.S. margins, because of the
potential threat to, for example, nuclear power plants, coastal cities,
industrial centers, and port facilities, including along the Atlantic.
Other agencies such as FEMA offices in several coastal states and the
City of Boston, Office of Emergency Management requested input and
assessment from the USGS for their tsunami preparedness. Tsunamis on
passive margins such as the Atlantic pose a challenge to regulators
because these events are rare (i.e., low probability) but potentially
devastating (i.e., high risk). The 1929 Grand Banks tsunami (Fine et
al., 2005), measured and modeled overpressures on the New Jersey margin
that can cause slope failure (Dugan et al., 2000), and evidence of
enormous submarine landslides (such as the Cape Fear slide [Hornbach et
al., 2007]) demonstrate that the Atlantic margin is not immune to the
potential tsunamigenic hazard. As part of its research into submarine
landslides, the USGS has utilized a multi-pronged approach, for
example, analytic and numerical models (Geist and Parsons, 2006; Geist
et al., 2009), geomorphologic analysis (Chaytor et al., 2007; Twichell
et al., 2009; Locat et al., 2010), regional assessments using existing
data (ten Brink et al., 2009; ten Brink et al., 2014), geotechnical
analysis (on-going), and laboratory studies (on-going). No single
landslide, however, has been mapped from its origin (headwall on the
continental slope) to its runout on the lower rise/abyssal plain, with
supporting evidence to show the aggradational and structural
relationships in the subsurface among the different parts of the
composite landslide system. This lack of information prevents further
modeling of the processes of these landslides and evaluating the
potential tsunamigenic risks they have posed or could pose along the
Atlantic margin. The proposed cruise offers the opportunity to study
the vertical (depth) aspects of two major landslides on the U.S.
margin, and therefore leverage federal resources across two scientific
programs and projects (ECS and Natural Hazards). USGS is attempting to
eliminate redundant seismic surveys by combing field work for two
projects (ECS and Natural Hazards).
Comment 39: COA states that NMFS should prepare an Environmental
Impact Statement (EIS), not an EA, to adequately consider the
potentially significant impacts of the proposed action and full range
of alternatives to the proposed action. COA also states that given that
USGS's EA tiers to the NSF/USGS PEIS that was finalized in
[[Page 52144]]
2011, an updated EIS would provide information necessary to making an
informed decision about the issuance of the IHA.
Response: In accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.), USGS completed an EA titled,
``Environmental Assessment for Seismic Reflection Scientific Research
Surveys during 2014 and 2015 in Support of Mapping the U.S. Atlantic
Seaboard Extended Continental Margin and Investigating Tsunami
Hazards.'' The EA was prepared by RPS Evan-Hamilton, Inc., in
association with YOLO Environmental, Inc., GeoSpatial Strategy Group,
and Ecology and Environment, Inc. on behalf of USGS. The EA analyzes
the impacts on the human environment of conducting a seismic survey in
the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the U.S. Eastern Seaboard (i.e., the
action for which USGS applied to NMFS for an IHA). It includes an
evaluation of three alternatives:
(1) The proposed seismic survey and issuance of an associated IHA,
(2) a no action alternative (i.e., do not issue an IHA and do not
conduct the seismic survey), and
(3) a corresponding seismic survey at an alternative time, along
with issuance of an associated IHA.
The EA tiers to the NSF and USGS's 2011 ``Programmatic
Environmental Impact Statement/Overseas Environmental Impact Statement
for Marine Seismic Research Funded by the National Science Foundation
or Conducted by the U.S. Geological Survey'' (NSF/USGS PEIS). The EA
also incorporates by reference the following documents per 40 CFR
1502.21 and NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6 Sec. 5.09(d): The
NSF's ``Environmental Analysis of a Marine Geophysical Survey by the R/
V Marcus G. Langseth in the Northeast Atlantic Ocean, June-July 2013;
the NSF's ``Draft Environmental Assessment of a Marine Geophysical
Survey by the R/V Marcus G. Langseth in the Atlantic Ocean off Cape
Hatteras, September-October 2014''; and the Bureau of Ocean Energy
Management's 2014 ``Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement
Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) Proposed Geological and
Geophysical Activities Mid-Atlantic and South Atlantic Planning
Areas.''
NMFS independently reviewed USGS's EA, and concluded that the
impacts evaluated by USGS are substantially the same as the impacts of
the alternatives considered in issuing an IHA under the MMPA for USGS's
marine seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the U.S.
Eastern Seaboard during August to September 2014 and April to August
2015. In addition, NMFS evaluated USGS's EA and found that it includes
all required components for adoption by NOAA, including sufficient
evidence and analysis for determining whether to prepare an EIS or a
Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), a brief discussion of need
for the proposed action, a listing of the alternatives to the proposed
action, a description of the affected environment, and a brief
discussion of the environmental impacts of the proposed action and
alternatives. Regarding the comment that the USGS EA tiers to the NSF/
USGS PEIS that was finalized in 2011, NMFS notes that the USGS EA and
the two NSF EAs incorporated by reference in the USGS EA incorporate
site-specific and updated scientific information. As a result of this
review, NMFS determined that it was not necessary to prepare a separate
EA, Supplemental EA, or EIS to issue an IHA for USGS's proposed marine
seismic survey, and adopted USGS's EA.
NOAA Administrative Order (NAO) 216-6 contains criteria for
determining the significance of the impacts of a proposed action. In
addition, the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations at 40
CFR Sec. 1508.27 state that the significance of an action should be
analyzed both in terms of ``context'' and ``intensity.'' NMFS evaluated
the significance of this action based on the NAO 216-6 criteria and
CEQ's context and intensity criteria. Based on this evaluation, NMFS
determined that issuance of this IHA to USGS would not significantly
impact the quality of the human environment and issued a FONSI.
Accordingly, preparation of an EIS is not necessary. NMFS's
determination and evaluation of the NAO 216-6 criteria and CEQ's
context and intensity criteria are contained within the FONSI issued
for this action.
Comment 40: COA states that the NEPA document must be made
available for public review and comment. COA states that the public was
not offered an opportunity to comment on the proposed project until the
issuance of the proposed IHA on June 23, 2014.
Response: NMFS notes that USGS's draft EA was posted on the USGS
Web site for a 30-day public comment period from May 20 to June 20,
2014. The draft EA was also posted on the NSF Web site. USGS received
no public comment or inquiries on the draft EA during that period. NMFS
also made the draft EA available to the public on the NMFS permit Web
site (https://www.nfms.noaa.gov/per/permits/incidental.htm#applications)
concurrently with the release of the Federal Register notice for the
proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). NMFS shared comments on the
draft EA received during the 30-day IHA comment period with USGS and
NSF. USGS considered the public comments received during the 30-day IHA
comment period in preparing the final IHA. NMFS also considered all
public comments received in evaluating the sufficiency of the USGS EA
and in preparing the final IHA.
Comment 41: COA states that the EA does not devote sufficient
discussion to alternatives including alternative times of year and
additional monitoring activities.
Response: The NEPA and the implementing CEQ regulations (40 CFR
parts 1500-1508) require consideration of alternatives to proposed
major federal actions and NAO 216-6 provides agency policy and guidance
on the consideration of alternatives to our proposed action. An EA must
consider all reasonable alternatives, including the No Action
alternative. This provides a baseline analysis against which we can
compare the other alternatives.
The USGS EA addresses the potential environmental impacts of three
choices available to us under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, namely:
The proposed seismic survey and the issuance of an
associated IHA;
A corresponding seismic survey at an alternative time,
along with issuance of an associated IHA; or
A no action alternative, with no issuance of an IHA and no
seismic survey.
To warrant detailed evaluation as a reasonable alternative, an
alternative must meet our purpose and need. In this case, an
alternative meets the purpose and need if it satisfied the requirements
under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA. Each alternative must also be
feasible and reasonable in accordance with the President's Council on
Environmental Quality regulations (40 CFR Sec. Sec. 1500-1508). NMFS
evaluated potential alternatives against these criteria.
NMFS disagrees with the commenter's assessment that the USGS EA did
not sufficiently evaluate alternatives, including alternative times of
year. The USGS EA considered, but rejected, conducting the seismic
survey at a different time of the year, along with issuance of an
associated IHA. Regarding seasonal distributions of marine mammals, the
EA considers seasonal distributions through descriptions presented in
Chapter 3.
[[Page 52145]]
The EA concludes that ``[m]ost marine mammal species are year-round
residents in the North Atlantic, based on the number of OBIS sightings
in the Study Area and adjacent waters, so altering the timing of the
proposed project likely would result in no net benefits for those
species'' (see USGS EA section 4.4).
With respect to scheduling the survey during winter, the EA states
that weather conditions in the Atlantic Ocean and ship schedules also
constrain the possible time window of the seismic survey to May through
September. Because of generally higher sea states in winter, winter is
an unsafe time for conducting experiments when ship maneuverability is
limited, as it is towing an 8 km long streamer. Scheduling the seismic
survey in mid-summer when daylight hours are maximized and sea states
are generally minimal facilitates observations and identifications of
marine wildlife.
The EA concludes that the proposed dates for the cruise under the
Preferred Alternative (August to September 2014 and April to August
2015) are the most suitable, from a logistical perspective, for the
Langseth, essential equipment and the participating scientists and
personnel. The 2014 seismic survey is also scheduled so that the
subsequent proposed seismic survey (GeoPRISMS/ENAM) on the Langseth
scheduled from mid-September to early October does not interfere with
North Atlantic right whale migrations. If the IHA is issued for another
period, it could result in significant delay and disruption not only of
the proposed seismic survey, but of subsequent studies that are planned
on the Langseth for 2014, 2015, and beyond.
Regarding the mitigation and monitoring measures suggested by COA,
NMFS determined that the measures were not feasible or already
required. Pre-survey observations and post-survey monitoring are not
feasible due to the length of the tracklines, the distance of the
action area from shore, and the Langseth's schedule. With respect to
aerial surveys, see the response to comment 23. With respect to
exclusion zones and sound thresholds, see the responses to comments 31
to 36. With respect to activity during low light and nighttime
conditions, see the response to comment 27. With respect to night
vision technology, the IHA requires that PSVOs have access to night
vision devices. For additional required mitigation measures, see the
``Mitigation'' section below. NMFS determined, based on the best
available data, that the mitigation and monitoring measures required by
the IHA are the most feasible and effective measures capable of
implementation by USGS during the planned seismic survey.
Comment 42: COA states that in its discussion of the No Action
alternative, the EA does not adequately qualify the benefits of the No
Action alternative, in which the proposed action would not proceed and
marine mammals would not be subject to harassment, in relation to the
costs.
Response: Concerning the benefits of the No Action alternative, the
EA addresses this concern in section 4.5, where it states that ``the No
Action alternative would result in no disturbance to marine mammals or
sea turtles attributable to the planned seismic survey.'' Concerning
the costs of the No Action alternative, the EA states that the No
Action alternative would not meet the purpose and need for the proposed
activities. As stated in the EA, ``[t]he U.S. would not be able to
define the ECS and therefore not be able to exercise its sovereign
rights over the seafloor and sub-seafloor because it would lack the
data to determine the extent of its sovereign rights. Nor would USGS
have an important data set to contribute to its accurate assessment of
submarine landslide and tsunami hazards along the east coast'' (USGS
EA, section 4.5).
Comment 43: NRDC et al. state that USGS fails to adequately assess
cumulative impacts of the activity. NRDC et al. state that NMFS and
USGS must analyze both auditory and behavioral impacts of repeated
exposure to noise pollution on a population that may alter behavior.
NRDC et al. also state that the cumulative impact analysis must include
a full evaluation of the cumulative impacts of oil and gas seismic
surveys planned for and anticipated in the Atlantic; the L-DEO seismic
survey off New Jersey and other NSF or USGS planned seismic surveys;
and military and testing sonar activities.
Response: NMFS disagrees with commenters' assessment. The USGS EA
and the documents it incorporates analyze the effects of the seismic
survey in light of other human activities in the study area, including
the activities the commenters reference. The NSF/USGS PEIS, which the
USGS EA tiers to, also analyzes the cumulative impacts of NSF-funded
and USGS-conducted seismic surveys. The USGS EA, which NMFS adopted,
concludes that the impacts of USGS's proposed seismic survey in the
Atlantic Ocean are expected to be more than minor and short-term with
no potential to contribute to cumulatively significant impacts. NMFS
independently reviewed USGS's EA and concluded that the impacts
evaluated by USGS are substantially the same as the impacts of the
alternatives considered in issuing an IHA, under the MMPA, for USGS's
seismic survey. As explained in NMFS' FONSI, NMFS expect the following
combination of activities to result in no more than minor and short-
term impacts to marine mammals in the survey area in terms of overall
disturbance effects: (1) NMFS's issuance of an IHA with prescribed
mitigation and monitoring measures for the seismic survey; (2) past,
present, and reasonably foreseeable future research in the northwest
Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern Seaboard; (3) vessel traffic, noise, and
collisions; (4) commercial and recreational fishing; (5) military
activities; (6) oil and gas activities; and (7) submarine cable
installation activities.
NMFS notes that section 4.1.2.3 of the NSF/USGS PEIS specifically
addresses the cumulative impacts of repeated exposure to noise,
including potential exposure to multiple NSF or USGS seismic surveys
and potential exposure to NSF or USGS seismic surveys and other
activities that produce underwater noise. It states that ``no impacts
are anticipated at the regional population level. The few, relatively
short, localized NSF or USGS seismic surveys in the context of the
ocean-region basis would not have more than a negligible cumulative
effect on marine mammals at the individual or population level.
Possible exceptions are local non-migratory populations or populations
highly concentrated in one area at one of year (e.g., for breeding).
However, the latter scenario would be mitigated by timing and locating
proposed seismic surveys to avoid sensitive seasons and/or locations
important to marine mammals, especially those that are ESA-listed.'' It
further states that ``there is no evidence that [short-term behavioral
changes], whether considered alone or in succession, result in long-
term adverse impacts to individuals or populations assuming important
habitats or activities are not disturbed. Furthermore, long-migrating
marine mammals in particular have undoubtedly been exposed to many
anthropogenic underwater sound activities for decades in all ocean
basins. Many of these populations continue to grow despite a
preponderance of anthropogenic marine activities that may have been
documented to disturb some individuals behaviorally (e.g., Hildebrand,
2004).''
[[Page 52146]]
General Concerns
Comment 44: COA states that NMFS must take best available science
and the precautionary principle into account.
Response: NMFS's determinations, in order to meet the requirements
of section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, use peer-reviewed data that are
based on the best available science regarding the biology of animals
affected and the propagation of underwater sounds from sources during
the seismic survey. This information is supported by USGS's IHA
application and EA.
Comment 45: NRDC et al. state that USGS and NMFS fail to adequately
assess impacts on the North Atlantic right whale. NRDC et al. also
state that the seismic survey does not include any time-area closures
to reduce impacts on North Atlantic right whales, nor does it provide
any quantitative or even detailed qualitative analysis of masking
effects or other cumulative, sub-lethal impacts on North Atlantic right
whales.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the NRDC et al.'s comments and has
adequately assessed impacts to the North Atlantic right whale. The
seismic survey's tracklines avoid the northeast Atlantic Ocean
designated critical habitat by approximately 190 km (102.6 nmi) and
avoid the southeast Atlantic Ocean designated critical habitat by
approximately 519 km (280.2 nmi). The probability of vessel and marine
mammal interactions (e.g., ship strike) is highly unlikely due to the
low density of right whales and other mysticetes in the survey area, as
well as the Langseth's slow operational speed, which is typically 4.5
kts (8.5 km/hr, 5.3 mph). Outside of airgun operations, the Langseth's
cruising speed will be approximately 10 kts (18.5 km/hr, 11.5 mph),
which is generally below the speed at which studies have noted reported
increases of marine mammal injury or death (Laist et al., 2001).
Responses 5, 21, and 36 provide responses to concerns about masking
effects and the use of the multi-beam echosounder.
Considering the rarity and conservation status for the North
Atlantic right whale, the airguns will be shut-down immediately in the
unlikely event that this species is observed, regardless of the
distance from the Langseth. The airgun array shall not resume firing
(with ramp-up) until 30 minutes after the last documented North
Atlantic right whale visual sighting. This mitigation measure is a
requirement in the IHA issued to USGS.
Comment 46: NRDC et al. states that NMFS fails to analyze impacts
on fish and other species of concern. NRDC et al. state that the
proposed IHA assumes without support that effects on both fish and
fisheries would be localized and minor. NRDC et al. urges NMFS to
improve its analysis.
Response: NMFS disagrees with NRDC et al.'s assessment. NMFS
adopted the USGS EA, which describes marine fish in section 3.7, EFH in
section 3.8.2, and considers the impacts of the survey on fish, EFH and
fisheries in sections 4.2.5 and 4.2.7. The USGS EA tiers to the NSF/
USGS PEIS, which also analyzes the impacts of seismic surveys on fish.
All of the studies cited by NRDC et al. regarding fish are cited in the
NSF/USGS PEIS (Appendix D) together with numerous additional studies
that document the limited and sometimes conflicting knowledge about the
acoustic capabilities of fish and the effects of airgun sound on fish.
The EA's conclusion that ``the direct effects of the seismic survey and
its noise may have minor effects on marine fisheries that are generally
reversible, of limited duration, magnitude, and geographic extent when
considering individual fish, and not measurable at the population
level'' is well supported. NMFS also evaluated the impacts of the
seismic survey on fish and invertebrates in the notice of the proposed
IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). NMFS included a detailed discussion
of the potential effects of this action on marine mammal habitat,
including physiological and behavioral effects on marine fish and
invertebrates.
Comment 47: NRDC et al. states that USGS did not provide any
meaningful analysis of the proposed action's impacts on essential fish
habitat (EFH). NRDC et al. states that NMFS has a statutory obligation
to consult on the impact of federal activities on EFH under the
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (MSA). NRDC et
al. states that the EFH consultation for the action is inadequate.
Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenters' assessment. As
discussed in the response to comment 46, the NSF/USGS PEIS, the USGS
EA, and other environmental assessment that the USGS EA incorporates
identify EFH within the project area and evaluate the impacts of the
seismic survey on EFH. USGS EA (see section 3.8.2) and the NSF/USGS
PEIS (see section 3.3.2.1) discuss the seismic survey's impacts on EFH.
In the site-specific EA, USGS determined that the seismic survey is
restricted to the surface waters and thus there would be no physical
contact or disturbance with EFH. NMFS adopted the USGS EA after
evaluating it for sufficiency.
USGS requested a determination from the NMFS, Habitat Conservation
Divisions of the Southeast Regional and Greater Atlantic Regional
Fisheries Offices, whether the seismic survey required a formal
consultation. In a letter dated June 20, 2014, NMFS stated that in
accordance with the MSA, EFH has been identified and described in the
EEZ portions of the study area by the New England, Mid-Atlantic and
South Atlantic Fishery Management Councils and NMFS. The letter
acknowledged that USGS and NSF, as the federal action agency for this
action, determined the proposed seismic survey may result in minor
adverse impacts to water column habitats identified and described as
EFH. NMFS stated that the Habitat Conservation Divisions in the
Southeast Regional and Greater Atlantic Regional Fisheries Offices
reviewed that analysis and the proposed mitigation measures contained
in the NSF/USGS PEIS and the EA prepared for this action. Upon
considering the design and nature of the seismic survey, NMFS had no
EFH conservation recommendations to provide pursuant to section
305(b)(2) of the MSA. NMFS stated additional research and monitoring is
needed to gain a better understanding of the potential effects these
activities may have on EFH, federally managed species, their prey and
other NOAA trust resources, and recommended that this type of research
should be a component of future NSF-funded seismic surveys. USGS agree
that this is an area of needed research.
The issuance of an IHA and the mitigation and monitoring measures
required by the IHA would not affect ocean and coastal habitat or EFH.
Therefore, NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, Permits and
Conservation Division has determined that an EFH consultation is not
required.
Comment 48: NRDC et al. states that NMFS must fully comply with the
ESA and develop a robust Biological Opinion based on the best available
science. They state that NMFS should evaluate the impact of the seismic
survey on new sea turtle and potential right whale critical habitat.
They further urge NMFS to establish more stringent mitigation measures
to protect ESA-listed species than are currently proposed by the IHA.
Response: Section 7(a)(2) of the ESA requires that each federal
agency insure that any action authorized, funded, or carried out by
such agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of any
endangered or threatened species or result in the destruction or
adverse modification of critical habitat of such species. Of the
species of marine mammals that may occur in the action
[[Page 52147]]
area, several are listed as endangered under the ESA, including the
North Atlantic right, humpback, sei, fin, blue, and sperm whales.
Designated critical habitat for the Northwest Atlantic Ocean Distinct
Population Segment of loggerhead sea turtles (Caretta caretta) also
occur in the action area.
Under section 7 of the ESA, USGS initiated formal consultation with
the NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, Endangered Species Act
Interagency Cooperation Division, on this seismic survey. NMFS's Office
of Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation Division, also
initiated and engaged in formal consultation under section 7 of the ESA
with NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, Endangered Species Act
Interagency Cooperation Division, on the issuance of an IHA under
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. These two
consultations were consolidated and addressed in a single Biological
Opinion addressing the effects of the proposed actions on threatened
and endangered species as well as designated critical habitat. The
Biological Opinion concluded that both actions (i.e., the USGS seismic
survey and NMFS's issuance of an IHA) are not likely to jeopardize the
existence of cetaceans and sea turtles and would have no effect on
critical habitat. NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, Endangered
Species Act Interagency Cooperation Division relied on the best
scientific and commercial data available in conducting its analysis.
Although critical habitat is designated for the North Atlantic
right whale, no critical habitat for North Atlantic right whales occurs
in the action area. The North Atlantic right whale critical habitat in
the northeast Atlantic Ocean can be found online at: https://
www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/criticalhabitat/
nrightwhalene.pdf. The North Atlantic right whale
critical habitat in the southeast Atlantic Ocean can be found online
at: https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/pdfs/criticalhabitat/
nrightwhalese.pdf. The survey trackline that has the
closest approach to the northeast Atlantic Ocean designated critical
habitat is approximately 190 km (102.6 nmi) from the area. The
trackline that has the closest approach to the southeast Atlantic Ocean
designated critical habitat is approximately 519 km (280.2 nmi) from
the area. The Biological Opinion considers the distribution, migration
and movement, general habitat, and designated critical habitat of the
North Atlantic right whale in its analysis.
NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division also considered the conservation status and habitat of ESA-
listed marine mammals. Included in the IHA are special procedures for
situations or species of concern (see ``Mitigation'' section below). If
a North Atlantic right whale is visually sighted during the survey, the
airgun array must be shut-down regardless of the distance of the
animal(s) to the sound source. The array will not resume firing until
30 minutes after the last documented whale visual sighting.
Concentrations of humpback, sei, fin, blue, and/or sperm whales will be
avoided if possible (i.e., exposing concentrations of animals to 160
dB), and the array will be powered-down if necessary. For purposes of
the survey, a concentration or group of whales will consist of six or
more individuals visually sighted that do not appear to be traveling
(e.g., feeding, socializing, etc.). NMFS's Office of Protected
Resources, Endangered Species Act Interagency Cooperation Division
issued an Incidental Take Statement (ITS) incorporating the
requirements of the IHA as Terms and Conditions of the ITS. Compliance
with the ITS is likewise a mandatory requirement of the IHA. NMFS's
Office of Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation Division has
determined that the mitigation measures required by the IHA provide the
means of effecting the least practicable impact on species or stocks
and their habitat, including ESA-listed species.
Comment 49: NRDC et al. states that the Coastal Zone Management Act
(CZMA) requires that applicants for federal permits to conduct an
activity affecting a natural resource of the coastal zone of a state
``shall provide in the application to the licensing or permitting
agency a certification that the proposed activity complies with the
enforceable policies of the state's approved program and that such
activity will be conducted in a manner consistent with the program.''
NRDC et al. states that the marine mammals and fish that will be
affected by the seismic survey are all ``natural resources'' protected
by the coastal states' coastal management program, and that states
should be given the opportunity to review the IHA for consistency with
their coastal management programs.
Response: As the lead federal agency for the planned seismic
survey, USGS considered whether the action would have effects on the
coastal resources of any state along the U.S. Eastern Seaboard. As
concluded in the USGS EA, any potential impacts from the seismic survey
would mainly be to marine species in close proximity to the vessel and
would be of a short duration and temporary in nature. Because the
planned seismic survey will occur in deep water and long distances from
the U.S. East Coast, USGS concluded the seismic survey would have no
effect on coastal zone resources. The seismic survey would occur in
approximately 2,000 to 5,000 m water depth, and most of the tracklines
would occur beyond 463 to 648.2 km (250 to greater than 350 nmi)
offshore. The closest approach to land will be approximately 170 km (92
nmi). USGS reviewed the Federal Consistency Listings for the states
along the East Coast and determined that the action is not listed. USGS
did not receive a request from any state for a consistency review of
the unlisted activity. Therefore, it was concluded that USGS met all of
the responsibilities under the CZMA. USGS and NSF also discussed the
proposed seismic survey with the NOAA Office of Ocean and Coastal
Resource Management (OCRM) to confirm the agencies responsibilities
under CZMA for the planned unlisted activity.
Comment 50: One private citizen opposed the issuance of an IHA by
NMFS and the conduct of the seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic
Ocean off the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and April to
August 2015, by USGS. The commenter states that NMFS should protect
marine life from harm.
Response: As described in detail in the notice for the proposed IHA
(79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014), as well as in this document, NMFS does
not believe that USGS's seismic survey would cause injury, serious
injury, or mortality to marine mammals, and no take by injury, serious
injury, or mortality is authorized. The required monitoring and
mitigation measures that USGS will implement during the seismic survey
will further reduce the potential impacts on marine mammals to the
lowest levels practicable. NMFS anticipates only behavioral disturbance
to occur during the conduct of the seismic survey.
Description of the Marine Mammals in the Specified Geographic Area of
the Specified Activity
Forty-five species of marine mammal (37 cetaceans [whales,
dolphins, and porpoises] including 30 odontocetes and 7 mysticetes, 7
pinnipeds [seals and sea lions], and 1 sirenian [manatees]) are known
to occur in the western North Atlantic Ocean study area (Read et al.,
2009; Waring et al., 2013). Of those 45 species of marine mammals, 34
cetaceans could be found or are likely to occur in the study area
during the spring/summer/fall months. Several of
[[Page 52148]]
these species are listed as endangered under the U.S. Endangered
Species Act of 1973 (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.), including the North
Atlantic right (Eubalaena glacialis), humpback (Megaptera
novaeangliae), sei (Balaenoptera borealis), fin (Balaenoptera
physalus), blue (Balaenoptera musculus), and sperm (Physeter
macrocephalus) whales. The white-beaked dolphin (Lagenorhynchus
albirostris) generally occurs north of the of the planned study area
and no take has been authorized. The harbor porpoise (Phocoena
phocoena) usually occur in shallow nearshore waters, but occasionally
travel over deep offshore waters. The four pinniped species (harbor
[Phoca vitulina], harp [Phoca groenlandica], gray [Halichoerus grypus],
and hooded [Cystophora cristata] seals) are also considered coastal
species (any sightings would be considered extralimital) and are not
known to occur in the deep waters of the survey area. No pinnipeds are
expected to be present in the planned study area, and not take has been
authorized for pinnipeds. The West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus
latirostris) is listed as endangered under the ESA and is managed by
the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and is not considered further in
this IHA notice.
General information on the taxonomy, ecology, distribution,
seasonality and movements, and acoustic capabilities of marine mammals
are given in sections 3.6.1, 3.7.1, and 3.8.1 of the NSF/USGS PEIS. The
general distribution of mysticetes, odontocetes, and pinnipeds in the
North Atlantic Ocean is discussed in sections 3.6.3.4, 3.7.3.4, and
3.8.3.4 of the NSF/USGS PEIS, respectively. In addition, Section 3.1 of
the ``Atlantic OCS Proposed Geological and Geophysical Activities Mid-
Atlantic and South Atlantic Planning Areas Draft Programmatic
Environmental Impact Statement'' (Bureau of Ocean Energy Management,
2012) reviews similar information for all marine mammals that may occur
within the study area.
Various systematic surveys have been conducted throughout the
western North Atlantic Ocean, including within sections of the study
area. Records from the Ocean Biogeographic Information System (OBIS)
database hosted by Rutgers University and Duke University (Read et al.,
2009) were used as the main source of information. The database
includes survey data collected during the Cetaceans and Turtle
Assessment Program (CeTAP) conducted between 1978 and 1982 that
consists of both aerial and vessel-based surveys between Cape Hatteras,
North Carolina, and the Gulf of Maine. The database also includes
survey data collected during the NMFS Northeast Fisheries Science
Center and Southeast Fisheries Science Center stock assessment surveys
conducted in 2004 (surveys between Nova Scotia, Canada, and Florida).
No known current regional or stock abundance estimates are
available in the study area of the northwest Atlantic Ocean for the
Bryde's whale (Balaenoptera edeni), Fraser's (Lagenodelphis hosei),
spinner (Stenella longirostris), and Clymene dolphin (Stenella
clymene), and melon-headed (Peponocephala electra), pygmy killer
(Feresa attenuata), false killer (Pseudorca crassidens), and killer
whales (Orcinus orca). Although NMFS does not have current regional
population or stock abundance estimates for these species in the
northwest Atlantic Ocean, NMFS provides below general information about
their global distribution and occurrence in the survey area.
Bryde's whales are distributed worldwide in tropical and sub-
tropical waters. In the western North Atlantic Ocean, Bryde's whales
are reported from off the southeastern U.S. and the southern West
Indies to Cabo Frio, Brazil (Leatherwood and Reeves, 1983). No stock of
Bryde's whales has been identified in U.S. waters of the Atlantic
coast.
Fraser's dolphins are distributed worldwide in tropical waters and
are assumed to be part of the cetacean fauna of the tropical western
North Atlantic (Perrin et al., 1994). There are no abundance estimates
for either the western North Atlantic or the northern Gulf of Mexico
stocks. The western North Atlantic population is provisionally being
considered a separate stock for management purposes, although there is
currently no information to differentiate this stock from the northern
Gulf of Mexico stock. The numbers of Fraser's dolphins off the U.S. or
Canadian Atlantic coast are unknown, and seasonal abundance estimates
are not available for this stock, since it was rarely seen in any
surveys. The population size for Fraser's dolphins is unknown; however,
about 289,000 animals occur in the eastern tropical Pacific Ocean
(Jefferson et al., 2008).
Spinner dolphins are distributed in oceanic and coastal tropical
waters (Leatherwood et al., 1976). This is presumably an offshore,
deep-water species, and its distribution in the Atlantic is poorly
known (Schmidly, 1981; Perrin and Gilpatrick, 1994). The western North
Atlantic population of spinner dolphins is provisionally being
considered a separate stock for management purposes, although there is
currently no information to differentiate this stock from the northern
Gulf of Mexico stock. The numbers of spinner dolphins off the U.S. or
Canadian Atlantic coast are unknown, and seasonal abundance estimates
are not available for this stock since it was rarely seen in any of the
surveys.
The Clymene dolphin is endemic to tropical and sub-tropical waters
of the Atlantic (Jefferson and Curry, 2003). The western North Atlantic
population of Clymene dolphins is provisionally considered a separate
stock for management purposes, although there is currently no
information to differentiate this stock from the northern Gulf of
Mexico stock. The numbers of Clymene dolphins off the U.S. or Canadian
Atlantic coast are unknown, and seasonal abundance estimates are not
available for this species since it was rarely seen in any surveys. The
best abundance estimate for the Clymene dolphin in the western North
Atlantic was 6,086 in 2003 and represents the first and only estimate
to date for this species in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ; however this
estimate is older than eight years and is deemed unreliable (Wade and
Angliss, 1997; Mullin and Fulling, 2003).
The melon-headed whale is distributed worldwide in tropical to sub-
tropical waters (Jefferson et al., 1994). The western North Atlantic
population is provisionally being considered a separate stock from the
northern Gulf of Mexico stock. The numbers of melon-headed whales off
the U.S. or Canadian Atlantic coast are unknown, and seasonal abundance
estimates are not available for this stock, since it was rarely seen in
any surveys.
The pygmy killer whale is distributed worldwide in tropical to sub-
tropical waters and is assumed to be part of the cetacean fauna of the
tropical western North Atlantic (Jefferson et al., 1994). The western
North Atlantic population of pygmy killer whales is provisionally being
considered one stock for management purposes. The numbers of pygmy
killer whales off the U.S. or Canadian Atlantic coast are unknown, and
seasonal abundance estimates are not available for this stock, since it
was rarely seen in any surveys.
The false killer whale is distributed worldwide throughout warm
temperate and tropical oceans (Leatherwood and Reeves, 1983). No stock
has been identified for false killer whales in U.S. waters off the
Atlantic coast.
Killer whales are characterized as uncommon or rare in waters of
the U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Katona et al., 1988). Their
[[Page 52149]]
distribution, however, extends from the Arctic ice-edge to the West
Indies, often in offshore and mid-ocean areas. The size of the western
North Atlantic stock population off the eastern U.S. coast is unknown.
No information on stock differentiation for the Atlantic Ocean
population exists, although an analysis of vocalizations of killer
whales from Iceland and Norway indicated that whales from these areas
may represent different stocks (Moore et al., 1988). There are
estimated to be at least approximately 92,500 killer whales worldwide
(i.e., 80,000 south of Antarctic Convergence, 445 in Norway, 8,500 in
eastern tropical Pacific Ocean, 1,500 in North America coastal waters,
and 2,000 in Japanese waters) (Jefferson et al., 2008).
Table 3 (below) presents information on the abundance,
distribution, population status, and conservation status of the species
of marine mammals that may occur in the planned study area during
August to September 2014 and April to August 2015.
Table 3--The Habitat, Occurrence, Range, Abundance, and Conservation Status of Marine Mammals That May Occur in or Near the Seismic Survey Area in the
Northwest Atlantic Ocean
[Off the Eastern Seaboard]
[See text and Table 3 in USGS's IHA application for further details]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Population estimate
Range in Atlantic in the North
Species Habitat Occurrence Ocean Atlantic region/ ESA \1\ MMPA \2\
stock/other \3\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mysticetes:
North Atlantic right whale Pelagic, shelf and Regular........... Canada to Florida... 455/455 (Western EN D.
(Eubalaena glacialis). coastal. Atlantic stock).
Humpback whale (Megaptera Mainly nearshore, Regular........... Canada to Caribbean. 11,600 \4\/823 (Gulf EN D.
novaeangliae). banks. of Maine stock).
Minke whale (Balaenoptera Pelagic and coastal. Regular........... Arctic to Caribbean. 138,000 \5\/20,741 NL NC.
acutorostrata). (Canadian East
Coast stock).
Bryde's whale (Balaenoptera Coastal, offshore... Rare.............. 40[deg] North to NA/NA/33 (Northern NL NC.
edeni). 40[deg] South. Gulf of Mexico
stock)/20,000 to
30,000 \16\ (North
Pacific Ocean).
Sei whale (Balaenoptera Primarily offshore, Rare.............. Canada to New Jersey 10,300 \6\/357 (Nova EN D.
borealis). pelagic. Scotia stock).
Fin whale (Balaenoptera Continental slope, Regular........... Canada to North 26,500 \7\/3,522 EN D.
physalus). pelagic. Carolina. (Western North
Atlantic stock).
Blue whale (Balaenoptera Pelagic, shelf, Rare.............. Arctic to Florida... 855 \8\/NA (Western EN D.
musculus). coastal. North Atlantic
stock, 440 minimum).
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale (Physeter Pelagic, slope, Regular........... Canada to Caribbean. 13,190 \9\/2,288 EN D.
macrocephalus). canyons, deep sea. (North Atlantic
stock).
Pygmy sperm whale (Kogia Deep waters off Rare.............. Massachusetts to NA/3,785 (Western NL NC.
breviceps). shelf. Florida. North Atlantic
stock).
Dwarf sperm whale (Kogia Deep waters off Rare.............. Massachusetts to NL NC.
sima). shelf. Florida.
Cuvier's beaked whale Pelagic, slope, Rare.............. Canada to Caribbean. NA/6,532 (Western NL NC.
(Ziphius cavirostris). canyons. North Atlantic
stock).
Northern bottlenose whale Pelagic............. Rare.............. Arctic to New Jersey 40,000 \10\/NA NL NC.
(Hyperoodon ampullatus). (Western North
Atlantic stock).
True's beaked whale Pelagic, slope, Rare.............. Canada to Bahamas... NA/7,092 (Western NL NC.
(Mesoplodon mirus). canyons. Rare.............. Canada to Florida... North Atlantic NL NC.
Gervais' beaked whale Pelagic, slope, Rare.............. Canada to Florida... stock). NL NC.
(Mesoplodon europaeus). canyons.
Sowerby's beaked whale Pelagic, slope,
(Mesoplodon bidens). canyons.
Blainville's beaked whale Pelagic, slope, Rare.............. Canada to Florida... NL NC.
(Mesoplodon densirostris). canyons.
Bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops Coastal, oceanic, Regular........... Canada to Florida... NA/77,532 (Western NL NC.
truncatus). shelf break. North Atlantic
Offshore stock).
Atlantic white-sided dolphin Shelf and slope..... Regular........... Greenland to North 10,000 to 100,000s NL NC.
(Lagenorhynchus acutus). Carolina. \11\/48,819
(Western North
Atlantic stock).
White-beaked dolphin Shelf, offshore..... Rare.............. Cape Cod to Canada 7,800 \16\ (North NL NC.
(Lagenorhynchus albirostris). and Europe. Sea)/2,003 (Western
North Atlantic
stock).
Fraser's dolphin Shelf and slope..... Rare.............. North Carolina to NA/NA (Western North NL NC.
(Lagenodelphis hosei). Florida. Atlantic stock)/
289,000 \16\
(eastern tropical
Pacific Ocean).
Atlantic spotted dolphin Shelf, offshore..... Regular........... Massachusetts to NA/44,715 (Western NL NC.
(Stenella frontalis). Caribbean. North Atlantic
stock).
Pantropical spotted dolphin Coastal, shelf, Regular........... Massachusetts to NA/3,333 (Western NL NC.
(Stenella attenuata). slope. Florida. North Atlantic
stock).
Striped dolphin (Stenella Off continental Regular........... Canada to Caribbean. NA/54,807 (Western NL NC.
coeruleoalba). shelf, convergence North Atlantic
zones, upwelling. stock).
[[Page 52150]]
Spinner dolphin (Stenella Mainly nearshore.... Rare.............. Maine to Caribbean.. NA/NA (Western North NL NC.
longirostris). Atlantic stock)/
11,441 (Northern
Gulf of Mexico
stock)/1,250,000
\16\ (eastern
tropical Pacific
Ocean).
Clymene dolphin (Stenella Coastal, shelf, Rare.............. North Carolina to NA/NA (Western North NL NC.
clymene). slope. Florida. Atlantic stock--
6,086 in 2003)/129
(Northern Gulf of
Mexico stock).
Short-beaked common dolphin Shelf, pelagic, Regular........... Canada to Georgia... NA/173,486 (Western NL NC.
(Delphinus delphis). seamounts. North Atlantic
stock).
Rough-toothed dolphin (Steno Pelagic............. Rare.............. New Jersey to NA/271 (Western NL NC.
bredanensis). Florida. North Atlantic
stock).
Risso's dolphin (Grampus Shelf, slope, Regular........... Canada to Florida... NA/18,250 (Western NL NC.
griseus). seamounts. North Atlantic
stock).
Melon-headed whale Deep waters off Rare.............. North Carolina to NA/NA (Western North NL NC.
(Peponocephala electra). shelf. Florida. Atlantic stock)/
2,235 (Northern
Gulf of Mexico
stock)/45,000 \16\
(eastern tropical
Pacific Ocean).
Pygmy killer whale (Feresa Pelagic............. Rare.............. NA.................. NA/NA (Western North NL NC.
attenuata). Atlantic stock)/152
(Northern Gulf of
Mexico stock)/
39,000 \16\
(eastern tropical
Pacific Ocean).
False killer whale (Pseudorca Pelagic............. Rare.............. NA.................. NA/NA/777 in 2003- NL NC.
crassidens). 2004 (Northern Gulf
of Mexico stock).
Killer whale (Orcinus orca).. Pelagic, shelf, Rare.............. Arctic to Caribbean. NA/NA (Western North NL NC.
coastal. Atlantic stock)/28
(Northern Gulf of
Mexico stock)/At
least ~92,500 \16\
Worldwide.
Short-finned pilot whale Mostly pelagic, high Regular........... Massachusetts to 780,000 \12\/21,515 NL NC.
(Globicephala macrorhynchus). relief. .................. Florida. short-finned pilot ............. ................
Long-finned pilot whale .................... .................. .................... whale 26,535 long- ............. ................
(Globicephala melas). .................... Regular........... .................... finned pilot whale NL NC.
Mostly pelagic...... Canada to South (Western North
Carolina. Atlantic stock).
Harbor porpoise (Phocoena Shelf, coastal, Rare.............. Canada to North ~500,000 \13\/79,883 NL NC.
phocoena). pelagic. Carolina. (Gulf of Maine/Bay
of Fundy stock).
Pinnipeds:
Harbor seal (Phoca vitulina Coastal............. Rare.............. Canada to North NA/70,142 (Western NL NC.
concolor). Carolina. North Atlantic
stock).
Gray seal (Halichoerus Coastal, pelagic.... Rare.............. Canada to North NA/NA (Western North NL NC.
grypus). Carolina. Atlantic stock,
348,999 minimum in
2012).
Harp seal (Phoca Ice whelpers, Rare.............. Canada to New Jersey 8.6 to 9.6 million NL NC.
groenlandica). pelagic. \14\/NA (Western
North Atlantic
stock, 8.3 million
in 2012).
Hooded seal (Cystophora Ice whelpers, Rare.............. Canada to Caribbean. 600,000/NA (Western NL NC.
cristata). pelagic. North Atlantic
stock, 592,100 in
2007).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NA = Not available or not assessed.
\1\ U.S. Endangered Species Act: EN = Endangered, T = Threatened, DL = Delisted, NL = Not listed.
\2\ U.S. Marine Mammal Protection Act: D = Depleted, NC = Not Classified.
\3\ NMFS Marine Mammal Stock Assessment Reports.
\4\ Best estimate for western North Atlantic 1992 to 1993 (IWC, 2014).
\5\ Best estimate for North Atlantic 2002 to 2007 (IWC, 2014).
\6\ Estimate for the Northeast Atlantic in 1989 (Cattanach et al., 1993).
\7\ Best estimate for North Atlantic 2007 (IWC, 2014).
\8\ Central and Northeast Atlantic 2001 (Pike et al., 2009).
\9\ North Atlantic (Whitehead, 2002).
\10\ Eastern North Atlantic (NAMMCO, 1995).
\11\ North Atlantic (Reeves et al., 1999).
\12\ Globicephala spp. combined, Central and Eastern North Atlantic (IWC, 2014).
\13\ North Atlantic (Jefferson et al., 2008).
\14\ Northwest Atlantic (DFO, 2012).
\15\ Northwest Atlantic (Andersen et al., 2009).
\16\ Jefferson et al. (2008).
Further detailed information regarding the biology, distribution,
seasonality, life history, and occurrence of these marine mammal
species in the study area can be found in sections 3 and 4 of USGS's
IHA application. NMFS has reviewed these data and determined them to be
the best available scientific information for the purposes of the IHA.
[[Page 52151]]
Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that the
types of stressors associated with the specified activity (e.g.,
seismic airgun operation, vessel movement, gear deployment) have been
observed to impact marine mammals. This discussion may also include
reactions that we consider to rise to the level of a take and those
that we do not consider to rise to the level of take (for example, with
acoustics), we may include a discussion of studies that showed animals
not reacting at all to sound or exhibiting barely measureable
avoidance). This section is intended as a background of potential
effects and does not consider either the specific manner in which this
activity would be carried out or the mitigation that would be
implemented, and how either of those would shape the anticipated
impacts from this specific activity. The ``Estimated Take by Incidental
Harassment'' section later in this document will include a quantitative
analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to be taken by
this activity. The ``Negligible Impact Analysis'' section will include
the analysis of how this specific activity would impact marine mammals
and will consider the content of this section, the ``Estimated Take by
Incidental Harassment'' section, the ``Mitigation'' section, and the
``Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat'' section to draw
conclusions regarding the likely impacts of this activity on the
reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and from that on
the affected marine mammal populations or stocks.
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the
marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds
of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Based
on available behavioral data, audiograms have been derived using
auditory evoked potentials, anatomical modeling, and other data,
Southall et al. (2007) designate ``functional hearing groups'' for
marine mammals and estimate the lower and upper frequencies of
functional hearing groups'' for marine mammals and estimate the lower
and upper frequencies of functional hearing of the groups. The
functional groups and the associated frequencies are indicated below
(though animals are less sensitive to sounds at the outer edge of their
functional range and most sensitive to sounds of frequencies within a
smaller range somewhere in the middle of their functional hearing
range):
Low-frequency cetaceans (13 species of mysticetes):
Functional hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and
30 kHz;
Mid-frequency cetaceans (32 species of dolphins, six
species of larger toothed whales, and 19 species of beaked and
bottlenose whales): Functional hearing is estimated to occur between
approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz;
High-frequency cetaceans (eight species of true porpoises,
six species of river dolphins, Kogia spp., the franciscana [Pontoporia
blainvillei], and four species of cephalorhynchids): Functional hearing
is estimated to occur between approximately 200 Hz and 180 kHz; and
Phocid pinnipeds in water: Functional hearing is estimated
to occur between approximately 75 Hz and 100 kHz;
Otariid pinnipeds in water: Functional hearing is
estimated to occur between approximately 100 Hz and 40 kHz.
As mentioned previously in this document, 34 marine mammal species
(34 cetacean) are likely to occur in the seismic survey area. Of the 34
cetacean species likely to occur in USGS's action area, 7 are
classified as low-frequency cetaceans (i.e., North Atlantic right,
humpback, minke, Bryde's, sei, fin, and blue whale), 24 are classified
as mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., sperm, Cuvier's, True's, Gervais',
Sowerby's, Blainville's, Northern bottlenose, melon-headed, pygmy
killer, false killer, killer, short-finned, and long-finned whale,
bottlenose, Atlantic white-sided, Fraser's, Atlantic spotted,
pantropical spotted, striped, spinner, Clymene, short-beaked common,
rough-toothed, and Risso's dolphin), and 3 are classified as high-
frequency cetaceans (i.e., pygmy sperm and dwarf sperm whale and harbor
porpoise) (Southall et al., 2007). A species' functional hearing group
is a consideration when we analyze the effects of exposure to sound on
marine mammals.
Acoustic stimuli generated by the operation of the airguns, which
introduce sound into the marine environment, may have the potential to
cause Level B harassment of marine mammals in the survey area. The
effects of sounds from airgun operations might include one or more of
the following: Tolerance, masking (of natural sounds including inter-
and intra-specific calls), behavioral disturbance, temporary or
permanent hearing impairment, or non-auditory physical or physiological
effects (Richardson et al., 1995; Gordon et al., 2004; Nowacek et al.,
2007; Southall et al., 2007; Wright et al., 2007; Tyack, 2009).
Permanent hearing impairment, in the unlikely event that it occurred,
would constitute injury, but temporary threshold shift (TTS) is not an
injury (Southall et al., 2007). Although the possibility cannot be
entirely excluded, it is unlikely that the planned project would result
in any cases of temporary or permanent hearing impairment, or any
significant non-auditory physical or physiological effects. Based on
the available data and studies described here, some behavioral
disturbance is expected, but NMFS expects the disturbance to be
localized and short-term. NMFS described the range of potential effects
from the specified activity in the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014). A more comprehensive review of these issues can
be found in the NSF/USGS PEIS (2011), USGS's ``Environmental Assessment
for Seismic Reflection Scientific Research Surveys during 2014 and 2014
in Support of Mapping the U.S. Atlantic Seaboard Extended Continental
Margin and Investigating Tsunami Hazards'' and L-DEO's ``Draft
Environmental Assessment of a Marine Geophysical Survey by the R/V
Marcus G. Langseth in the Atlantic Ocean off Cape Hatteras, September
to October 2014.''
The notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014)
included a discussion of the effects of sounds from airguns on
mysticetes and odontocetes including tolerance, masking, behavioral
disturbance, hearing impairment, and other non-auditory physical
effects. NMFS refers the reader to USGS's IHA application and EA for
additional information on the behavioral reactions (or lack thereof) by
all types of marine mammals to seismic vessels.
Anticipated Effects on Marine Mammal Habitat
NMFS included a detailed discussion of the potential effects of
this action on marine mammal habitat, including physiological and
behavioral effects on marine fish and invertebrates in the notice of
the proposed IHA (79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). The seismic survey will
not result in any permanent impacts on habitats used by the marine
mammals in the study area, including the food sources they use (i.e.,
fish and invertebrates), and there will be no physical damage to any
habitat. While NMFS anticipates that the specified activity may result
in marine mammals avoiding certain areas due to temporary
ensonification, this impact to habitat is temporary and reversible,
which was
[[Page 52152]]
considered in further detail in the notice of the proposed IHA (79 FR
35642, June 23, 2014). The main impact associated with the activity
will be temporarily elevated noise levels and the associated direct
effects on marine mammals.
Mitigation
In order to issue an Incidental Take Authorization (ITA) under
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible
methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of
effecting the least practicable impact on such marine mammal species or
stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating
grounds, and areas of similar significance, and the availability of
such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where
relevant). NMFS's duty under this ``least practicable impact'' standard
is to prescribe mitigation reasonably designed to minimize, to the
extent practicable, any adverse population level impacts, as well as
habitat impacts. While population-level impacts can be minimized only
by reducing impacts on individual marine mammals, not all takes
translate to population-level impacts. NMFS's objective under the
``least practicable impact'' standard is to design mitigation targeting
those impacts on individual marine mammals that are most likely to lead
to adverse population-level effects.
USGS has reviewed the following source documents and has
incorporated a suite of appropriate mitigation measures into their
project description.
(1) Protocols used during previous NSF and USGS-funded seismic
research cruises as approved by NMFS and detailed in the NSF/USGS PEIS;
(2) Previous IHA applications and IHAs approved and authorized by
NMFS; and
(3) Recommended best practices in Richardson et al. (1995), Pierson
et al. (1998), and Weir and Dolman (2007).
To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic stimuli
associated with the planned activities, USGS and/or its designees shall
implement the following mitigation measures for marine mammals:
(1) Planning Phase;
(2) Exclusion zones around the airgun(s);
(3) Power-down procedures;
(4) Shut-down procedures;
(5) Ramp-up procedures; and
(6) Special procedures for situations or species of concern.
Planning Phase--Mitigation of potential impacts from the planned
activities began during the planning phases of the planned activities.
USGS considered whether the research objectives could be met with a
smaller source than the full, 36-airgun array (6,600 in\3\) used on the
Langseth, and determined that the standard 36-airgun array with a total
volume of approximately 6,600 in\3\ was appropriate. USGS also worked
with L-DEO and NSF to identify potential time periods to carry out the
survey taking into consideration key factors such as environmental
conditions (i.e., the seasonal presence of marine mammals and other
protected species), weather conditions, equipment, and optimal timing
for other seismic surveys using the Langseth. Most marine mammal
species are expected to occur in the study area year-round, so altering
the timing of the planned project from spring and summer months likely
would result in no net benefits for those species.
Exclusion Zones--USGS use radii to designate exclusion and buffer
zones and to estimate take for marine mammals. Table 4 (see below)
shows the distances at which one would expect marine mammal exposures
to received sound levels (160 and 180/190 dB) from the 36 airgun array
and a single airgun. (The 180 dB and 190 dB level shut-down criteria
are applicable to cetaceans and pinnipeds, respectively, as specified
by NMFS [2000].) USGS used these levels to establish the exclusion and
buffer zones.
Table 4--Measured (Array) or Predicted (Single Airgun) Distances To Which Sound Levels >=190, 180, and 160 dB re
1 [mu]Pa (rms) Could Be Received in Deep Water During the Seismic Survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean Off the
Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and April to August 2015
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Predicted RMS radii distances (m)
Sound source and volume Tow depth (m) Water depth --------------------------------------------------
(m) 190 dB 180 dB 160 dB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Single Bolt airgun (40 in\3\) 9 >1,000 m 13 m (42.7 ft) 100 m (328.1 388 m (1,273
*100 m will be ft). ft)
used for
pinnipeds as
well as
cetaceans*.
36 airguns (6,600 in\3\)..... 9 >1,000 m 286 m (938.3 927 m (3,041.3 5,780 m
ft). ft). (18,963.3 ft)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PSVO's will be based aboard the seismic source vessel and would
watch for marine mammals near the vessel during daytime airgun
operations and during any ramp-ups of the airguns at night (see the
``Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring'' section for a more detailed
description of the PSVOs). If the PSVO detects marine mammal(s) within
or about to enter the appropriate exclusion zone, the Langseth crew
would immediately power-down the airgun array, or perform a shut-down
if necessary (see ``Shut-down Procedures''). Table 4 (see above)
summarizes the calculated distances at which sound levels (160, 180 and
190 dB [rms]) are expected to be received from the 36 airgun array and
the single airgun operating in deep water depths. Received sound levels
have been calculated by USGS, in relation to distance and direction
from the airguns, for the 36 airgun array and for the single 1900LL 40
in\3\ airgun, which would be used during power-downs.
Power-down Procedures--A power-down involves decreasing the number
of airguns in use to one airgun, such that the radius of the 180 dB or
190 dB zone is decreased to the extent that the observed marine
mammal(s) are no longer in or about to enter the exclusion zone for the
full airgun array. During a power-down for mitigation, USGS would
operate one small airgun. The continued operation of one airgun is
intended to (a) alert marine mammals to the presence of the seismic
vessel in the area; and (b) retain the option of initiating a ramp-up
to full operations under poor visibility conditions. In contrast, a
shut-down occurs when all airgun activity is suspended.
If the PSVO detects a marine mammal outside the exclusion zone that
is likely to enter the exclusion zone, USGS will power-down the airguns
to reduce the size of the 180 dB or 190 dB exclusion zone before the
animal is within the exclusion zone. Likewise, if a mammal is already
within the exclusion zone, when first detected USGS would power-down
the airguns immediately. During a
[[Page 52153]]
power-down of the airgun array, USGS would operate the single 40 in\3\
airgun, which has a smaller exclusion zone. If the PSVO detects a
marine mammal within or near the smaller exclusion zone around that
single airgun (see Table 4), USGS will shut-down the airgun (see
``Shut-Down Procedures'').
Resuming Airgun Operations After a Power-down--Following a power-
down, the Langseth will not resume full airgun activity until the
marine mammal has cleared the 180 or 190 dB exclusion zone (see Table
4). The PSVO will consider the animal to have cleared the exclusion
zone if:
The PSVO has visually observed the animal leave the
exclusion zone, or
A PSVO has not sighted the animal within the exclusion
zone for 15 minutes for species with shorter dive durations (i.e.,
small odontocetes or pinnipeds), or 30 minutes for species with longer
dive durations (i.e., mysticetes and large odontocetes, including
sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf sperm, and beaked whales); or
The vessel has transited outside the original 180 dB or
190 dB exclusion zone after a 10 minute wait period.
The Langseth crew will resume operating the airguns at full power
after 15 minutes of sighting any species with short dive durations
(i.e., small odontocetes or pinnipeds). Likewise, the crew will resume
airgun operations at full power after 30 minutes of sighting any
species with longer dive durations (i.e., mysticetes and large
odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf sperm, and beaked
whales).
Because the vessel would have transited away from the vicinity of
the original sighting during the 10 minute period, implementing ramp-up
procedures for the full array after an extended power-down (i.e.,
transiting for an additional 35 minutes from the location of initial
sighting) will not meaningfully increase the effectiveness of observing
marine mammals approaching or entering the exclusion zone for the full
source level and will not further minimize the potential for take. The
Langseth's PSVOs will continually monitor the exclusion zone for the
full source level while the mitigation airgun is firing. On average,
PSVOs can observe to the horizon (10 km or 5.4 nmi) from the height of
the Langseth's observation deck and should be able to state with a
reasonable degree of confidence whether a marine mammal will be
encountered within this distance before resuming airgun operations at
full-power.
Shut-down Procedures--USGS will shut-down the operating airgun(s)
if a marine mammal is seen within or approaching the exclusion zone for
the single airgun. USGS will implement a shut-down:
(1) If an animal enters the exclusion zone of the single airgun
after USGS has initiated a power-down; or
(2) If an animal is initially seen within the exclusion zone of the
single airgun when more than one airgun (typically the full airgun
array) is operating (and it is not practical or adequate to reduce
exposure to less than 180 dB [rms] or 190 dB [rms]).
Considering the conservation status for the North Atlantic right
whale, the airguns will be shut-down immediately in the unlikely event
that this species is observed, regardless of the distance from the
Langseth. Ramp-up will only begin if the North Atlantic right whale has
not been seen for 30 minutes.
Resuming Airgun Operations After a Shut-down--Following a shut-down
in excess of 10 minutes, the Langseth crew would initiate a ramp-up
with the smallest airgun in the array (40 in\3\). The crew will turn on
additional airguns in a sequence such that the source level of the
array would increase in steps not exceeding 6 dB per five-minute period
over a total duration of approximately 30 minutes. During ramp-up, the
PSVOs will monitor the exclusion zone, and if they sight a marine
mammal, the Langseth crew will implement a power-down or shut-down as
though the full airgun array were operational.
During periods of active seismic operations, there are occasions
when the Langseth crew will need to temporarily shut-down the airguns
due to equipment failure or for maintenance. In this case, if the
airguns are inactive longer than eight minutes, the crew will follow
ramp-up procedures for a shut-down described earlier and the PSVOs will
monitor the full exclusion zone and will implement a power-down or
shut-down if necessary.
If the full exclusion zone is not visible to the PSVO for at least
30 minutes prior to the start of operations in either daylight or
nighttime, the Langseth crew will not commence ramp-up unless at least
one airgun (40 in\3\ or similar) has been operating during the
interruption of seismic survey operations. Given these provisions, it
is likely that the vessel's crew will not ramp-up the airgun array from
a complete shut-down at night or during poor visibility conditions
(i.e., in thick fog), because the outer part of the zone for that array
will not be visible during those conditions.
If one airgun has operated during a power-down period, ramp-up to
full power will be permissible at night or in poor visibility, on the
assumption that marine mammals will be alerted to the approaching
seismic vessel by the sounds from the single airgun and could move
away. The vessel's crew will not initiate ramp-up of the airguns if a
marine mammal is sighted within or near the applicable exclusion zones.
Ramp-up Procedures--Ramp-up of an airgun array provides a gradual
increase in sound levels, and involves a step-wise increase in the
number and total volume of airguns firing until the full volume of the
airgun array is achieved. The purpose of a ramp-up is to ``warn''
marine mammals in the vicinity of the airguns, and to provide the time
for them to leave the area and thus avoid any potential injury or
impairment of their hearing abilities. USGS will follow a ramp-up
procedure when the airgun array begins operating after a 10 minute
period without airgun operations or when a power-down or shut-down has
exceeded that period. USGS and L-DEO have used similar periods
(approximately 8 to 10 minutes) during previous USGS and L-DEO seismic
surveys.
Ramp-up will begin with the smallest airgun in the array (40
in\3\). Airguns will be added in a sequence such that the source level
of the array would increase in steps not exceeding six dB per five
minute period over a total duration of approximately 30 to 35 minutes
(i.e., the time it takes to achieve full operation of the airgun
array). During ramp-up, the PSVOs will monitor the exclusion zone, and
if marine mammals are sighted, USGS will implement a power-down or
shut-down as though the full airgun array were operational.
If the complete exclusion zone has not been visible for at least 30
minutes prior to the start of operations in either daylight or
nighttime, USGS will not commence the ramp-up unless at least one
airgun (40 in\3\ or similar) has been operating during the interruption
of seismic survey operations. Given these provisions, it is likely that
the airgun array will not be ramped-up from a complete shut-down at
night or during poor visibility conditions (i.e., in thick fog),
because the outer part of the exclusion zone for that array will not be
visible during those conditions. If one airgun has operated during a
power-down period, ramp-up to full power will be permissible at night
or in poor visibility, on the assumption that marine mammals will be
alerted to the approaching seismic vessel by the sounds from the single
airgun and could move away. USGS will not initiate a ramp-up of the
airguns if a marine mammal is sighted within or near the applicable
exclusion zones.
[[Page 52154]]
Use of a Small-Volume Airgun During Turns and Maintenance
For short-duration equipment maintenance activities, USGS will
employ the use of a small-volume airgun (i.e., 40 in\3\ ``mitigation
airgun'') to deter marine mammals from being within the immediate area
of the seismic operations. The mitigation airgun will be operated at
approximately one shot per minute and will not be operated for longer
than three hours in duration. The seismic survey's tracklines are
continuous around turns and no mitigation airgun would be necessary.
For longer-duration equipment maintenance or repair activities (greater
than three hours), USGS will shut-down the seismic equipment and not
involve using the mitigation airgun.
During brief transits (e.g., less than three hours), one mitigation
airgun will continue operating. The ramp-up procedure will still be
followed when increasing the source levels from one airgun to the full
airgun array. However, keeping one airgun firing will avoid the
prohibition of a ``cold start'' during darkness or other periods of
poor visibility. Through use of this approach, seismic operations may
resume without the 30 minute observation period of the full exclusion
zone required for a ``cold start,'' and without ramp-up if operating
with the mitigation airgun for under 10 minutes, or with ramp-up if
operating with the mitigation airgun over 10 minutes. PSOs will be on
duty whenever the airguns are firing during daylight, during the 30
minute periods prior to ramp-ups.
Special Procedures for Situations or Species of Concern--It is
unlikely that a North Atlantic right whale will be encountered during
the seismic survey, but if so, the airguns will be shut-down
immediately if one is visually sighted at any distance from the vessel
because of its rarity and conservation status. The airgun array shall
not resume firing (with ramp-up) until 30 minutes after the last
documented North Atlantic right whale visual sighting. Concentrations
of humpback, sei, fin, blue, and/or sperm whales will be avoided if
possible (i.e., exposing concentrations of animals to 160 dB), and the
array will be powered-down if necessary. For purposes of this planned
survey, a concentration or group of whales will consist of six or more
individuals visually sighted that do not appear to be traveling (e.g.,
feeding, socializing, etc.).
Mitigation Conclusions
NMFS has carefully evaluated the applicant's mitigation measures
and has considered a range of other measures in the context of ensuring
that NMFS prescribes the means of effecting the least practicable
impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks and their
habitat. NMFS's evaluation of potential measures included consideration
of the following factors in relation to one another:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful
implementation of the measure is expected to minimize adverse impacts
to marine mammals;
(2) The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to
minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
(3) The practicability of the measure for applicant implementation
including consideration of personnel safety, practicality of
implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the activity.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to
accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on
current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of
the general goals listed below:
(1) Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammal
wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
(2) A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number of
number at biologically important time or location) exposed to received
levels of airgun operations, or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to
reducing harassment takes only).
(3) A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at
biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed
to received levels of airgun operations, or other activities expected
to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
(4) A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number
or number at biologically important time or location) to received
levels of airgun operations, or other activities expected to result in
the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to a, above, or to
reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
(5) Avoidance of minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal
habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that
block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas,
permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance
of habitat during a biologically important time.
(6) For monitoring directly related to mitigation--an increase in
the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more
effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on NMFS's evaluation of the applicant's measures, as well as
other measures considered by NMFS or recommended by the public, NMFS
has determined that the required mitigation measures provide the means
of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or
stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries,
mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
Monitoring and Reporting
In order to issue an ITA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of
the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth ``requirements pertaining to
the monitoring and reporting of such taking.'' The MMPA implementing
regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs
must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary
monitoring and reporting that would result in increased knowledge of
the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of
marine mammals that are expected to be present in the action area. USGS
submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan as part of the IHA
application. It can be found in Section 13 of the IHA application. The
plan may be modified or supplemented based on comments or new
information received from the public during the public comment period.
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or
more of the following general goals:
(1) An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals,
both within the mitigation zone (thus allowing for more effective
implementation of the mitigation) and in general to generate more data
to contribute to the analyses mentioned below;
(2) An increase in our understanding of how many marine mammals are
likely to be exposed to levels of seismic airguns that we associate
with specific adverse effects, such as behavioral harassment, TTS or
PTS;
(3) An increase in our understanding of how marine mammals respond
to stimuli expected to result in take and how anticipated adverse
effects on individuals (in different ways and to varying degrees) may
impact the
[[Page 52155]]
population, species, or stock (specifically through effects on annual
rates of recruitment or survival) through any of the following methods:
Behavioral observations in the presence of stimuli
compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to
accurately predict received level, distance from source, and other
pertinent information);
Physiological measurements in the presence of stimuli
compared to observations in the absence of stimuli (need to be able to
accurately predict receive level, distance from the source, and other
pertinent information);
Distribution and/or abundance comparisons in times or
areas with concentrated stimuli versus times or areas without stimuli;
(4) An increased knowledge of the affected species; and
(5) An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of
certain mitigation and monitoring measures.
Monitoring
USGS will conduct marine mammal monitoring during the seismic
survey, in order to implement the mitigation measures that require
real-time monitoring, and to satisfy the anticipated monitoring
requirements of the IHA. USGS's ``Monitoring Plan'' is described below
this section. The monitoring work described here has been planned as a
self-contained project independent of any other related monitoring
projects that may be occurring simultaneously in the same region. USGS
is prepared to discuss coordination of its monitoring program with any
related work that might be done by other groups insofar as this is
practical and desirable.
Vessel-Based Visual Monitoring
USGS's PSVOs will be based aboard the seismic source vessel and
will watch for marine mammals near the vessel during daytime airgun
operations and during any ramp-ups of the airguns at night. PSVOs will
also watch for marine mammals near the seismic vessel for at least 30
minutes prior to the start of airgun operations after an extended shut-
down (i.e., greater than approximately 10 minutes for this cruise).
When feasible, PSVOs will conduct observations during daytime periods
when the seismic system is not operating (such as during transits) for
comparison of sighting rates and behavior with and without airgun
operations and between acquisition periods. Based on PSVO observations,
the airguns will be powered-down or shut-down when marine mammals are
observed within or about to enter a designated exclusion zone.
During seismic operations in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the
Eastern Seaboard, at least five PSOs (four PSVOs and one Protected
Species Acoustic Observer [PSAO]) will be based aboard the Langseth.
USGS will appoint the PSOs with NMFS's concurrence. Observations will
take place during ongoing daytime operations and nighttime ramp-ups of
the airguns. During the majority of seismic operations, two PSVOs will
be on duty from the observation tower (i.e., the best available vantage
point on the source vessel) to monitor marine mammals near the seismic
vessel. Use of two simultaneous PSVOs will increase the effectiveness
of detecting animals near the source vessel. However, during meal times
and bathroom breaks, it is sometimes difficult to have two PSVOs on
effort, but at least one PSVO will be on duty. PSVO(s) will be on duty
in shifts no longer than 4 hours in duration.
Two PSVOs will be on visual watch during all daytime ramp-ups of
the seismic airguns. A third PSAO will monitor the PAM equipment 24
hours a day to detect vocalizing marine mammals present in the action
area. In summary, a typical daytime cruise will have scheduled two
PSVOs on duty from the observation tower, and a third PSAO on PAM.
Other ship's crew will also be instructed to assist in detecting marine
mammals and implementing mitigation requirements (if practical). Before
the start of the seismic survey, the crew will be given additional
instruction on how to do so.
The Langseth is a suitable platform for marine mammal observations.
When stationed on the observation platform, the eye level will be
approximately 21.5 m (70.5 ft) above sea level, and the PSVOs will have
a good view around the entire vessel. During daytime, the PSVO(s) will
scan the area around the vessel systematically with reticle binoculars
(e.g., 7 x 50 Fujinon), Big-eye binoculars (25 x 150), and with the
naked eye. During darkness or low-light conditions, night vision
devices (monoculars) and a forward looking infrared (FLIR) camera will
be available, when required. Laser range-finding binoculars (Leica LRF
1200 laser rangefinder or equivalent) will be available to assist with
distance estimation. Those are useful in training observers to estimate
distances visually, but are generally not useful in measuring distances
to animals directly; that is done primarily with the reticles in the
binoculars.
When marine mammals are detected within or about to enter the
designated exclusion zone, the airguns will immediately be powered-down
or shut-down if necessary. The PSVO(s) will continue to maintain watch
to determine when the animal(s) are outside the exclusion zone by
visual confirmation. Airgun operations will not resume until the animal
is confirmed to have left the exclusion zone, or if not observed after
15 minutes for species with shorter dive durations (small odontocetes
and pinnipeds) or 30 minutes for species with longer dive durations
(mysticetes and large odontocetes, including sperm, pygmy sperm, dwarf
sperm, killer, and beaked whales).
Vessel-Based Passive Acoustic Monitoring
Vessel-based, towed PAM will complement the visual monitoring
program, when practicable. Visual monitoring typically is not effective
during periods of poor visibility or at night, and even with good
visibility, is unable to detect marine mammals when they are below the
surface or beyond visual range. PAM can be used in addition to visual
observations to improve detection, identification, and localization of
cetaceans. The PAM system will serve to alert visual observers (if on
duty) when vocalizing cetaceans are detected. It is only useful when
marine mammals call, but it does not depend on good visibility. It will
be monitored in real-time so that the PSVOs can be advised when
cetaceans are acoustically detected.
The PAM system consists of both hardware (i.e., hydrophones) and
software (i.e., Pamguard). The ``wet end'' of the system consists of a
towed hydrophone array that is connected to the vessel by a tow cable.
The tow cable is 250 m (820.2 ft) long, and the hydrophones are fitted
in the last 10 m (32.8 ft) of cable. A depth gauge is attached to the
free end of the cable, and the cable is typically towed at depths 20 m
(65.6 ft) or less. The array would be deployed from a winch located on
the back deck. A deck cable will connect from the winch to the main
computer laboratory where the acoustic station, signal conditioning,
and processing system would be located. The acoustic signals received
by the hydrophones are amplified, digitized, and then processed by the
Pamguard software. The PAM system, which has a configuration of 4
hydrophones, can detect a frequency bandwidth of 10 Hz to 200 kHz.
One PSAO, an expert bioacoustician (in addition to the four PSVOs)
with primary responsibility for PAM, would
[[Page 52156]]
be onboard the Langseth. The expert bioacoustician will design and set
up the PAM system and be present to operate, oversee, and troubleshoot
any technical problems with the PAM system during the planned survey.
The towed hydrophones will ideally be monitored by a PSO 24 hours per
day while within the seismic survey area during airgun operations, and
during most periods when the Langseth is underway while the airguns are
not operating. PSOs will take turns rotating on visual watch and on the
PAM system. However, PAM may not be possible if damage occurs to the
array or back-up systems during operations. The primary PAM streamer on
the Langseth is a digital hydrophone streamer. Should the digital
streamer fail, back-up systems should include an analog spare streamer
and a hull-mounted hydrophone. One PSO will monitor the acoustic
detection system by listening to the signals from two channels via
headphones and/or speakers and watching the real-time spectrographic
display for frequency ranges produced by cetaceans. The PSAO monitoring
the acoustical data would be on shift for no greater than six hours at
a time. All PSOs are expected to rotate through the PAM position,
although the expert PSAO (most experienced) will be on PAM duty more
frequently.
When a vocalization is detected while visual observations (during
daylight) are in progress, the PSAO will contact the PSVO immediately,
to alert him/her to the presence of cetaceans (if they have not already
been seen), and to allow a power-down or shut-down to be initiated, if
required. When bearings (primary and mirror-image) to calling
cetacean(s) are determined, the bearings would be relayed to the
PSVO(s) to help him/her sight the calling animal. During non-daylight
hours, when a cetacean is detected by acoustic monitoring and may be
close to the source vessel, the Langseth crew will be notified
immediately so that the proper mitigation measure may be implemented.
The information regarding the call will be entered into a database.
Data entry will include an acoustic encounter identification number,
whether it was linked with a visual sighting, date, time when first and
last heard and whenever any additional information was recorded,
position and water depth when first detected, bearing if determinable,
species or species group (e.g., unidentified dolphin, sperm whale),
types and nature of sounds heard (e.g., clicks, continuous, sporadic,
whistles, creaks, burst pulses, strength of signal, etc.), and any
other notable information. The acoustic detection can also be recorded
for further analysis.
PSO Data and Documentation
PSVOs will record data to estimate the numbers of marine mammals
exposed to various received sound levels and to document apparent
disturbance reactions or lack thereof. Data would be used to estimate
numbers of animals potentially `taken' by harassment. They will also
provide information needed to order a power-down or shut-down of the
airguns when a marine mammal is within or near the appropriate
exclusion zone. Observations will also be made during daytime periods
when the Langseth is underway without seismic operations. There will
also be opportunities to collect baseline biological data during the
transits to, from, and through the study area.
When a sighting is made, the following information about the
sighting will be recorded:
1. Species, group size, age/size/sex categories (if determinable),
behavior when first sighted and after initial sighting, heading (if
consistent), bearing and distance from seismic vessel, sighting cue,
apparent reaction to the airguns or vessel (e.g., none, avoidance,
approach, paralleling, etc.), and behavioral pace.
2. Time, location, heading, speed, activity of the vessel, Beaufort
sea state and wind force, visibility, and sun glare.
The data listed under (2) will also be recorded at the start and
end of each observation watch, and during a watch whenever there is a
change in one or more of the variables.
All observations and ramp-ups, power-downs, or shut-downs will be
recorded in a standardized format. The PSVOs will record this
information onto datasheets. During periods between watches and periods
when operations are suspended, those data will be entered into a laptop
computer running a custom electronic database. The accuracy of the data
entry will be verified by computerized data validity checks as the data
are entered and by subsequent manual checking of the database. These
procedures will allow initial summaries of data to be prepared during
and shortly after the field program, and will facilitate transfer of
the data to statistical, graphical, and other programs for further
processing and archiving.
Results from the vessel-based observations will provide:
1. The basis for real-time mitigation (airgun power-down or shut-
down).
2. Information needed to estimate the number of marine mammals
potentially taken by harassment, which must be reported to NMFS.
3. Data on the occurrence, distribution, and activities of marine
mammals in the area where the seismic study is conducted.
4. Information to compare the distance and distribution of marine
mammals relative to the source vessel at times with and without seismic
activity.
5. Data on the behavior and movement patterns of marine mammals
seen at times with and without seismic activity.
Reporting
USGS will submit a comprehensive report to NMFS and NSF within 90
days after the end of phase 1 in 2014 and another comprehensive report
to NMFS and NSF within 90 days after the end of phase 2 in 2015 for the
cruise. The report will describe the operations that were conducted and
sightings of marine mammals within the vicinity of the operations. The
report will provide full documentation of methods, results, and
interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The 90-day report will
summarize the dates and locations of seismic operations, and all marine
mammal sightings (i.e., dates, times, locations, activities, associated
seismic survey activities, and associated PAM detections). The report
will minimally include:
Summaries of monitoring effort--total hours, total
distances, and distribution of marine mammals through the study period
accounting for Beaufort sea state and wind force, and other factors
affecting visibility and detectability of marine mammals;
Analyses of the effects of various factors influencing
detectability of marine mammals including Beaufort sea state and wind
force, number of PSOs, and fog/glare;
Species composition, occurrence, and distribution of
marine mammals sightings including date, water depth, numbers, age/
size/gender, and group sizes; and analyses of the effects of seismic
operations;
Sighting rates of marine mammals during periods with and
without airgun activities (and other variables that could affect
detectability);
Initial sighting distances versus airgun activity state;
Closest point of approach versus airgun activity state;
Observed behaviors and types of movements versus airgun
activity state;
Numbers of sightings/individuals seen versus airgun
activity state; and
Distribution around the source vessel versus airgun
activity state.
[[Page 52157]]
The report will also include estimates of the number and nature of
exposures that could result in ``takes'' of marine mammals by
harassment or in other ways. After the report is considered final, it
will be publicly available on the NMFS, USGS, and NSF Web sites at:
https://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/permits/incidental.htm#iha, https://
woodshole.er.usgs.gov/project-pages/environmentalcompliance/
index.html, and https://www.nsf.gov/geo/oce/encomp/index.jsp.
Reporting Prohibited Take--In the unanticipated event that the
specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a
manner not permitted by the authorization (if issued), such as an
injury, serious injury, or mortality (e.g., ship-strike, gear
interaction, and/or entanglement), the USGS shall immediately cease the
specified activities and immediately report the incident to the
Incidental Take Program Supervisor, Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and Howard.Goldstein@noaa.gov, the NMFS Greater
Atlantic Region Marine Mammal Stranding Network at 866-755-6622
(Mendy.Garron@noaa.gov), and the NMFS Southeast Region Marine Mammal
Stranding Network at 877-433-8299 (Blair.Mase@noaa.gov and
Erin.Fougeres@noaa.gov). The report must include the following
information:
Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the
incident;
Name and type of vessel involved;
Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
Description of the incident;
Status of all sound source used in the 24 hours preceding
the incident;
Water depth;
Environmental conditions (e.g., wind speed and direction,
Beaufort sea state, cloud cover, and visibility);
Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24
hours preceding the incident;
Species identification or description of animal(s)
involved;
Fate of the animal(s); and
Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if
equipment is available).
USGS shall not resume its activities until NMFS is able to review
the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with USGS to
determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further
prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. The USGS may not resume
their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or
telephone.
Reporting an Injured or Dead Marine Mammal with an Unknown Cause of
Death--In the event that USGS discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or
death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (i.e., in less than
a moderate state of decomposition as NMFS describes in the next
paragraph), the USGS would immediately report the incident to the
Incidental Take Program Supervisor, Permits and Conservation Division,
Office of Protected Resources, at 301-427-8401 and/or by email to
Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and Howard.Goldstein@noaa.gov, the NMFS Greater
Atlantic Region Marine Mammal Stranding Network (866-755-6622) and/or
by email to the Greater Atlantic Regional Stranding Coordinator
(Mendy.Garron@noaa.gov), and the NMFS Southeast Region Marine Mammal
Stranding Network (877-433-8299) and/or by email to the Southeast
Regional Stranding Coordinator (Blair.Mase@noaa.gov) and Southeast
Regional Stranding Program Administrator (Erin.Fougeres@noaa.gov). The
report must include the same information identified in the paragraph
above this section. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the
circumstances of the incident. NMFS will work with the USGS to
determine whether modifications in the activities are appropriate.
Reporting an Injured or Dead Marine Mammal Not Related to the
Activities--In the event that USGS discovers an injured or dead marine
mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not
associated with or related to the authorized activities (e.g.,
previously wounded animal, carcass with moderate to advanced
decomposition, or scavenger damage), the USGS will report the incident
to the Incidental Take Program Supervisor, Permits and Conservation
Division, Office or Protected Resources, at 301-427-8401 and/or by
email to Jolie.Harrison@noaa.gov and Howard.Goldstein@noaa.gov, the
NMFS Greater Atlantic Region Marine Mammal Stranding Network (866-755-
6622), and/or by email to the Greater Atlantic Regional Stranding
Coordinator (Mendy.Garron@noaa.gov), and the NMFS Southeast Region
Marine Mammal Stranding Network (877-433-8299), and/or by email to the
Southeast Regional Stranding Coordinator (Blair.Mase@noaa.gov) and
Southeast Regional Stranding Program Administrator
(Erin.Fougeres@noaa.gov), within 24 hours of the discovery. The USGS
will provide photographs or video footage (if available) or other
documentation of the stranded animal sighting to NMFS and the Marine
Mammal Stranding Network. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews
the circumstances of the incident.
Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the
MMPA defines ``harassment'' as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or
annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or
marine mammal stock in the wild [Level A harassment]; or (ii) has the
potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not
limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or
sheltering [Level B harassment].
Table 5--NMFS's Current Underwater Acoustic Exposure Criteria
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impulsive (non-explosive) sound
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Criterion Criterion definition Threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Level A harassment (injury). Permanent threshold 180 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m
shift (PTS) (Any (root means square
level above that [rms]) (cetaceans).
which is known to 190 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m
cause TTS). (rms) (pinnipeds).
Level B harassment.......... Behavioral 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m
disruption (for (rms).
impulsive noise).
Level B harassment.......... Behavioral 120 dB re 1 [mu]Pa-m
disruption (for (rms).
continuous noise).
------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 52158]]
Level B harassment is anticipated and authorized as a result of the
marine seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern
Seaboard. Acoustic stimuli (i.e., increased underwater sound) generated
during the operation of the seismic airgun array are expected to result
in the behavioral disturbance of some marine mammals. There is no
evidence that the planned activities for which USGS seeks the IHA could
result in injury, serious injury, or mortality. The required mitigation
and monitoring measures will minimize any potential risk for injury,
serious injury, or mortality.
The following sections describe USGS's methods to estimate take by
incidental harassment and present the applicant's and NMFS's estimates
of the numbers of marine mammals that could be affected during the
seismic project in the northwest Atlantic Ocean. The estimates are
based on a consideration of the number of marine mammals that could be
harassed by seismic operations with the 36 airgun array to be used. The
length of the planned 2D seismic survey area in 2014 is approximately
3,165 km (1,704 nmi) and in 2015 is approximately 3,115 km (1,682 nmi)
in the U.S. ECS region of the Eastern Seaboard in the Atlantic Ocean,
as depicted in Figure 1 of the IHA application. For estimating take and
other calculations, the 2015 tracklines are assumed to be identical in
length to the 2014 tracklines (even though they are slightly shorter).
NMFS and USGS assumes that, during simultaneous operations of the
airgun array and the other sources, any marine mammals close enough to
be affected by the multi-beam echosounder and sub-bottom profiler will
already be affected by the airguns. However, whether or not the airguns
are operating simultaneously with the other sources, marine mammals are
expected to exhibit no more than short-term and inconsequential
responses to the multi-beam echosounder and sub-bottom profiler given
their characteristics (e.g., narrow, downward-directed beam) and other
considerations described previously in the notice of the proposed IHA
(79 FR 35642, June 23, 2014). Such reactions are not considered to
constitute ``taking'' (NMFS, 2001). Therefore, NMFS and USGS provided
no additional allowance for animals that could be affected by sound
sources other than airguns and NMFS has not authorized take from these
other sound sources.
Density estimates for marine mammals within the vicinity of the
planned study area are limited. Density data for species found along
the East Coast of the U.S. generally extend slightly outside of the
U.S. EEZ. The study area, however, is well beyond the U.S. EEZ, and is
well off the continental shelf break. The planned survey lines for the
2014 survey are located in the far eastern portion of the study area,
primarily within the area where little to no density data are currently
available. It was determined that the best available information for
density data (for those species where density data existed) of species
located off the U.S. East Coast was housed at the Strategic
Environmental and Development Program (SERDP)/National Aeronautics and
Space Administration (NASA)/NOAA Marine Animal Model Mapper and OBIS-
SEAMAP database. Within this database, the model outputs for all four
seasons from the U.S. Department of the Navy Operating Area (OPAREA)
Density Estimates (NODE) for the Northeast OPAREA and Southeast OPAREA
(Department of the Navy 2007a, 2007b) were used to determine the mean
density (animals per square kilometer) for 19 of the 34 marine mammals
with the potential to occur in the study area. Those species include
fin, minke, Atlantic spotted, bottlenose, long-finned and short-finned
pilot, pantropical spotted, Risso's, short-beaked common, striped,
sperm, rough-toothed, dwarf and pygmy sperm, Sowerby's, Blainville's,
Gervais', True's, and Cuvier's beaked whales. Within the NODE document,
the density calculations and models both took into account detection
probability ([fnof][0]) and availability (g[0]) biases. Model outputs
for each season are available in the database. The data from the NODE
summer density models, which include the months of June, July, and
August, were used as the 2014 survey is planned to take place between
late August and early September. Of the seasonal NODE density models
available, it is expected that the summer models are the most accurate
and robust as the survey data used to create all of the models were
obtained during summer months. The models for the winter, spring, and
fall are derived from the data collected during the summer surveys, and
therefore are expected to be less representative of actual species
density during those seasons.
For species for which densities were unavailable as described
above, but for which there were Ocean Biogeographic Information System
(OBIS) sightings within or adjacent to the planned study area, NMFS has
included an authorized take for the mean group size for the species.
Generally, to quantify this coverage, NMFS assumed that USGS could
potentially encounter one group of each species during each of the
seismic survey legs (recognizing that interannual variation and the
potential presence of ephemeral features could drive differing
encounter possibilities in the two legs), and NMFS thinks it is
reasonable to use the average (mean) groups size (weighted by effort
and rounded up) to estimate the take from these potential encounters.
The mean group size were determined based on data reported from the
Cetacean and Turtle Assessment Program (CeTAP) surveys (CeTAP, 1982)
and the Atlantic Marine Assessment Program for Protected Species
(AMAPPS) surveys in 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013. Because we believe it
is unlikely, we do not think it is necessary to assume that the largest
group size will be encountered. PSOs based on the vessel will record
data to estimate the numbers of marine mammals exposed to various
received sound levels and to document apparent disturbance reactions or
lack thereof. Data would be used to estimate numbers of animals
potentially ``taken'' by harassment. If the estimated numbers of
animals potentially ``taken'' by harassment approach or exceed the
number of authorized takes, USGS will have to re-initiate consultation
with NMFS under the MMPA and/or ESA.
The estimated numbers of individuals potentially exposed to sound
during the planned 2014 to 2015 survey are presented below and are
based on the 160 dB (rms) criterion currently used for all cetaceans
and pinnipeds. It is assumed that marine mammals exposed to airgun
sounds that strong could change their behavior sufficiently to be
considered ``taken by harassment.'' Table 6 shows the density estimates
calculated as described above and the estimates of the number of
different individual marine mammals that potentially could be exposed
to greater than or equal to 160 dB (rms) during the seismic survey if
no animals moved away from the survey vessel. The authorized take is
given in the middle (fourth from the left) column of Table 6.
With respect to the take authorized for North Atlantic right
whales, NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation
Division, formally consulted under section 7 of the ESA with NMFS's
Office of Protected Resources, Endangered Species Act Interagency
Cooperation Division, on the issuance of an IHA under section
101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. NMFS's Office of Protected
Resources, Endangered Species Act Interagency Cooperation Division
issued a Biological Opinion and ITS that included 3 takes of North
Atlantic right
[[Page 52159]]
whales. To comply with the ITS, NMFS's Office of Protected Resources,
Permits and Conservation Division has also authorized 3 takes of North
Atlantic right whales incidental to USGS's seismic survey.
It should be noted that unlike previous USGS, NSF, and L-DEO
seismic surveys aboard the Langseth, the planned survey would be
conducted as almost one continuous line. Therefore, the ensonified area
for the seismic survey does not include a contingency factor (typically
increased 25% to accommodate turns, lines that may need to be repeated,
equipment testing, etc.) in line-kilometers. As typical during offshore
ship surveys, inclement weather and equipment malfunctions are likely
to cause delays and may limit the number of useful line-kilometers of
seismic operations that can be undertaken. Also, any marine mammal
sightings within or near the designated exclusion zones will result in
a power-down and/or shut-down of seismic operations as a mitigation
measure. Thus, the following estimates of the numbers of marine mammals
potentially exposed to 160 dB (rms) sounds are precautionary and
probably overestimate the actual numbers of marine mammals that could
be involved. These estimates assume that there will be no weather,
equipment, or mitigation delays, which is highly unlikely.
The number of different individuals that could be exposed to airgun
sounds with received levels greater than or equal to 160 dB (rms) on
one or more occasions can be estimated by considering the total marine
area that will be within the 160 dB (rms) radius around the operating
seismic source on at least one occasion, along with the expected
density of animals in the area. The number of possible exposures
(including repeated exposures of the same individuals) can be estimated
by considering the total marine area that will be within the 160 dB
radius around the operating airguns. In many seismic surveys, this
total marine area includes overlap, as seismic surveys are often
conducted in parallel survey lines where the ensonified areas of each
survey line would overlap. The planned tracklines in 2014 and 2015 will
not have overlap as the individual line segments do not run parallel to
each other. The entire survey could be considered one continual survey
line with slight turns (no more than 120 degrees) between each line
segment. During the planned seismic survey, the vessel would continue
on the extensive survey line path, not staying within a smaller defined
area as most seismic surveys often do. The numbers of different
individuals potentially exposed to greater than or equal to 160 dB
(rms) were calculated by multiplying the expected species density (for
those marine mammal species that had density data available) times the
total anticipated area to be ensonified to that level during airgun
operations (3,165 km of survey lines). The total area expected to be
ensonified was determined by multiplying the total trackline distance
(3,165 km times the width of the swath of the 160 dB buffer zone (2
times 5.78 km). Using this approach, a total of 36,600 km\2\ (10,671
nmi\2\) will fall within the 160 dB isopleth throughout the planned
survey in 2014. The planned survey in 2015 is expected to ensonify an
almost identical area (to within 2%); therefore, the same ensonified
area of 36,600 km\2\ (10,671 nmi\2\) was used for calculation purposes
since the number of estimated takes would be very similar for each of
the two years. The number of estimated takes for the planned survey in
2015 may need to be seasonally adjusted if the activity takes place in
the late spring or early summer. Because it is uncertain at this time
whether the 2015 survey will be scheduled in the spring (April and May)
or summer (June, July, and August) months, estimated takes were
calculated for both seasons. For purposes of conservatively estimating
the number of takes, the higher density (for spring or summer) was used
for each species since it is not known at this time which season the
2015 planned survey will take place in the April to August 2015
timeframe. If the 2015 survey occurred in the spring rather than
summer, the density data suggests that takes will likely be higher for
only the humpback whale, beaked whales, and bottlenose dolphin, and
takes will likely be fewer for nine species (i.e., sperm whale, short-
finned and long-finned pilot whales, Atlantic spotted, pantropical
spotted, striped, Clymene, short-beaked common, and Risso's dolphin),
and unchanged for the remaining species.
Table 6--Estimated Densities of Marine Mammal Species and Estimates of Numbers of Marine Mammals Exposed to Sound Levels >=160 dB During USGS's Seismic
Survey in the Northwest Atlantic Ocean Off the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and April to August 2015
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approximate
percentage of
Calculated take estimated of
authorization regional
Density spring/ 2014/2015 [i.e., Authorized take for population/stock
summer (/ estimated number 2014/2015 (includes Abundance (regional 2014 to 2015 for Population trend
Species km\2\) \1\ *mean of individuals increase to average population/stock) authorized take \6\
group size* exposed to sound group size) \3\ \4\ (stock pro-rated
levels >=160 dB for 80% outside
re 1 [mu]Pa] \2\ EEZ in 2014 and
90% outside U.S.
EEZ in 2015) \5\
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mysticetes:
North Atlantic right whale... NA *3* 0/0 3 + 3 = 6 *MMPA 455/455............ 0.66/0.66 (0.44) Increasing.
Proposed IHA* (1
or 2) + (1 or 2) =
3 *Authorized to
Comply with ESA
ITS*.
Humpback whale............... 0.0010170/0 *3* 0/38 3 + 38 = 41........ 11,600/823......... 0.35/4.98 (0.61) Increasing.
Minke whale.................. 0.0000350/ 2/2 2 + 2 = 4.......... 138,000/20,741..... 0.0014/0.0096 NA.
0.0000360 (<0.01)
Bryde's whale................ NA *3* 0/0 3 + 3 = 6.......... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
Sei whale.................... NA *3* 0/0 3 + 3 = 6.......... 10,300/357......... 0.06/1.68 (0.56) NA.
Fin whale.................... 0.000060/0.000061 3/3 3 + 3 = 6.......... 26,500/3,522....... 0.02/0.17 (0.06) NA.
Blue whale................... NA *1* 0/0 1 + 1 = 2.......... 855/NA (440 0.23/0.45 (0.45) NA.
minimum).
Odontocetes:
Sperm whale.................. 0.0019050/ 83/83 83 + 83 = 166...... 13,190/2,288....... 1.26/7.26 (1.14) NA.
0.0022510
[[Page 52160]]
Pygmy sperm whale............ 0.0008850/ 33/33 33 + 33 = 66....... NA/3,785........... NA/1.74 (0.29) NA.
0.008970
Dwarf sperm whale............ 0.0008850/ 33/33 33 + 33 = 66....... NA/3,785........... NA/1.74 (0.29) NA.
0.0008970
Northern bottlenose whale.... NA *2* 0/0 2 + 2 = 4.......... 40,000/NA.......... 0.01/NA (NA) NA.
Cuvier's beaked whale........ 0.0021370/ 84/84 84 + 84 = 168...... NA/6,532........... NA/1.29 (0.4) NA.
0.0022870
Mesoplodon spp. (i.e., ................. ................. ................... NA/7,092........... NA/2.37 (0.37) NA.
True's, Gervais', Sowerby's,
and Blainville's beaked
whale.
Bottlenose dolphin........... 0.0069560/ 244/255 244 + 255 = 499.... NA/77,532.......... NA/0.64 (0.1) NA.
0.0066470
Atlantic white-sided dolphin. NA *33* 0/0 33 + 33 = 66....... 10,000 to 100,000s/ 0.66/0.14 (0.02) NA.
48,819.
Fraser's dolphin............. NA *100* 0/0 100 + 100 = 200.... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
Atlantic spotted dolphin..... 0.0285700/ 1,056/1,056 1,056 + 1,056 = NA/44,715.......... NA/4.72 (0.71) NA.
0.0288400 2,112.
Pantropical spotted dolphin.. 0.0194900/ 724/724 724 + 724 = 1,448.. NA/3,333........... NA/43.44 (6.54) NA.
0.0197600
Striped dolphin.............. 0.1330000/ 4,916/4,916 4,916 + 4,916 = NA/54,807.......... NA/17.94 (2.69) NA.
0.1343000 9,832.
Spinner dolphin.............. NA *65* 0/0 65 + 65 = 130...... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
Clymene dolphin.............. 0.0093110/0 *52* 0/341 52 + 341 = 393..... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
Short-beaked common dolphin.. 0.0053940/ 203/203 203 + 203 = 406.... NA/173,486......... NA/0.23 (0.04) NA.
0.0055320
Rough-toothed dolphin........ 0.004200/ 16/16 16 + 16 = 32....... NA/271............. NA/11.81 (2.21) NA.
0.0004260
Risso's dolphin.............. 0.0092150/ 342/342 342 + 342 = 684.... NA/18,250.......... NA/3.75 (0.57) NA.
0.0093180
Melon-headed whale........... NA *100* 0/0 100 + 100 = 200.... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
Pygmy killer whale........... NA *25* 0/0 25 + 25 = 50....... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
False killer whale........... NA *15* 0/0 15 + 15 = 30....... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
Killer whale................. NA *6* 0/0 6 + 6 = 12......... NA/NA.............. NA/NA (NA) NA.
Short-finned pilot whale..... 0.0108000/ 697/697 697 + 697 = 1,394.. 780,000/21,515..... 0.18/6.48 (0.98) NA.
0.0190400
Long-finned pilot whale...... 0.0108000/ 697/697 697 + 697 = 1,394.. 780,000/26,535..... 0.18/5.25 (0.79) NA.
0.0190400
Harbor porpoise.............. NA *4* 0/0 4 + 4 = 8.......... 500,000/79,883..... 0.002/0.01 NA.
(<0.01)
Pinnipeds:
Harbor seal.................. NA 0/0 0 + 0 = 0.......... NA/70,142.......... NA/NA NA.
Gray seal.................... NA 0/0 0 + 0 = 0.......... NA/NA (348,999 NA/NA Increasing.
minimum 2012).
Harp seal.................... NA 0/0 0 + 0 = 0.......... 8.6 to 9.6 million/ NA/NA NA.
NA (8.3 million in
2012).
Hooded seal.................. NA 0/0 0 + 0 = 0.......... 600,000/NA (592,100 NA/NA NA.
minimum in 2007).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NA = Not available or not assessed.
\1\ OBIS-SERDP-Navy NODE 2007a and 2007b (for those species where density data is available).
\2\ Calculated take is estimated density multiplied by the 160 dB ensonified area.
\3\ Requested take authorization was increased to group size for species for which densities were not available but that have been sighted near the
survey area (CeTAP, 1984).
\4\ Stock sizes are best populations from NMFS Stock Assessment Reports where available (see Table 3 in above).
\5\ Requested takes expressed as percentages of the larger regional population and NMFS Stock Assessment Reports, where available.
\6\ Based on NMFS Stock Assessment Reports.
Applying the approach described above, approximately 36,600 km\2\ will
be within the 160 dB isopleth on one or more occasions during the
planned survey in 2014. The planned survey in 2015 is expected to
ensonify an almost identical area (to within 2%); therefore an
ensonified area of 36,600 km\2\ was used for the planned surveys in
2014 and 2015. Because this approach does not allow for turnover in the
marine mammal populations in the area during the course of the survey,
the actual number of individuals exposed may be underestimated,
although the conservative (i.e., probably overestimated) line-kilometer
distances used to calculate the area may offset this. Also, the
approach assumes that no cetaceans will move away or toward the
trackline as the Langseth approaches in
[[Page 52161]]
response to increasing sound levels before the levels reach 160 dB
(rms). Another way of interpreting the estimates that follow is that
they represent the number of individuals that are expected (in the
absence of a seismic program) to occur in the waters that will be
exposed to greater than or equal to 160 dB (rms).
Encouraging and Coordinating Research
USGS will coordinate the planned marine mammal monitoring program
associated with the seismic survey with other parties that may have
interest in this area and specified activity. USGS will coordinate with
applicable U.S. agencies (e.g., NMFS), and will comply with their
requirements.
Impact on Availability of Affected Species or Stock for Taking for
Subsistence Uses
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA also requires NMFS to determine
that the authorization will not have an unmitigable adverse effect on
the availability of marine mammal species or stocks for subsistence
use. There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals
implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the
total taking of affected species or stocks will not have an unmitigable
adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking
for subsistence purposes.
Analyses and Determinations
Negligible Impact
Negligible impact is ``an impact resulting from the specified
activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably
likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on
annual rates of recruitment or survival'' (50 CFR 216.103). A
negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse
effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (i.e., population-
level effects). An estimate of the number of Level B harassment takes
alone is not enough information on which to base an impact
determination. In addition to considering estimates of the number of
marine mammals that might be ``taken'' through behavioral harassment,
NMFS must consider other factors, such as the likely nature of any
responses (their intensity, duration, etc.), the context of any
responses (critical reproductive time or location, migration, etc.), as
well as the number and nature of estimated Level A harassment takes,
the number of estimated mortalities, and effects on habitat.
In making a negligible impact determination, NMFS evaluated factors
such as:
(1) The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or
mortalities;
(2) The number, nature, and intensity, and duration of Level B
harassment (all relatively limited); and
(3) The context in which the takes occur (i.e., impacts to areas of
significance, impacts to local populations, and cumulative impacts when
taking into account successive/contemporaneous actions when added to
baseline data);
(4) The status of stock or species of marine mammals (i.e.,
depleted, not depleted, decreasing, increasing, stable, impact relative
to the size of the population);
(5) Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/survival; and
(6) The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures.
As described above and based on the following factors, the
specified activities associated with the marine seismic survey are not
likely to cause PTS, or other non-auditory injury, serious injury, or
death. The factors include:
(1) The likelihood that, given sufficient notice through relatively
slow ship speed, marine mammals are expected to move away from a noise
source that is annoying prior to its becoming potentially injurious;
(2) The availability of alternate areas of similar habitat value
for marine mammals to temporarily vacate the survey area during the
operation of the airgun(s) to avoid acoustic harassment;
(3) The potential for temporary or permanent hearing impairment is
relatively low and will likely be avoided through the implementation of
the required monitoring and mitigation measures (including power-down
and shut-down measures); and
(4) The likelihood that marine mammal detection ability by trained
PSOs is high at close proximity to the vessel.
Table 6 of this document outlines the number of authorized Level B
harassment takes that are anticipated as a result of these activities.
The type of Level B (behavioral) harassment that could result from the
action are described in the ``Potential Effects of the Specified
Activity on Marine Mammals'' section above, and include tolerance,
masking, behavioral disturbance, TTS, PTS, and non-auditory or
physiological effects. Level B (behavioral harassment occurs at the
level of the individual(s) and does not assume any resulting
population-level consequences. For the marine mammal species that may
occur within the action area, there are no known designated or
important feeding and/or reproductive areas. Many animals perform vital
functions, such as feeding, resting, traveling, and socializing, on a
diel cycle (i.e., 24 hr cycle). Behavioral reactions to noise exposure
(such as disruption of critical life functions, displacement, or
avoidance of important habitat) are more likely to be significant if
they last more than one diel cycle or recur on subsequent days
(Southall et al., 2007). While seismic operations are anticipated to
occur on consecutive days, the estimated duration of the survey will
last no more than a total of 36 days (a 17 to 18 day leg in August to
September 2014 and a 17 to 18 day leg in April to August 2015).
Additionally, the seismic survey will be increasing sound levels in the
marine environment in a relatively small area surrounding the vessel
(compared to the range of the animals). The seismic surveys will not
take place in areas of significance for marine mammal feeding, resting,
breeding, or calving and will not adversely impact marine mammal
habitat. Furthermore, the vessel will be constantly travelling over
distances, and some animals may only be exposed to and harassed by
sound for less than a day.
NMFS's practice has been to apply the 160 dB re 1 [mu]Pa (rms)
received level threshold for underwater impulse sound levels to
determine whether take by Level B harassment occurs. Southall et al.
(2007) provide a severity scale for ranking observed behavioral
responses of both free-ranging marine mammals and laboratory subjects
to various types of anthropogenic sound (see Table 4 in Southall et al.
[2007]). NMFS has determined, provided that the aforementioned
mitigation and monitoring measures are implemented, the impact of
conducting a marine seismic survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off
of the Eastern Seaboard, August to September 2014 and April to August
2015, may result, at worst, in a modification in behavior and/or low-
level physiological effects (Level B harassment) of certain species of
marine mammals. No injuries, serious injuries, or mortalities are
anticipated to occur as a result of USGS's planned marine seismic
survey, and none are authorized by NMFS.
While behavioral modifications, including temporarily vacating the
area during the operation of the airgun(s), may be made by these
species to avoid the resultant acoustic disturbance, the availability
of alternate areas within these areas for species and the short and
sporadic duration of the research activities, have led NMFS to
determine
[[Page 52162]]
that the taking by Level B harassment from the specified activity will
have a negligible impact on the affected species in the specified
geographic region. Due to the nature, degree, and context of Level B
(behavioral) harassment anticipated and described (see ``Potential
Effects on Marine Mammals'' section above) in this notice, the activity
is not expected to impact rates of annual recruitment or survival for
any affected species or stock, particularly given the NMFS and the
applicant's plan to implement mitigation and monitoring measures that
will minimize impacts to marine mammals. NMFS has issued IHAs for
marine mammal take for similar types of research seismic surveys for
over 10 years and required similar mitigation and monitoring measures.
In no case have the submitted monitoring reports suggested that marine
mammal impacts have exceeded those anticipated in our analysis under
the MMPA.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the
specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into
consideration the implementation of the required monitoring and
mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total marine mammal take from
USGS's marine seismic survey will have a negligible impact on the
affected marine mammal species or stocks.
Small Numbers
As mentioned previously, NMFS estimates that 34 species of marine
mammals under its jurisdiction could be potentially affected by Level B
harassment over the course of the IHA. The population estimates for the
marine mammal species or stocks that may be taken by Level B harassment
are provided in Table 6 of this document. No takes of pinnipeds are
expected due to a lack of species observations within the study area,
the great distance offshore, and the deep water depths of the study
area. It should be noted that the stock populations for each marine
mammal species in the NMFS Stock Assessment Reports are generally for
species populations in U.S. waters, which may underestimate actual
population sizes for species that have ranges that will include waters
outside the U.S. EEZ.
NMFS makes it small numbers determination based on the number of
marine mammals that would be taken relative to the populations of the
affected species or stocks. NMFS's take estimates for the current
survey are based on a consideration of the number of marine mammals
that could be harassed by seismic operations with the entire seismic
survey area, both within and outside of the U.S. EEZ. Given that the
take estimates were calculated for the entire survey area, NMFS
concludes that a portion of the authorized takes would take place
within the U.S. EEZ and the remainder would take place outside of the
U.S. EEZ. To make our small numbers determination for U.S. EEZ stocks,
we therefore apportioned 10 to 20% of the authorized take to the U.S.
EEZ, given that approximately 80% of the survey tracklines in 2014 and
approximately 90% of the survey tracklines in 2015 are outside of the
U.S. EEZ. See Table 6 for the small number calculations of the U.S. EEZ
stock with abundance data based on this apportionment. All of the takes
that NMFS expects to occur within the U.S. EEZ represent a small number
relative the affected U.S. EEZ stocks.
As described above, approximately 80% of the survey tracklines in
2014 and approximately 90% of the survey tracklines in 2015 are within
International Waters (i.e., the high seas) and are outside of the U.S.
EEZ; therefore, the regional population is more applicable for NMFS's
small numbers determinations, as most of the ensonified area and
estimated takes are further than 200 nmi from the U.S. coastline.
Regional abundance data exists for 12 species that could be affected by
the survey. See Table 6 for the small number calculations of the
species with regional abundance data. The take authorized for these
species represents a small number relative to the affected regional
populations.
For the remaining species for which NMFS has U.S. EEZ stock
abundance data but no regional abundance data, NMFS concludes that if
the total authorized take represents a small number of the U.S. EEZ
stock (also calculated in Table 6), it will also represent a small
number of the greater regional population, based on the larger and
wider ranging populations expected in the high seas. This conclusion is
supported by the fact that, for the species with both regional and
stock-specific abundance populations, the regional abundance is on the
order of five to twenty times higher than the abundance of the stock.
For the pantropical spotted dolphin, the total authorized take would
represent more than 43% of the U.S. EEZ stock. However, as noted in
Table 6, the take expected to occur in the U.S. EEZ represents
approximately 6.5% of the affected U.S. EEZ stock. The remainder of the
takes would occur outside the U.S EEZ. Although no regional abundance
estimate exists for the pantropical spotted dolphin, it is one of the
most abundant cetaceans on the globe and occurs in all tropical to warm
temperate waters between 40[deg] N and S (Folkens 2002). Therefore, we
are confident that the authorized take represents a small number
compared to the greater regional Atlantic pantropical spotted dolphin
population that occurs outside of the U.S. EEZ. No known current
regional population or stock abundance estimates for the northwest
Atlantic Ocean are available for the eight remaining species under
NMFS's jurisdiction that could potentially be affected by Level B
harassment over the course of the IHA. These species include the
Bryde's whale, Fraser's, spinner, and Clymene dolphins, and the melon-
headed, pygmy killer, false killer, and killer whales. Bryde's whales
are distributed worldwide in tropical and sub-tropical waters and their
occurrence in the study area is rare. In the western North Atlantic
Ocean, Bryde's whales are reported from off the southeastern U.S. and
southern West Indies to Cabo Frio, Brazil (Leatherwood and Reeves,
1983). Fraser's dolphins are distributed worldwide in tropical waters
and their occurrence in the study area is rare. Spinner dolphins are
found in all tropical and sub-tropical oceans and their occurrence in
the study area is rare. Melon-headed whales are distributed worldwide
in tropical to sub-tropical waters and their occurrence in the study
area is rare. The pygmy killer whale is distributed worldwide in
tropical to sub-tropical waters and their occurrence in the study area
is rare. The false killer whale is distributed worldwide throughout
warm temperate and tropical oceans and their occurrence in the study
area is rare. Killer whales are characterized as uncommon or rare in
waters of the U.S. Atlantic EEZ (Katona et al., 1988). Their
distribution extends from the Arctic ice-edge to the West Indies, often
in offshore and mid-ocean areas. There are estimated to be at least
approximately 92,500 killer whales worldwide.
The Clymene dolphin is endemic to tropical and sub-tropical waters
of the Atlantic, including the Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico
(Jefferson and Curry, 2003; Jefferson et al., 2008). This species
prefer warm waters and records extend from southern Brazil and Angola
and north to Mauritania and New Jersey off the U.S. east coast
(Jefferson et al., 2008). Their occurrence in the study area is rare.
The abundance estimate for the Clymene dolphin in the western North
Atlantic was 6,086 in 2003; this estimate is older than eight years and
is considered unreliable (Wade and Angliss, 1997; Mullin and Fulling,
[[Page 52163]]
2003). However, this abundance estimate is the first and only estimate
to date for this species in the U.S. Atlantic EEZ and represents the
best abundance estimate.
These eight species did not have density model outputs within the
SERDP/NASA/NOAA and OBIS-SEAMAP database. However, limited OBIS-SEAMAP
sightings data exist for these species within or adjacent to the action
area. As explained above, even where the limited number of sightings
suggests that density is very low and encounters are less likely, for
any species with OBIS-SEAMAP sightings data within or adjacent to the
action area, NMFS believes it is wise to include coverage for potential
takes. Generally, to quantify this coverage, NMFS assumed that USGS
could potentially encounter one group of each species during each of
the seismic survey legs (recognizing that interannual variation and the
potential presence of ephemeral features could drive differing
encounter possibilities in the two legs), and NMFS thinks it is
reasonable to use the average (mean) groups size (weighted by effort
and rounded up) to estimate the take from these potential encounters.
Therefore, even though we do not have abundance data for these species,
because of the limited sightings and low probability of encountering
them, we have predicted take of no more than two individual groups of
each of these species of animals during the two legs of the survey.
Qualitatively, given what is known about cetacean biology and the range
of these species, two groups as a portion of the total population
abundance within or without of the U.S. EEZ would be considered small
for all eight species.
Endangered Species Act
Of the species of marine mammals that may occur in the survey area,
several are listed as endangered under the ESA, including the North
Atlantic right, humpback, sei, fin, blue, and sperm whales. Under
section 7 of the ESA, USGS has initiated formal consultation with the
NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, Endangered Species Act Interagency
Cooperation Division, on this seismic survey. NMFS's Office of
Protected Resources, Permits and Conservation Division, has initiated
and engaged in formal consultation under section 7 of the ESA with
NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, Endangered Species Act
Interagency Cooperation Division, on the issuance of an IHA under
section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for this activity. These two
consultations were consolidated and addressed in a single Biological
Opinion addressing the direct and indirect effects of these independent
actions. In August 2014, NMFS's Office of Protected Resources,
Endangered Species Act Interagency Cooperation Division issued a
Biological Opinion and concluded that both actions (i.e., the USGS
seismic survey and NMFS's issuance of an IHA) are not likely to
jeopardize the existence of cetaceans and sea turtles and would have no
effect on critical habitat. NMFS's Office of Protected Resources,
Endangered Species Act Interagency Cooperation Division also issued an
Incidental Take Statement (ITS) incorporating the requirements of the
IHA as Terms and Conditions of the ITS.
National Environmental Policy Act
USGS provided NMFS with an ``Environmental Assessment for Seismic
Reflection Scientific Research Surveys During 2014 and 2015 in Support
of Mapping the U.S. Atlantic Seaboard Extended Continental Margin and
Investigating Tsunami Hazards,'' (EA) prepared by RPS Evan-Hamilton,
Inc., in association with YOLO Environmental, Inc., GeoSpatial Strategy
Group, and Ecology and Environment, Inc., on behalf of USGS. The EA
analyzes the direct, indirect, and cumulative environmental impacts of
the specified activities on marine mammals including those listed as
threatened or endangered under the ESA. NMFS, after review and
evaluation of the USGS EA for consistency with the regulations
published by the Council of Environmental Quality (CEQ) and NOAA
Administrative Order 216-6, Environmental Review Procedures for
Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act, adopted the EA.
After considering the EA, the information in the IHA application,
Biological Opinion, and the Federal Register notice, as well as public
comments, NMFS has determined that the issuance of the IHA is not
likely to result in significant impacts on the human environment and
has prepared a Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI). An
Environmental Impact Statement is not required and will not be prepared
for the action.
Authorization
NMFS has issued an IHA to the USGS for conducting a marine seismic
survey in the northwest Atlantic Ocean off the Eastern Seaboard,
provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting
requirements are incorporated.
Dated: August 22, 2014.
Perry F. Gayaldo,
Deputy Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine
Fisheries Service.
[FR Doc. 2014-20475 Filed 8-29-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 3510-22-P